Document:

EX-10.2

 Exhibit 10.2 

CONFIDENTIAL 
 EIGER
BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 
 COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of April 20, 2016 (the “Execution
Date”) by and between Eiger BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Investor”). 

RECITALS 
 WHEREAS,
the Company and the Investor have entered into a License Agreement effective as of April 20, 2016 (the “License Agreement”); and 

WHEREAS, in connection with the License Agreement, the Company shall issue to the Buyer shares of the Company’s common stock, par
value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), in such amount and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1 

Purchase and Sale of Shares 

1.1 Sale of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, in consideration for the license granted by the Buyer to the
Company under the License Agreement and the other transactions contemplated thereby, the Company will issue to the Investor at the Closing the number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) calculated by dividing Three
Million United States Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (the “Aggregate Purchase Price”) by a price per share equal to the volume weighted average price of common stock of the Company for the ten (10) Trading Days on the NASDAQ
Stock Market ending on April 12, 2016. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trading Day” means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on Nasdaq, or, if Nasdaq is not the principal trading market for the Common Stock,
then on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided that “Trading Day” shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or
market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such
exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time). Based on the above formula, the Company will issue to the Investor at the Closing 157,587 shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $19.04 per share. 

1.2 Closing. The issuance of the Shares contemplated by Section 1.1 shall take place at a closing (the
“Closing”) to be held at the offices of Cooley LLP, 3175 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304, immediately following the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 hereof (other than
those conditions that are to be satisfied at the Closing, 

 
but subject to satisfaction or waiver of such conditions). At the Closing, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Investor a certificate or certificates representing the Shares
being issued to the Investor pursuant to Section 1.1. 
 SECTION 2 

Representations and Warranties of the Company 

Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions delivered by the Company to the Investor on the date hereof, the Company hereby
represents and warrants the following as of the date hereof and as of the Closing. For purposes of these representations and warranties (other than those set forth in Sections 2.2, 2.4 and 2.5) the term “Company” includes any subsidiaries
of the Company. 
 2.1 Organization and Good Standing and Qualifications. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted by it. The Company is duly qualified
to do business as a foreign corporation in California and is in good standing under the laws of such State. The Company is not required to be qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in any other jurisdiction in which the failure so to
qualify would have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company (a “Company Material Adverse Effect”). The Company has furnished to the Investor complete
and accurate copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as amended to date and presently in effect. The Company has at all times complied with all provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and is not in default
under, or in violation of, any such provision.  
 2.2 Subsidiaries, Etc. Except as set forth on the Schedule of
Exceptions, the Company has no subsidiaries and does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of any other corporation or any interest in any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other non-corporate
business enterprise. 
 2.3 Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, and the
consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance of the Shares), have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and
constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective terms. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the
issuance of the Shares) and the compliance with the provisions of this Agreement by the Company will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, (b) conflict with, result in
a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent
or waiver under, any contract, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, franchise, permit, indenture, agreement or mortgage for borrowed money, instrument of indebtedness, Security Interest (as defined below) or other arrangement to which the Company
is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which its assets are subject, (c) result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Company or (d) violate any order, writ,

  
 -2- 

 
injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets. For purposes of this Agreement, “Security Interest” means any
mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge or other lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law). 
 2.4
Valid Issuance of Shares. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement, has been, or will be on or prior to the Closing, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company,
and all such shares have been duly reserved for issuance. The Shares when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and
free and clear of all Security Interests other than restrictions on transfer imposed or created under this Agreement or by applicable securities laws, and will not be subject to preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, purchase options, call
options, subscription rights or other similar rights of stockholders of the Company or any other Person. For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, trust, joint venture, Governmental Entity (as defined in Section 2.9) or other entity. 
 2.5 Capitalization.

 (a) The authorized capital stock of the Company as of the date of this Agreement consists of (i) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock
of which 6,942,061 shares are issued and outstanding and none are held in the treasury of the Company, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued
and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been offered, issued and sold by
the Company in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. 
 (b) The Registration Statement (as defined in
Section 2.18(d)(vi)) includes under the heading “Management Following the Merger–Employment Benefit Plans” a complete and accurate list, as of February 16, 2016: (i) all stock option plans and other stock or
equity-related plans of the Company (the “Company Stock Plans”), indicating for each Company Stock Plan the number of shares of Common Stock issued to date under such Plan, the number of shares subject to outstanding options
under such Plan and the number of shares reserved for future issuance under such Plan; (ii) all holders of outstanding options to purchase shares of Common Stock (“Company Stock Options”), indicating with respect to each
Company Stock Option the Company Stock Plan under which it was granted, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Company Stock Option, the exercise price, the date of grant and the vesting schedule (including any acceleration provisions
with respect thereto); and (iii) all holders of warrants or other rights (other than Company Stock Options and convertible preferred stock) to purchase or acquire shares of capital stock of the Company (collectively, the “Company
Warrants”), indicating with respect to each Company Warrant the agreement or other document under which it was granted, the number of shares of capital stock, and the class or series of such shares, subject to such Company Warrant, the
exercise price, the date of issuance and the expiration date thereof. The Company has furnished to the Investor complete and accurate copies of all Company Stock Plans, forms of all stock option agreements evidencing Company Stock Options and all
Company Warrants. All of the shares of capital stock of the Company subject to Company Stock Options and Company Warrants will be, upon issuance pursuant to the exercise of such instruments, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. 

  
 -3- 

 (c) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, (i) no subscription, warrant, option,
convertible security or other right (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company is authorized or outstanding, (ii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue any
subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other such right, or to issue or distribute to holders of any shares of its capital stock, any evidences of indebtedness or assets of the Company, (iii) the Company has no obligation
(contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock, or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or to make any other distribution in respect thereof, and (iv) there are no outstanding or
authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Company. The issuance and sale of the Shares will not obligate the Company to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any Person (other than the Investor)
and will not result in a right of any holder of the Company’s securities to adjust the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price under any of such securities. 

(d) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Schedule of Exceptions, there is no agreement, written or oral, between the Company
and any holders of its securities, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, among any holder of its securities, relating to the sale or transfer (including without limitation agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or
“drag along” rights), registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or voting, of the capital stock of the Company. 

(e) Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, no Person has the right to (i) prohibit the Company from filing a Registration
Statement or (ii) require the Company to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of a Registration Statement. The granting and performance of the registration rights under this Agreement will not
violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, indenture, or instrument to which the Company is a party. 

(f) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act. The Company has taken no action designed to
terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act and the Company has not received any notification that the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is contemplating terminating such
registration. The Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, and there are no proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to revoke or suspend such listing or the listing of the Shares. The Company is in compliance
in all material respects with the requirements of Nasdaq for continued listing of the Common Stock thereon and any other Nasdaq listing and maintenance requirements. 

2.6 SEC Reports; Financial Statements. 

(a) The Company (including its predecessor, Celladon Corp.) has timely filed or furnished all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other
documents required to be filed or furnished by it with the SEC since March 31, 2015, pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (all of the foregoing filed prior to the Closing and all exhibits included therein and

  
 -4- 

 
financial statements and schedules thereto and documents (other than exhibits) incorporated by reference therein, together with the documents filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or any similar successor statute (the “Securities Act”) prior to the Closing and all exhibits included therein and financial
statements and schedules thereto and documents (other than exhibits), together referred to herein as the “SEC Documents”). As of their respective SEC filing dates, and only with respect to the SEC Documents filed by the
Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the applicable portions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to the SEC Documents, and none of the SEC Documents, including those filed
pursuant to the Exchange Act and Securities Act, as of such respective dates (or, if amended prior to the date of this Agreement, the date of the filing of such amendment, with respect to the disclosures that are amended), contained (or with respect
to any SEC Documents filed with the SEC after the date hereof and before the Closing will contain) any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (or with respect to any SEC Documents filed with the SEC after the date hereof and before the
Closing will omit) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. True and complete copies of the SEC Documents
are available for access by the Investor via the SEC’s EDGAR system. 
 (b) The Company has furnished to the Investor a complete and
accurate copy of (a) the audited balance sheet of the Company at December 31, 2015 (the “Balance Sheet Date”) and the related audited statement of operations for the fiscal year then ended (collectively, the
“Financial Statements”). As of their respective dates, the Financial Statements and the related notes complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and
regulations of the SEC with respect thereto. The Financial Statements and the related notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), consistently applied,
during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto, or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes, may be condensed or
summary statements, or may conform to the SEC’s rules and instructions for Reports on Form 10-Q) and fairly present in all material respects (or in the case of SEC Documents filed after the date hereof and prior to the Closing will fairly
present in all material respects) the financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the results of its operations, retained earnings (loss), changes in financial position and cash flows, as the case may be, for the periods then ended
(subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments). 
 (c) All material agreements that were
required to be filed as exhibits to the SEC Documents under Item 601 of Regulation S-K (collectively, the “Material Agreements”) to which the Company is a party, or the property or assets of the Company is subject, have
been filed (or in the case of SEC Documents filed after the date hereof and prior to the Closing will be filed) as exhibits to the SEC Documents. All Material Agreements are valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the
Company in accordance with their respective terms, and, to the knowledge of the Company, are valid and binding obligations of the other party thereto, enforceable against each other party thereto in accordance with its terms. The Company (A) is
not, and has not 

  
 -5- 

 
received written notice that it is, in breach of, or default under any, of the Material Agreements and (B) has not received written notice of termination nor is the Company aware of any
threats to terminate any of the Material Agreements. To the knowledge of the Company, (x) no counterparty to any Material Agreement is, or is alleged to be, in default under or in breach or violation of any Material Agreement and (y) no
event has occurred that with the lapse of time or giving notice or both would constitute a default under, or result in a breach or violation of, any Material Agreement by the Company (with or without notice or lapse of time or both). 

(d) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are
executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets,
(iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
action is taken with respect to any differences. 
 2.7 Material Adverse Change. Except as set forth in the Registration
Statement and Schedule of Exceptions, since the Balance Sheet Date, there has not been: 
 (a) any change in the assets, liabilities,
financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect; 

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect; 

(c) any waiver or compromise by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it; 

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary
course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect; 
 (e) any material change
to a material contract or agreement by which the Company or any of its assets is bound or subject; 
 (f) any material change in any
compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder; 
 (g) any resignation or termination of
employment of any officer or Key Employee of the Company; 
 (h) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created
by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such
property or assets; 

  
 -6- 

 (i) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers
or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business; 

(j) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or
indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company; 
 (k) any purchase, redemption or any agreements
made to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, except issued pursuant to the Company’s existing stock option plans; 
 (l)
any issuance of any equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate, except issued pursuant to the Company’s existing stock option or stock purchase plans or executive and director compensation arrangements disclosed in the SEC
Documents; 
 (m) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Company Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to result in a
Company Material Adverse Effect; 
 (n) any material change in its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books
and records; 
 (o) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;
or 
 (p) any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2.8. 

2.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company does not have any liability or
obligation (whether known or unknown and whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) which would be required to be reflected or reserved against on the balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP or the notes thereto,
except for (a) liabilities shown expressly, or included in amounts shown, on the Balance Sheet, (b) liabilities less than $250,000 on an individual basis, which have arisen since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business
and which are similar in nature and amount to the liabilities which arose during the comparable period of time in the immediately preceding fiscal period and (c) contractual liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not
required by GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet and which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect. 

2.9 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation,
declaration or filing with, any court, arbitrational tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency (each of the foregoing is hereafter referred to as a “Governmental
Entity”) is required on the part of the Company in connection with the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares or to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, in each case as contemplated by this
Agreement, except (i) any filings required to be made after the Closing under applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) any required filings or notifications regarding the issuance or listing of

  
 -7- 

 
the Shares with Nasdaq. Based on the representations made by the Investor in Section 3 of this Agreement, the offer and sale of the Shares to the Investor will be in compliance with
applicable federal and state securities laws. 
 2.10 Actions Pending. There is no action, suit or proceeding, or governmental
inquiry or investigation, pending, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any basis therefor or threat thereof, against the Company or any officer, director or Key Employee of the Company, which questions the validity of this Agreement or
the right of the Company to enter into such agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. There is no litigation pending, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any basis therefor or threat thereof, against the Company
or any of its employees by reason of the past employment relationships of any of the employees, the proposed activities of the Company, or negotiations by the Company with possible investors in the Company. The Company is not subject to any
outstanding judgment, order or decree. 
 2.11 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, OFAC and Anti-Money Laundering. 

(a) None of the Company, its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors, officers, employees or
agents has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without
limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or
authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA
and the Company and its subsidiary have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance
therewith. 
 (b) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent,
employee, or Person acting on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”), and the Company
will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary or other Person or entity, towards any sales or operations in Cuba, Iran, Syria, Sudan,
Myanmar or any other country sanctioned by OFAC or for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC. 

(c) The operation of each of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the money laundering
statues of applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency (collectively, the “Money
Laundering Laws”), and no action suit or proceeding by or before any court of governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company and/or any subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending, or
to the Company’s knowledge, threatened. 

  
 -8- 

 2.12 Compliance with Law. The Company has, in all material respects, complied with
all laws, regulations and orders applicable to its present and proposed business and has all material permits and licenses required thereby. There is no term or provision of any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or instrument to which the
Company is a party or by which it is bound, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, of any provision of any state or federal judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to or binding upon the Company, which materially
adversely affects or, so far as the Company may now foresee, in the future is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the Company. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in violation of any term of any
contract or covenant (either with the Company or with another entity) relating to employment, patents, assignment of inventions, proprietary information disclosure, non-competition or non-solicitation. 

2.13 Exemption from Registration; Valid Issuance. Subject to, and in reliance on, the representations, warranties and covenants
made herein by the Investor, the issuance and sale of the Shares in accordance with the terms and on the bases of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, may and shall be properly issued pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of
the Securities Act, Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Act (“Regulation D”) and/or any other applicable federal and state securities laws. The sale and issuance of the Shares pursuant to, and the Company’s
performance of its obligations under, this Agreement will not (i) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon the Shares or any of the assets of the Company, or (ii) except as set forth in Section 2.13 of the
Schedule of Exceptions, entitle the holders of any outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company to preemptive or other rights to subscribe to or acquire the Shares or other securities of the Company. Neither the Company nor, to the
Company’s knowledge, any Person acting on behalf of the Company has offered or sold any of the Shares by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising. 

2.14 Taxes. 
 (a)
For purposes of this Agreement: (i) “Tax” or “Taxes” means all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities, including without limitation income, gross receipts, ad
valorem, premium, value-added, excise, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, withholding, employment, unemployment insurance, social security, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, payroll,
profits, license, lease, service, service use, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, customs, duties, franchise and other taxes imposed by the United States of America or any state, local or foreign government, or any other Governmental
Entity, and any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax resulting from, attributable to or incurred in connection with any tax or any contest or dispute thereof, and any liability for the payment of the foregoing as a result of
being a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary group for any period, as a result of any tax sharing or tax allocation agreement, arrangement or understanding, or as a result of being liable for another Person’s taxes as a
transferee or successor, by contractual obligation or otherwise; and (ii) “Tax Returns” means all reports, returns, declarations, statements or other information, including any schedule or attachment thereto, required to
be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with Taxes and any amendment thereof. 
 (b) The amount shown on the Balance Sheet as
provision for Taxes is sufficient in all material respects for the payment of all unpaid Taxes, whether or not disputed, for all 

  
 -9- 

 
periods ending on or before the date thereof. The Company has timely filed or obtained presently effective extensions with respect to all Tax Returns that are or were required to be filed by it,
and such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All Taxes have been timely paid, whether or not shown on such Tax Returns. All Taxes that the Company is or was required by law to have withheld or collected have been duly
withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been timely paid to the proper Governmental Entity, and the Company has complied with all related recordkeeping requirements. The Tax Returns of the Company have not been audited by any
Governmental Entity, the Company has not agreed to any waivers of statutes of limitations with respect to Taxes, and no controversy with respect to Taxes is pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened. No claim has ever been
made by any Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that the Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no basis for any such claim to be
made. Neither the Company nor any of its stockholders has ever filed an election pursuant to Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that the Company be taxed as an S
corporation. The Company’s net operating losses, as set forth in the Financial Statements, are not subject to any limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Code or comparable provisions of state, local, or foreign law, and consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any other agreement, understanding or commitment, contingent or otherwise, to which the Company is a party or by which it is otherwise bound will not have the effect of limiting the
Company’s ability to use such net operating losses in full to offset taxable income. The Company does not have any liabilities for Taxes of any other Person or entity by contract, as a transferee or successor, under U.S. Treasury Regulation
section 1.1502-6 or analogous state, county, local or foreign provision or otherwise. 
 (c) The Company is not now and has never been a
“United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. 

2.15 Investment Company. The Company is not an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. 
 2.16 Brokers. No brokers, finders or financial advisory fees or commissions will be payable by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and neither the Company nor any of its subsisidiaries has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any Person for brokerage commissions, placement
agent’s fees or similar payments relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 2.17 Property and
Assets. The Company has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its material properties and assets, including all properties and assets reflected in the Balance Sheet, except those disposed of since the date thereof in the
ordinary course of business, and none of such properties or assets is subject to any Security Interest other than those the material terms of which are described in the Balance Sheet or in the Schedule of Exceptions. 

2.18 Intellectual Property. 

(a) To the best of the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is the owner, licensee or has the right to use all Company Intellectual Property
(as defined below) necessary to 

  
 -10- 

 
research, develop, use, manufacture, market and sell its Product Candidates. The Company has taken all reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of each item of Company Intellectual
Property (as defined below), and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information, that it owns or uses. To the best of the Company’s Knowledge, (i) the patents and patent applications that constitute Company
Intellectual Property have been prepared, filed and prosecuted in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and (ii) any issued patents that constitute Company Intellectual Property are valid or enforceable. To the best of the
Company’s Knowledge, no other Person has any rights to any of the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company (except pursuant to agreements or licenses specified in the Schedule of Exceptions), and no other Person is infringing,
violating or misappropriating any of the Company Intellectual Property. To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no pending or threatened legal or governmental proceedings relating to any Company Intellectual Property, other than ex parte
examination proceedings before the US Patent and Trademark Office or ex parte examination proceedings or oppositions before corresponding foreign patent offices. 

(b) To the Company’s Knowledge, as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Product Candidates, or the research, development,
manufacture, marketing, sale, offer to sell, importation, provision or use thereof, infringes or would infringe, or violates or would violate, or constitutes or would constitute a misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property rights of any Person.
The Schedule of Exceptions lists any complaint, claim or notice, or written threat thereof, received by the Company alleging any such infringement, violation or misappropriation; and the Company has provided to the Investor complete and accurate
copies of all written documentation in the possession of the Company relating to any such complaint, claim, notice or threat. 
 (c) All of
the copyrightable materials incorporated in, underlying or used with the Company Intellectual Property have been created by employees of the Company within the scope of their employment by the Company or by independent contractors of the Company who
have executed agreements expressly assigning all right, title and interest in such copyrightable materials to the Company. No portion of such copyrightable materials was jointly developed with any third party. 

(d) For purposes of this Agreement (except for the knowledge definition below, which shall be applicable solely to this Section 2.18),
the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
 (i) “Company Intellectual Property” shall mean the
Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company and incorporated in, underlying or used in connection with the Product Candidates, including, without limitation, the patent and trademark rights identified in the Schedule of Exceptions.

 (ii) “Intellectual Property” shall mean all: (A) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and all
related continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional, reissue, reexamination, utility model, certificate of invention and design patents, patent applications, registrations and applications for registrations; (B) trademarks, service marks,
trade dress, Internet domain names, logos, trade names and corporate names and registrations and applications for registration thereof; (C) copyrights and registrations and applications for registration thereof; (D) computer software, data
and documentation; (E) inventions, trade secrets and confidential business 

  
 -11- 

 
information, whether patentable or nonpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, know-how, manufacturing and product processes and techniques, formulae, research and development
information, copyrightable works, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information; (F) other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing
(including remedies against infringements thereof and rights of protection of interest therein under the laws of all jurisdictions); and (G) copies and tangible embodiments thereof. 

(iii) “Key Employees” shall mean the following officers: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Business Officer of the Company. 
 (iv) “Knowledge,” including the phrase “to the Company’s
Knowledge,” shall mean the actual knowledge after reasonable investigation of the Key Employees. 
 (v) “Product
Candidates” shall mean the product candidates identified and described in that certain Registration Statement. 
 (vi)
“Registration Statement” shall mean that certain Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 14, 2015, as amended. 

2.19 Insurance. The Company maintains valid policies of workers’ compensation insurance and of insurance with respect to
its properties and business of the kinds and in the amounts not less than is customarily obtained by corporations of established reputation engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated, including, without limitation, insurance
against loss, damage, fire, theft, public liability and other risks. 
 2.20 Employees. 

(a) All current and former employees of the Company have executed and delivered confidential information and inventions assignments agreements,
and all of such agreements are in full force and effect. All current and former consultants of the Company that have performed development work or provided technical services to the Company or have otherwise had access to confidential or proprietary
information of the Company have executed and delivered non-disclosure and assignment of inventions agreements, and all of such agreements are in full force and effect. 

(b) The Company is not aware that any employee of the Company has plans to terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company. The
Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining, workers’ compensation insurance and the payment of social security and other Taxes. None of the employees
of the Company is represented by any labor union, and there is no labor strike or other labor trouble pending with respect to the Company (including, without limitation, any organizational drive) or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge,
threatened. The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a list of all agreements between any officer of the Company and a previous employer of such person that contains non-competition or non-solicitation covenants. The Company has furnished to the
Investor copies of such agreements. To the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is obligated under any contract or subject to any judgment, decree or 

  
 -12- 

 
administrative order that would conflict or interfere with (i) the performance of the employee’s duties as an employee, director or officer of the Company, or (ii) the
Company’s business as conducted or proposed to be conducted. 
 2.21 ERISA. Except as set forth in Section 2.21 of
the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company does not have or otherwise contribute to or participate in any employee benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, other than a medical benefit plan with respect
to which the Company has made all required contributions and has complied with all applicable laws. 
 2.22 Environmental
Matters. 
 (a) The Company has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below). There is no pending or, to the
best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request by any Governmental Entity, relating to any Environmental
Law involving the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Law” shall mean any federal, state or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and
safety, including any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste;
(ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste,
including emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (v) the protection of wildlife, marine life and wetlands, including all endangered and threatened species; (vi) storage
tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels and other closed receptacles; (vii) health and safety of employees and other Persons; and (viii) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing,
transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms
“release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”),
provided that the term “release” shall not include the definitional exclusions of CERCLA and the term “environment” shall not include the United States jurisdictional limitations of CERCLA and shall
include the indoor environment. 
 (b) The Company has no liabilities or obligations arising from the release of any Materials of
Environmental Concern (as defined below) into the environment. For purposes of this Agreement, “Materials of Environmental Concern” shall mean any chemicals, pollutants or contaminants, hazardous substances (as such term is
defined under CERCLA), solid wastes and hazardous wastes (as such terms are defined under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), toxic materials, oil or petroleum and petroleum products or any other material subject to regulation under any
Environmental Law. 
 (c) The Company is not a party to or bound by any court order, administrative order, consent order or other agreement
between the Company and any Governmental Entity entered into in connection with any legal obligation or liability arising under any Environmental Law. 

  
 -13- 

 (d) The Company is not aware of any material environmental liability of any solid or hazardous
waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company. 
 SECTION 3 

Representations and Warranties of the Investor 

The Investor hereby represents and warrants the following as of the date hereof and as of the Closing: 

3.1 Experience. The Investor has carefully reviewed the representations concerning the Company and the Shares contained in this
Agreement and has sufficient knowledge and experience in finance and business that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits of its investment in the Company and the Investor is able financially to bear the risks thereof. 

3.2 Investment. The Investor is acquiring the Shares for investment for the Investor’s own account and not with a present
view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Shares are being issued in a transaction that has not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption
from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. Except in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 or pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, the Investor further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third Person with respect to any of the
Shares. 
 3.3 Rule 144. The Investor acknowledges that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered
under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor rule (“Rule 144”) which permit
limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. In connection therewith, the Investor acknowledges that the Company will make a notation on its stock books regarding the restrictions on
transfers set forth in Section 3.2 and this Section 3.3 and will transfer the Shares on the books of the Company only to the extent not inconsistent therewith. 

3.4 Access to Information. Subject to the accuracy of the Company’s representations and warranties in Section 2, the
Investor has received or has had access to information about the Company and has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with its management. The Investor has had a full opportunity to ask
questions of and receive answers from the Company, or any Person or Persons acting on behalf of the Company, concerning the terms and conditions of an investment in the Shares. In connection with the purchase of the Shares hereunder, the Investor is
not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any statement, representation or warranty made by any Person, except for the statements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement. 

  
 -14- 

 3.5 Authorization. The Investor has full power and authority to enter into and to
perform this Agreement in accordance with its terms. The Investor represents that it has not been organized, reorganized or recapitalized specifically for the purpose of investing in the Company. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by the Investor and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with their respective terms. 

3.6 Investor Status. The Investor acknowledges that it is an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in
Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act (an “Institutional Accredited Investor”). 
 3.7
Bad Actors Matters. Neither the Investor nor, to the Investor’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or other affiliates covered under Rule 506(d)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act meet any of the disqualifying criteria
described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) through (viii) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 3.8 No Inducement. The Investor
was not induced to participate in the offer and sale of the Shares by the filing of any registration statement in connection with any public offering of the Company’s securities, and the Investor’s decision to purchase the Shares hereunder
was not influenced by the information contained in any such registration statement. 
 3.9 Legends. The Investor understands
the certificates representing the Shares will bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Shares): 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY
NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS
NOT REQUIRED. 
 SECTION 4 

Conditions to Investor’s Obligations at Closing 

The obligations of the Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following
conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Investor (except to the extent not permitted by law): 
 4.1 No Injunction,
etc. No preliminary or permanent injunction or other binding order, decree or ruling issued by a court or governmental agency shall be in effect which shall have the effect of preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. No 

  
 -15- 

 
action or claim shall be pending before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge would be reasonably likely to (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be
rescinded following consummation or (iii) have the effect of making illegal the purchase of, or payment for, any of the Shares by the Investor. 

4.2 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2
shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though
such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date, except to the extent expressly made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct as of such date. 

4.3 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and
conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing. 

4.4 Compliance Certificate. A duly authorized officer of the Company shall deliver to the Investor at the Closing
a certificate stating that the conditions specified in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 have been fulfilled and certifying and attaching the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and authorizing Board of Directors resolutions with respect to
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 4.5 Securities Laws. The offer and
sale of the Shares to the Investor pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. 

4.6 Authorizations. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory
body that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of the Closing. 

4.7 Effective Date. The License Agreement remains in full force and effect. 

SECTION 5 
 Conditions
to the Company’s Obligations at Closing 
 The obligations of the Company to the Investor under this Agreement are subject to the
fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions by the Investor: 
 5.1 Representations and
Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality which shall be
true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing. 

  
 -16- 

 5.2 Securities Law Compliance. The offer and sale of the Shares to
the Investor pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. 

5.3 Authorization. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body
that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of the Closing. 

5.4 Effective Date. The License Agreement remains in full force and effect. 

SECTION 6 
 Covenants

 6.1 Reporting Status. The Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. During the Registration
Period (as defined in Section 7.3(a)), the Company will timely file with the SEC all quarterly and annual reports and other information, documents and reports that are required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 of the
Exchange Act, and the Company agrees that it will not voluntarily terminate, or voluntarily act or fail to act in a manner that would permit another Person to terminate, the Company’s status as an issuer required to file reports under the
Exchange Act even if the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination. 
 6.2 Expenses.
Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, the Company and the Investor are liable for, and will pay, their own expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, including
attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses. 
 6.3 Financial Information. The financial statements of the Company
to be included in any documents filed with the SEC will be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto, or
(ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes, may be condensed or summary statements, or may conform to the SEC’s rules and instructions for Reports on Form 10-Q) and will fairly present in
all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the results of its operations, retained earnings (loss), changes in financial position and cash flows, as the case may be, for the periods then ended (subject,
in the case of unaudited statements, to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments). 
 6.4 Securities Laws Disclosure.
On or before the fourth (4th) Business Day following the Effective Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC describing the terms of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and the License Agreement. The Company shall provide the Investor an opportunity to review and comment on the disclosure to be included in such Current Report on Form 8-K; provided, however, that the Investor’s consent
shall not be required to file such Current Report on Form 8-K (including the exhibits filed therewith). 

  
 -17- 

 6.5 Sales by the Investor. In the event of a decision by the Investor to sell any
Shares held by it, the Investor will sell such Shares in compliance with applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any, or otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Investor will not make any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shares in violation of federal or state securities laws. 

6.6 Form D; Blue Sky Filings. The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the Shares as required under Regulation D of
the Securities Act. The Company, on or before the Closing Date, shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption from, or to qualify the Shares for, sale to the Investor at the Closing
pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of such actions promptly upon the written request of the Investor. 

6.7 Further Actions. Each of the Company and the Investor agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments,
and to do all such other acts, as are reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. 
 SECTION 7 

Registration Rights 

7.1 Registration Demand Rights.

(a) The Company currently is, and during the Registration Period (as defined below) shall use its best efforts to remain, qualified under the
Securities Act for registration of its shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms (the “S-3 Registration Statement”). At any time after the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3,
the Investor shall have the right during the Registration Period to request registration on Form S-3 of any Shares held by it (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of Shares to be disposed of). 

(b) The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration under Section 7.1(a) if (and only if): 

(i) the Investor proposes to sell Shares on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or 

(ii) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), the Board concludes that it
is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time because such registration would (1) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company;
(2) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (3) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange
Act. 

  
 -18- 

 If the Company refuses to effect the registration pursuant to Section 7.1(b)(ii), the
Company shall furnish to the Investor a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be
filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, essential to defer the filing of such registration statement. The Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request
of the Investor, provided that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than twice in any twelve (12) month period. 

(c) The Company shall as soon as practicable following its receipt of a request from the Investor under Section 7.1(a) file and use its
commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to
permit or facilitate the sale and distribution by the Investor of all or such portion of such Shares as are specified in such request. 

7.2 The Company shall bear all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 7.1 including all registration,
qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audit incident to or required by any such registration. The Investor shall bear
all selling commissions and fees and expenses of legal counsel relating to the sale of Shares registered by or on behalf of the Investor. 

7.3 In the case of the registration, qualification, exemption or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the
Company shall, upon reasonable request, inform the Investor as to the status of such registration, qualification, exemption and compliance. At its expense the Company shall: 

(a) except for such times as the Company is permitted hereunder to suspend the use of the prospectus forming part of the S-3 Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such registration, and any qualification, exemption or compliance under state securities laws that the Company determines to obtain,
continuously effective with respect to the Investor, and to keep the S-3 Registration Statement free of any material misstatements or omissions, until the earlier of the following: (i) the second anniversary of the effective date of the S-3
Registration Statement and (ii) the date all Shares held by the Investor may be sold without restriction under Rule 144, including any volume and manner of sale restrictions that may be applicable to affiliates under Rule 144. The period of
time during which the Company is required hereunder to keep a S-3 Registration Statement effective is referred to herein as the “Registration Period”. 

(b) advise the Investor within three (3) Business Days: 

(i) when a S-3 Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the SEC and when the S-3 Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 

  
 -19- 

 (ii) of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the S-3 Registration Statement
or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; 
 (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the S-3 Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for such purpose; 
 (iv) of the receipt by the
Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 

(v) of the occurrence of any event that requires the making of any changes in the S-3 Registration Statement or prospectus so that, as of
such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made) not misleading; 
 (c) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness
of the S-3 Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable; 
 (d) if the Investor so requests in writing, promptly furnish to the
Investor, without charge, at least one copy of the S-3 Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules; 

(e) during the Registration Period, promptly deliver to the Investor, without charge, as many copies of each prospectus included in the S-3
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as the Investor may reasonably request in writing; and the Company consents to the use, consistent with the provisions hereof, of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by
the Investor in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares covered by a prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (f)
during the Registration Period, if the Investor so requests in writing, deliver to the Investor, without charge, one copy of the following documents, other than those documents available via the SEC’s EDGAR system: (i) its annual report to
its stockholders, if any (which annual report shall contain financial statements audited in accordance with GAAP by a firm of certified public accountants of recognized standing), (ii) if not included in substance in its annual report to
stockholders, its annual report on Form 10-K (or similar form), (iii) its definitive proxy statement with respect to its annual meeting of stockholders, (iv) each of its quarterly reports to its stockholders, and, if not included in
substance in its quarterly reports to stockholders, its quarterly report on Form 10-Q (or similar form), and (v) a copy of the S-3 Registration Statement (the foregoing, in each case, excluding exhibits); 

(g) prior to any public offering of Shares pursuant to the S-3 Registration Statement, promptly take such actions as may be necessary to
register or qualify or obtain an exemption for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such United States jurisdictions as the Investor reasonably request in writing, provided that the Company shall not for any such purpose be
required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, and do any and all other acts or things reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Shares covered by the S-3 Registration Statement; 

  
 -20- 

 (h) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 7.3(b)(v), except for such
times as the Company is permitted hereunder to suspend, and has suspended, the use of a prospectus forming part of the S-3 Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as reasonably practicable prepare
a post-effective amendment to such S-3 Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Shares included therein, such prospectus will not
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 

(i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC
that could affect the sale of the Shares; 
 (j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares to be listed on each securities
exchange or market, if any, on which equity securities issued by the Company have been listed; 
 (k) use its commercially reasonable
efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Shares contemplated hereby and to enable the Investor to sell Shares under Rule 144; 

(l) permit counsel for the Investor to review any S-3 Registration Statement and all amendments and supplements thereto, within five
(5) Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the SEC; provided that, in the case of Section 7.3(m), the Company shall not be required (i) to delay the filing of the S-3 Registration Statement or any amendment or
supplement thereto as a result of any ongoing diligence inquiry by or on behalf of the Investor or to incorporate any comments to any S-3 Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto by or on behalf of the Investor if such inquiry
or comments would require a delay in the filing of such S-3 Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, or (ii) to provide, and shall not provide, the Investor or its representatives with material, non-public
information unless the Investor agrees to receive such information and enters into a written confidentiality agreement with the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company; and 

(m) if requested by the Investor, cooperate with the Investor to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing
Shares to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to the S-3 Registration Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the extent permitted by this Agreement and under law, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Shares to be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Investor may reasonably request. 
 7.4 To the extent the resale of the Shares is
registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, the Company agrees to promptly (a) authorize the removal of the legend set forth in Section 3.9 and any other legend not required by applicable law from
such Shares and (b) cause its transfer agent to issue such Shares without such legends to the holders thereof by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at the American Stock Transfer &

  
 -21- 

 
Trust Company, LLC (“AST”) upon surrender of any stock certificates evidencing such Shares. With respect to any Shares for which restrictive legends are removed pursuant
to Section 7.5, the Investor agrees to only sell such Shares when and as permitted by the effective Registration Statement covering such resale and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations. Any fees (with respect to the
Company’s transfer agent, counsel or otherwise) associated with the removal of such legend(s) shall be borne by the Company. 
 7.5
The Investor may request that the Company remove, and the Company agrees to authorize the removal of any legend from the Shares (i) following any sale of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144, or (ii) if such Shares are eligible for sale
under Rule 144 following the expiration of the six-month holding requirement under subparagraphs (b)(1)(i) and (d) thereof. Following the time a legend is no longer required for the Shares under this Section 7.5, the Company will, no later
than five (5) Business Days following the delivery by the Investor to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent of a legended certificate representing such securities (such date being the “Legend Removal Date”),
(A) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Investor a certificate representing such securities that is free from all restrictive and other legends or (B) at the request of the Investor, cause its transfer agent to issue such Shares
without such legends to the Investor by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at the AST. The failure to timely deliver certificates without restrictive legends by the Legend Removal Date shall not be a breach of the foregoing
covenant if such delay is solely due to the action or inaction of the Company’s transfer agent and if the Company has taken reasonable steps necessary to facilitate the removal of such legends. Certificates for the Shares subject to legend
removal hereunder may be transmitted by the Company’s transfer agent to the Investor by crediting the account of the Investor’ prime broker with AST as directed by the Investor. 

7.6 The Investor shall have no right to take any action to restrain, enjoin or otherwise delay any registration pursuant to
Section 7.1 as a result of any controversy that may arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement. 

7.7 Suspension of Disposition; Certain Covenants. 

(a) The Investor agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event requiring the preparation of a
supplement or amendment to a prospectus relating to Shares so that, as thereafter delivered to the Investor, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the Investor will forthwith discontinue disposition of Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement and prospectus contemplated by Section 7.1 until its receipt of copies of the
supplemented or amended prospectus from the Company and, if so directed by the Company, the Investor shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the Investor’ possession, of the prospectus covering such
Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice. 
 (b) The Investor shall suspend, upon request of the Company, any disposition of
Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement and prospectus contemplated by Section 7.1 during no more than two (2) periods of no more than ninety (90) calendar days each during any twelve (12) month period to the extent that
the Board determines in good faith that the sale of Shares under any the Registration Statement would be reasonably likely to cause a violation of the Securities Act or Exchange Act. 

  
 -22- 

 (c) As a condition to the inclusion of its Shares in the Registration Statement, the Investor
shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the Investor and the distribution proposed by the Investor as the Company may reasonably request in writing, including completing a Registration Statement Questionnaire in the form provided by
the Company or in a mutually agreeable form, or as shall be required in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7. 

(d) The Investor hereby covenants with the Company (i) not to make any sale of the Shares under the Registration Statement without
effectively causing the prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act to be satisfied, and (ii) if such Shares are to be sold by any method or in any transaction other than on a national securities exchange or in the
over-the-counter market, in privately negotiated transactions, or in a combination of such methods, to notify the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which the Investor first offers to sell any such Shares. 

(e) The Investor agrees not to take any action with respect to any distribution deemed to be made pursuant to the Registration Statement that
would constitute a violation of Regulation M under the Exchange Act or any other applicable rule, regulation or law. 
 (f) At the end of
the Registration Period the Investor shall discontinue sales of Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement upon receipt of notice from the Company of its intention to remove from registration the Shares covered by the Registration Statement that
remain unsold, and the Investor shall notify the Company of the number of Shares registered that remain unsold immediately upon receipt of such notice from the Company. 

7.8 With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that at any time permit
the sale of the Shares to the public without registration, so long as the Investor still own Shares, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to: 

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times;
and 
 (b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act. 

7.9 The rights of the Investor under any provision of this Section 7 may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance,
either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) or amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the Investor. 

  
 -23- 

 SECTION 8 

Indemnification 
 8.1 To
the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify the Investor and each Person who controls the Investor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to any registration that has been effected pursuant to this
Agreement, and hold them harmless against all claims, losses, liabilities, costs, damages, deficiencies, assessments, fines, judgments, fees, costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses and other out-of-pocket costs incurred in
investigating, preparing and defending the foregoing) (collectively, “Losses”), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened (subject to Section 8.4),
arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in the S-3 Registration Statement, prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereof, or other document prepared by the Company and incident to
any such registration, qualification or compliance or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the
circumstances in which they were made, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company and relating to any action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any
such registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse the Investor and each Person controlling the Investor, for reasonable legal and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any
such Loss or action as incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable: (a) in any such case to the extent that any untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof is made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Investor for use in preparation of the S-3 Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement; or (b) in any such case to the extent that the Loss arises out of or is
related to the failure of the Investor to comply with the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement respecting the offer and sales of Shares, and provided further that the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to the
condition that, insofar as it relates to any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time
the S-3 Registration Statement becomes effective or in an amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act that meets the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act (each, a “Final
Prospectus”), such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of the Investor, if a copy of a Final Prospectus was furnished by the Company to the Investor at or prior to the time the Investor is required under the Securities Act
to furnish a prospectus to the Person asserting the Loss and such Final Prospectus was not furnished by the Investor to such Person and the Final Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such Loss. 

8.2 The Investor will indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and hold them harmless against all Losses, including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened (subject to Section 8.3), arising out of or based on any
untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in the S-3 Registration Statement, prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof, incident to any such registration, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and will reimburse the Company, such directors and officers, and each

  
 -24- 

 
Person controlling the Company for reasonable legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any Loss or action as incurred, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission or allegation thereof is made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Investor for use in preparation of the
S-3 Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investor’s aggregate liability pursuant to this Section 8.2 and Section 8.3 shall be limited to the net amount actually received by
the Investor from the sale of the Shares. 
 8.3 In addition to the respective rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 8.1 and
8.2, each party (an “Indemnifying Party”) hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the other party, such other party’s respective officers, directors, employees, consultants, representatives and advisers, and any and all
affiliates of the foregoing (each of the foregoing, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against all Losses suffered or incurred by any such Indemnified Party to the extent arising from or related to Third Party claims for:
(i) breach of any representation or warranty of such Indemnifying Party in this Agreement; and (ii) breach of any covenant or undertaking of any Indemnifying Party in this Agreement. If an event or omission (including, without limitation,
any claim asserted or action or proceeding commenced by a third party) occurs which an Indemnified Party asserts to be an indemnifiable event pursuant to this Section 8, the Indemnified Party will provide written notice to the Indemnifying
Party, setting forth the nature of the claim and the basis for indemnification under this Agreement. The Indemnified Party will give such written notice to the Indemnifying Party promptly after it becomes aware of the existence of any such event or
occurrence. Such notice will be a condition precedent to any obligation of the Indemnifying Party to act under this Agreement but will not relieve it of its obligations under the indemnity except to the extent that the failure to provide prompt
notice as provided in this Agreement materially prejudices the Indemnifying Party with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to the defense of the liability. In case any such action is brought by a third party against any
Indemnified Party and it notifies the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, to assume the defense and settlement thereof with counsel
reasonably selected by it (and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party) and, after written notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of such election so to assume the defense and settlement thereof, the Indemnifying Party
will not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, provided, however, that an Indemnified Party shall have
the right to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party if (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party; or (ii) representation of both parties by the same counsel
would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interests between such parties (which such judgment shall be made in good faith after consultation with counsel). The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with (and to provide all
relevant documents and records and make all relevant personnel available to) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel, as reasonably requested and at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such asserted claim. No
Indemnifying Party will consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to any such asserted claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (a) if such judgment or settlement does not include as
an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim 

  
 -25- 

 
or (b) if, as a result of such consent or settlement, injunctive or other equitable relief would be imposed against the Indemnified Party or such judgment or settlement could materially and
adversely affect the business, operations, assets or reputation of the Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party will consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to any such asserted claim without the prior written
consent of the Indemnifying Party. If an Indemnifying Party makes a payment with respect to any Losses and the Indemnified Party subsequently receives from a third party or under the terms of any third party insurance policy (excluding fronting
policies) a sum in respect of the same claim, the receiving party will repay to the other party such amount that is equal to the sum subsequently received. 

8.4 If the indemnification provided for in Sections 8.1 through 8.3 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an
Indemnified Party with respect to any Loss referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Loss
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Loss as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 SECTION 9 

Miscellaneous 
 9.1
Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof). Each of the Company and the Investor agrees
that it shall bring any action or proceeding in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware State court sitting in New Castle County
(the “Chosen Courts”), and solely in connection with claims arising under this Agreement (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any
such action or proceeding in the Chosen Courts, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any party hereto and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any
such action or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 9.4 of this Agreement. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any lawsuit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement
brought in the courts referred to in the first sentence of this Section 9.1 shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the parties hereto and may be enforced in any other courts the jurisdiction of which each of the parties is or may be
subject, by suit upon such judgment. 
 Each party hereto irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce
the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other party have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 9.1.

  
 -26- 

 9.2 Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein
shall survive any investigation made by the Investor and the Closing. 
 9.3 Successors, Assigns. Except as otherwise provided
herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior
written consent of the other; except that (a) either party may assign this Agreement to any third party that acquires all or substantially all of such party’s business, whether by merger, sale of assets or otherwise and (b) the
Investor may assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Investor in conjunction with the assignment of the Shares to such subsidiary. 

9.4 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed) or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed 

if to the Investor, at the following address: 

Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 

345 Park Avenue 
 New York, New
York 10154-0037 
 Attention: General Counsel 

Facsimile: (212) 546-9562 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharmaceuticals Group 

Route 206 & Province Line Road 

Princeton, New Jersey 08543 

Attention: Vice President and Associate General Counsel 

                 Transactional Practice Group 

Email: joseph.campisi@bms.com 

Facsimile: (609) 252-7680 

if to the Company, at the following address: 

Eiger Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. 

350 Cambridge Avenue, Suite 350 

Palo Alto, CA 94306 
 Attention:
Chief Executive Officer 
 Email: dcory@eigerbio.com 

Facsimile: (650) 618-1621 

  
 -27- 

 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Cooley LLP 
 3175 Hanover Street

 Palo Alto, California 94304 

Attention: Glen Sato 
 Email:
gsato@cooley.com 
 Facsimile: (650) 849-7400 

or at such other address as one party shall have furnished to the other party in writing. If notice is provided by facsimile, it shall be deemed to be given
one (1) business day after transmission (with receipt of appropriate confirmation). If notice is provided by U.S. mail, notice shall be deemed to be given four (4) days after proper deposit in a U.S. mailbox, postage prepaid, and properly
addressed. If notice is provided by a messenger service that guarantees “next business day” delivery, it shall be deemed effective one (1) business day after deposit with such messenger service. 

9.5 Expenses. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Company and the Investor shall bear its own
expenses and legal fees incurred on its behalf with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 9.6
Confidentiality. The Schedule of Exceptions hereto is Confidential Information of the Company pursuant to that certain Confidential Disclose Agreement between the Parties, dated May 13, 2015. 

9.7 Finder’s Fees. Each of the Company and the Investor shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any liability for
any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee, placement fee or underwriter’s discount (including the costs, expenses and legal fees of defending against such liability) for which the Company or the Investor, or any of its
respective partners, employees, or representatives, as the case may be, is responsible. 
 9.8 Counterparts. This Agreement
may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the party actually executing the counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. 

9.9 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision; provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.
The parties shall make a good faith effort to replace any invalid or unenforceable provision with a valid and enforceable one such that the objectives contemplated by the parties when entering into this Agreement may be realized. 

9.10 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and cancels all previous express or implied agreements and understandings, negotiations, writings and commitments, either oral or written, in respect of the subject matter
hereof. This Agreement may be amended, or any terms hereof modified or waived, only by a written 

  
 -28- 

 
instrument duly executed by authorized representatives of both parties hereto. Any amendment or waiver by a party effected in accordance with this Section 9.10 shall be binding upon such
party, including with respect to any Shares purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding and held by such party and each future holder of all such Shares. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to
the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein. 
 9.11
Waiver. The failure of either party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any
such term or condition by the other party. Waiver of any provision hereunder or of any breach of any provision hereof shall not be deemed to be a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach of such provision (or any other provision) on such
occasion or any succeeding occasion. None of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance. 

9.12 Headings. The captions to the several Sections and subsections hereof are not a part of this Agreement, but are merely for
convenience to assist in locating and reading the several Sections and subsections hereof. 
 9.13 Certain Conventions.
Any reference in this Agreement to a Section, subsection, paragraph or clause shall be deemed to be a reference to a Section, subsection, paragraph or clause, of or to, as the case may be, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. Unless the
context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) words of any gender include each other gender, (b) words such as “herein”, “hereof”, and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the
particular provision in which such words appear, (c) words using the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, (d) references to “day” mean calendar days, (e) the words “include,” “includes” and
“including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “but not limited to,” “without limitation,” “inter alia” or words of similar import, and (f) the word “or” shall not be deemed to be used
in the exclusive sense and shall instead be used in the inclusive sense to mean “or”, unless the context is clear that only one of the options described may apply. 

9.14 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate automatically if the License Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms
prior to the consummation of the Closing. 
 [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 

  
 -29- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date
first set forth above. 
  

			
	COMPANY:
	
	EIGER BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
	
	 /s/ David Cory

	 David Cory
 President and Chief
Executive Officer

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date
first set forth above. 
  

			
	INVESTOR:
	
	BRISTOL–MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Graham Brazier

	Name:	 	Graham Brazier
	Title:	 	Vice President, Business Development

 EIGER BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS 

In connection with the Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016 (the “Agreement”), by and
between Eiger BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, a Delaware corporation, the Company hereby delivers this Schedule of Exceptions (the
“Schedule”) to the Company’s representations and warranties given in Section 2 of the Agreement as of the Closing Date, which disclosure shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company as if made
in Section 2 of the Agreement. The section numbers in this Schedule correspond to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections contained in the Agreement, and the disclosures in any section or subsection of this Schedule shall qualify
other sections and subsections of the Agreement and this Schedule only to the extent that it is readily apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosures is applicable to such other sections and subsections. Descriptions of and
references to any document do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable document itself. 

Nothing in this Schedule is intended to broaden the scope of any representation or warranty contained in the Agreement or to create any
covenant. Inclusion of any item in this Schedule (1) does not represent a determination that such item is material or establish a standard of materiality, (2) does not represent a determination that such item did not arise in the ordinary
course of business, and (3) shall not constitute, or be deemed to be, an admission to any third party concerning such item or an admission of default or breach under any agreement or document. Matters reflected in this Schedule are not
necessarily limited to matters required by the Agreement to be reflected herein; such additional matters are included for informational purposes. Capitalized terms used herein, unless specifically defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned
them in the Agreement. 

 Section 2.2 – Subsidiaries 

EBPI Merger, Inc. 
 EB Pharma LLC

 Eiger BioPharmaceuticals Europe Limited 

Section 2.5 – Capitalization 

(c)(i) 
 As of
March 22, 2016 there are options for 287,988 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and warrants outstanding for the purchase of 10,180 shares of Common Stock. 

(c)(ii) 
 On March 22
and 28, 2016, the board of directors granted options for a total of 759,028 shares of Common Stock to employees and directors of the Company, subject to stockholder approval of an amendment and restatement to the Celladon Corporation 2013 Equity
Incentive Plan (the “Celladon EIP”) to, among other things, increase the number of shares available for issuance under the Celladon EIP. 

Section 2.6 – SEC Reports; Financial Statements 

(b) 
 The Company has
furnished the Financial Statements for fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 for Celladon Corporation (“Celladon”). 

(c) 
 Material Agreements
under which notice or threats of termination have occurred: 
 Non-Exclusive License Agreement by and between Celladon Corporation and
AskBio, LLC (“AskBio”), dated January 15, 2008. A payment of a $100,000 licensing fee is currently due and payable by the Company to AskBio under this agreement and the Company expects the agreement will be terminated by
the Company by the third quarter of 2016 (the “AskBio Agreement”). 
 Amended and Restated License Agreement by and
between Celladon Corporation and AmpliPhi Biosciences Corporation (“AmpliPhi”), dated June 27, 2012. A notice of termination, effective April 12, 2016, was mailed by the Company to AmpliPhi (the “AmpliPhi
License”). 
 Sublicense Agreement by and between Celladon Corporation and AmpliPhi Biosciences Corporation, dated
June 27, 2012. A notice of termination, effective April 12, 2016, was mailed by the Company to AmpliPhi (the “AmpliPhi Sublicense”). 

 Section 2.7 – Material Adverse Change 

(a) 
 On March 22,
2016, the Company completed a business combination with Celladon in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of November 18, 2015, by and among the Company, Celladon Merger Sub, Inc.
(“Merger Sub”) and Celladon, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Celladon, and Celladon changing its name to Eiger Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.
(the “Merger”). 
 In conjunction with the Merger, on March 22, 2016, the Company completed a sale of
26,329,817 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a price of $1.5002 per share pursuant a Subscription Agreement by and among the Company and each purchaser listed on Annex A thereto. 

(f) 
 Each of the
directors and executive officers of the Company entered into an Indemnity Agreement dated March 22, 2016. 
 (g) 

In connection with the Merger, all the directors and officers of Celladon prior to the Merger resigned effective as of the closing of the
Merger. 
 Section 2.8 – No Undisclosed Liabilities 

A licensing fee in the amount of $100,000 current due and payable under the AskBio Agreement. 

Section 2.10 – Actions Pending 

In July 2015, following Celladon’s announcements of the negative CUPID 2 data and the suspension of further research and development
activities and the subsequent declines of the price of Celladon’s common stock, three putative securities class action complaints (captioned Fialkov v. Celladon Corporation, Case No. 15-cv-1458-AJB-DHB, Lorusso v. Celladon Corporation,
Case No. 15-cv-1501-L-JLB and Jacobs v. Celladon Corporation, Case No. 15-cv-1529-AJB-MDD) were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California against Celladon and certain of Celladon’s then current and
former officers. The complaints generally allege that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by making materially false and misleading statements regarding the clinical trial program
for MYDICAR, thereby artificially inflating the price of Celladon’s common stock. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages and other relief, including attorneys’ fees. On September 1, 2015, six stockholders (or groups of
stockholders) filed motions to consolidate the three putative securities class actions and to appoint lead plaintiffs (the “Motions to Consolidate”). A hearing on the Motions to Consolidate was held on December 3, 2015.
On December 9, 2015, the court issued 

 
an order consolidating the three putative securities class actions, appointing Wahid Tadros to serve as lead plaintiff (“Lead Plaintiff”), and appointing Robbins Geller
Rudman & Dowd LLP and Labaton Sucharow LLP to serve as co-lead counsel. On February 29, 2016, Lead Plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint. It is possible that additional suits will be filed, or allegations made by
stockholders, with respect to these same or other matters and also naming Celladon and or Celladon’s officers and directors as defendants. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to defend these lawsuits vigorously.
Due to the early stage of these proceedings, the Company is not able to predict or reasonably estimate the ultimate outcome or possible losses relating to these claims. 

Section 2.18 – Intellectual Property 

(a) 
 Other Persons with
rights to Company Intellectual Property: 
 Asset Purchase Agreement, effective as of December 8, 2010, by and between Eiger
BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. and Eiger Group International, Inc. 
 License Agreement, dated September 3, 2010, by and between Eiger
BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. and Merck Corporation. 
 License Agreement, effective as of December 19, 2014, by and between EB Pharma, LLC
and Janssen Parmaceutica NV. 
 Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Eiger BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., Tracey McLaughlin and Colleen Craig,
dated as of September 25, 2015. 
 License Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2015, by and between Eiccose, LLC and Nippon Kayaku Co.,
Ltd. 
 Exclusive Agreement, dated May 1, 2015, by and between Eiccose, LLC and the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior
University (rights in-licensed from Stanford contain an express reservation of customary rights for the US Government with respect to the Company’s IP rights). 

Exclusive Agreement, dated October 27, 2015, by and between Eiccose, LLC and the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior
University (rights in-licensed from Stanford contain an express reservation of customary rights for the US Government with respect to the Company’s IP rights). 

Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Eiger BioPharmaceuticals, Inc. and Eiccose, LLC, dated as of October 29, 2015. 

 AskBio Agreement. 

License Agreement by and between Celladon Corporation and AdVec Inc., dated February 24, 2009. 

AmpliPhi License. 
 AmpliPhi
Sublicense. 
 Assignment and License Agreement by and between Celladon Corporation and Enterprise Management Partners, LLC dated
July 18, 2014.EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 DEFINITIONS
	  			
	 2009 RMD
	  	 	1	  
	 ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
	  	 	1	  
	 Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP)
	  	 	1	  
	 Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP)
	  	 	1	  
	 Adopting Employer
	  	 	1	  
	 Adoption Agreement
	  	 	1	  
	 ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
	  	 	1	  
	 Alternate Payee
	  	 	1	  
	 Annual Additions
	  	 	1	  
	 Annuity Starting Date
	  	 	1	  
	 Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA)
	  	 	2	  
	 Basic Matching Contributions
	  	 	2	  
	 Basic Plan Document
	  	 	2	  
	 Beneficiary
	  	 	2	  
	 Break in Eligibility Service
	  	 	2	  
	 Break in Vesting Service
	  	 	2	  
	 Catch-up Contributions
	  	 	2	  
	 Code
	  	 	2	  
	 Compensation
	  	 	2	  
	 Contributing Participant
	  	 	5	  
	 Contribution Percentage
	  	 	5	  
	 Contribution Percentage Amounts
	  	 	5	  
	 Custodian
	  	 	6	  
	 Deductible Employee Contributions
	  	 	6	  
	 Deemed IRA
	  	 	6	  
	 Deemed IRA Contributions
	  	 	6	  
	 Deemed IRA Participant
	  	 	6	  
	 Deemed Severance from Employment
	  	 	6	  
	 Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation
	  	 	6	  
	 Designated Beneficiary
	  	 	6	  
	 Determination Date
	  	 	6	  
	 Determination Period
	  	 	6	  
	 Differential Wage Payment
	  	 	6	  
	 Direct Rollover
	  	 	6	  
	 Directed Trustee
	  	 	6	  
	 Disability
	  	 	6	  
	 Discretionary Trustee
	  	 	6	  
	 Distribution Calendar Year
	  	 	7	  
	 Domestic Relations Order
	  	 	7	  
	 Earliest Retirement Age
	  	 	7	  
	 Early Retirement Age
	  	 	7	  
	 Earned Income
	  	 	7	  
	 Effective Date
	  	 	7	  
	 Elapsed Time
	  	 	7	  
	 Election Period
	  	 	8	  
	 Elective Deferrals
	  	 	8	  
	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA)
	  	 	8	  
	 Eligibility Computation Period
	  	 	8	  
	 Eligible Employee
	  	 	8	  
	 Eligible Employer for SIMPLE 401(k) Plan
	  	 	8	  
	 Eligible Participant
	  	 	9	  
	 Eligible Retirement Plan
	  	 	9	  
	 Eligible Rollover Distribution
	  	 	9	  
	 Employee
	  	 	9	  
	 Employer
	  	 	9	  
	 Employer Contribution
	  	 	9	  
	 Employer Money Purchase Pension Contribution
	  	 	10	  
	 Employer Prevailing Wage Contribution
	  	 	10	  
	 Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
	  	 	10	  
	 Employment Commencement Date
	  	 	10	  
	 Enhanced Matching Contributions
	  	 	10	  
	 Entry Dates
	  	 	10	  
	 ERISA
	  	 	10	  
	 Excess Aggregate Contributions
	  	 	10	  
	 Excess Annual Additions
	  	 	10	  

  

					
		  	
 i
	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
	 Excess Contributions
	  	 	10	  
	 Excess Elective Deferrals
	  	 	10	  
	 Extended 2009 RMD
	  	 	10	  
	 Fiduciary
	  	 	10	  
	 Forfeiture
	  	 	11	  
	 Fund
	  	 	11	  
	 Highest Average Compensation
	  	 	11	  
	 Highly Compensated Employee
	  	 	11	  
	 Hours of Service
	  	 	11	  
	 Indirect Rollover
	  	 	12	  
	 Individual Account
	  	 	12	  
	 Initial Period
	  	 	12	  
	 Initial Plan Document
	  	 	12	  
	 Insurer
	  	 	12	  
	 Investment Fiduciary
	  	 	12	  
	 Investment Fund
	  	 	12	  
	 IRA Owner
	  	 	12	  
	 IRA Trustee (or Custodian)
	  	 	12	  
	 Key Employee
	  	 	12	  
	 Leased Employee
	  	 	12	  
	 Life Expectancy
	  	 	13	  
	 Limitation Year
	  	 	13	  
	 Limited Trustee
	  	 	13	  
	 Master or Prototype Plan
	  	 	13	  
	 Matching Contribution
	  	 	13	  
	 Maximum Permissible Amount
	  	 	13	  
	 Months of Eligibility Service
	  	 	13	  
	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions
	  	 	13	  
	 Normal Retirement Age
	  	 	13	  
	 Owner-Employee
	  	 	14	  
	 Participant
	  	 	14	  
	 Participant’s Benefit
	  	 	14	  
	 Participating Employer
	  	 	14	  
	 Permissive Aggregation Group
	  	 	14	  
	 Period of Service
	  	 	14	  
	 Period of Severance
	  	 	14	  
	 Plan
	  	 	14	  
	 Plan Administrator
	  	 	14	  
	 Plan Sequence Number
	  	 	14	  
	 Plan Year
	  	 	14	  
	 Pre-Age 35 Waiver
	  	 	15	  
	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals
	  	 	15	  
	 Present Value
	  	 	15	  
	 Primary Beneficiary
	  	 	15	  
	 Prior Plan Document
	  	 	15	  
	 Projected Annual Benefit
	  	 	15	  
	 Prototype Document Sponsor
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA Basic Matching Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA Enhanced Matching Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA Safe Harbor Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions
	  	 	15	  
	 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA)
	  	 	15	  
	 Qualified Domestic Relations Order
	  	 	15	  
	 Qualified Election
	  	 	16	  
	 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
	  	 	16	  
	 Qualified Matching Contributions
	  	 	16	  
	 Qualified Nonelective Contributions
	  	 	16	  
	 Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity
	  	 	17	  
	 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
	  	 	17	  
	 Qualifying Contributing Participant
	  	 	17	  
	 Qualifying Employer Real Property
	  	 	17	  
	 Qualifying Employer Security(ies)
	  	 	17	  
	 Qualifying Participant
	  	 	17	  
	 Recipient
	  	 	17	  
	 Related Employer
	  	 	17	  
	 Related Participating Employer
	  	 	17	  
	 Required Aggregation Group
	  	 	17	  

  

					
		  	
 ii
	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
	 Required Beginning Date
	  	 	17	  
	 Roth Elective Deferrals
	  	 	18	  
	 Roth IRA
	  	 	18	  
	 Safe Harbor CODA
	  	 	18	  
	 Safe Harbor Contributions
	  	 	18	  
	 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions
	  	 	18	  
	 Self-Employed Individual
	  	 	18	  
	 Separate Fund
	  	 	18	  
	 Severance from Employment
	  	 	18	  
	 Severance from Service Date
	  	 	18	  
	 SIMPLE 401(k) Year
	  	 	18	  
	 SIMPLE IRA
	  	 	18	  
	 Spouse
	  	 	18	  
	 Straight Life Annuity
	  	 	18	  
	 Taxable Wage Base
	  	 	19	  
	 Termination of Employment
	  	 	19	  
	 Top-Heavy Plan
	  	 	19	  
	 Traditional IRA
	  	 	19	  
	 Trustee
	  	 	19	  
	 Unrelated Participating Employer
	  	 	19	  
	 Valuation Date
	  	 	19	  
	 Vested
	  	 	19	  
	 Vested Account Balance
	  	 	19	  
	 Year of Eligibility Service
	  	 	19	  
	 Year of Vesting Service
	  	 	19	  

  

							
	 SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES
	  	 	20	  
		
	 SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
	  	 	20	  
	 2.01
	 	 Eligibility to Participate
	  	 	20	  
	 2.02
	 	 Plan Entry
	  	 	20	  
	 2.03
	 	 Transfer to or from an Ineligible Class
	  	 	20	  
	 2.04
	 	 Return as a Participant After a Break in Eligibility Service
	  	 	20	  
	 2.05
	 	 Determinations Under This Section
	  	 	21	  
	 2.06
	 	 Terms of Employment
	  	 	21	  
		
	 SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	 	21	  
	 3.01
	 	 Elective Deferrals
	  	 	21	  
	 3.02
	 	 Matching Contributions
	  	 	26	  
	 3.03
	 	 Safe Harbor CODA
	  	 	27	  
	 3.04
	 	 Employer Contributions
	  	 	28	  
	 3.05
	 	 Qualified Nonelective Contributions
	  	 	35	  
	 3.06
	 	 Qualified Matching Contributions
	  	 	36	  
	 3.07
	 	 Rollover Contributions
	  	 	36	  
	 3.08
	 	 Transfer Contributions
	  	 	36	  
	 3.09
	 	 Deductible Employee Contributions
	  	 	37	  
	 3.10
	 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions
	  	 	37	  
	 3.11
	 	 Other Limitations on SIMPLE 401(k) Contributions
	  	 	37	  
	 3.12
	 	 Limitation on Allocations
	  	 	37	  
	 3.13
	 	 Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP)
	  	 	38	  
	 3.14
	 	 Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP)
	  	 	40	  
	 3.15
	 	 Deemed IRAs
	  	 	42	  
		
	 SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES
	  	 	46	  
	 4.01
	 	 Determining the Vested Portion of Participant Individual Accounts
	  	 	46	  
	 4.02
	 	 100 Percent Vesting of Certain Contributions
	  	 	48	  
	 4.03
	 	 Forfeitures and Vesting of Matching Contributions
	  	 	48	  
	 4.04
	 	 Forfeitures of QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions
	  	 	48	  
		
	 SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
	  	 	49	  
	 5.01
	 	 Distributions
	  	 	49	  
	 5.02
	 	 Form of Distribution to a Participant
	  	 	54	  
	 5.03
	 	 Distributions Upon the Death of a Participant
	  	 	54	  
	 5.04
	 	 Form of Distribution to Beneficiaries
	  	 	54	  
	 5.05
	 	 Required Minimum Distribution Requirements
	  	 	55	  
	 5.06
	 	 Annuity Contracts
	  	 	58	  
	 5.07
	 	 Distributions In-Kind
	  	 	58	  
	 5.08
	 	 Procedure for Missing Participants or Beneficiaries
	  	 	58	  
	 5.09
	 	 Claims Procedures
	  	 	58	  

  

					
		  	
 iii
	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

							
	 5.10
	 	 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
	  	 	59	  
	 5.11
	 	 Liability for Withholding on Distributions
	  	 	60	  
	 5.12
	 	 Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals
	  	 	60	  
	 5.13
	 	 Distribution of Excess Contributions
	  	 	61	  
	 5.14
	 	 Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions
	  	 	62	  
	 5.15
	 	 Recharacterization
	  	 	62	  
	 5.16
	 	 Loans to Participants
	  	 	62	  
		
	 SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS
	  	 	63	  
		
	 SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	63	  
	 7.01
	 	 The Fund
	  	 	63	  
	 7.02
	 	 Individual Accounts
	  	 	64	  
	 7.03
	 	 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator
	  	 	65	  
	 7.04
	 	 Expenses and Compensation
	  	 	65	  
	 7.05
	 	 Information from Employer
	  	 	66	  
	 7.06
	 	 Plan Amendments
	  	 	66	  
	 7.07
	 	 Plan Merger or Consolidation
	  	 	67	  
	 7.08
	 	 Permanency
	  	 	67	  
	 7.09
	 	 Method and Procedure for Termination
	  	 	68	  
	 7.10
	 	 Continuance of Plan by Successor Employer
	  	 	68	  
	 7.11
	 	 Failure of Plan Qualification
	  	 	68	  
	 7.12
	 	 Governing Laws and Provisions
	  	 	68	  
	 7.13
	 	 State Community Property Laws
	  	 	68	  
	 7.14
	 	 Headings
	  	 	68	  
	 7.15
	 	 Gender and Number
	  	 	68	  
	 7.16
	 	 Standard of Fiduciary Conduct
	  	 	68	  
	 7.17
	 	 General Undertaking of all Parties
	  	 	68	  
	 7.18
	 	 Agreement Binds Heirs, Etc.
	  	 	68	  
	 7.19
	 	 Determination of Top-Heavy Status
	  	 	68	  
	 7.20
	 	 Inalienability of Benefits
	  	 	70	  
	 7.21
	 	 Bonding
	  	 	70	  
	 7.22
	 	 Investment Authority
	  	 	70	  
	 7.23
	 	 Procedures and Other Matters Regarding Domestic Relations Orders
	  	 	73	  
	 7.24
	 	 Indemnification of Prototype Document Sponsor
	  	 	73	  
	 7.25
	 	 Military Service
	  	 	73	  
	 7.26
	 	 Multiple Employer Plan
	  	 	74	  
		
	 SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
	  	 	75	  
	 8.01
	 	 Financial Organization as Custodian
	  	 	75	  
	 8.02
	 	 Trustee
	  	 	78	  
	 8.03
	 	 Compensation and Expenses
	  	 	80	  
	 8.04
	 	 No Obligation to Question Data
	  	 	80	  
	 8.05
	 	 Resignation
	  	 	80	  
	 8.06
	 	 Degree of Care – Limitations of Liability
	  	 	81	  
	 8.07
	 	 Indemnification of Trustee and Custodian
	  	 	81	  
	 8.08
	 	 Miscellaneous
	  	 	82	  
	 8.09
	 	 Limited Trustee
	  	 	82	  
		
	 SECTION NINE: ADOPTING EMPLOYER SIGNATURE
	  	 	83	  

  

					
		  	
 iv
	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST 

Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document 03 
  

 
 DEFINITIONS 

When used in the Plan with initial capital letters, the following words and phrases will have the meanings set forth below unless the context indicates that
other meanings are intended. 
 2009 RMD 
 Means a
required minimum distribution that would have been distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary for 2009 but for the enactment of Code section 401(a)(9)(H).  

ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means
Matching Contributions described in Plan Section 3.01(F) or Plan Section 3.03(B). 
 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP) 

Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a group of either Highly Compensated Employees or non-Highly Compensated
Employees. 
 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP) 
 Means,
for a specified group of Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or non-Highly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of 1) the amount of Employer
Contributions actually paid to the Fund on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to 2) the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on behalf of any Participant will
include: 1) any Elective Deferrals (other than Catch-up Contributions or Elective Deferrals subsequently distributed as a permissible withdrawal) made pursuant to the Participant’s salary deferral election or pursuant to automatic Elective
Deferral enrollment, if applicable (including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding a) Excess Elective Deferrals of Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals
made under the Plan or plans of this Employer and b) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the Actual Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both before and after exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and 2)
if elected by the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective
Deferrals will be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made. 
 ADOPTING EMPLOYER

Means any corporation, sole proprietor, or other entity named in the Adoption Agreement and any successor who by merger, consolidation, purchase, or otherwise
assumes the obligations of the Plan. The Adopting Employer will be a named fiduciary for purposes of ERISA section 402(a). 
 ADOPTION AGREEMENT

Means the document executed by the Adopting Employer through which it adopts the Plan and trust and thereby agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions of
the Plan and trust.
 ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS 

Means any Basic Matching Contributions, Enhanced Matching Contributions, and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions under either the Safe Harbor CODA provisions
or the QACA provisions. 
 ALTERNATE PAYEE 
 Means any
Spouse, former Spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant. 

 ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

Means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant for the Limitation Year:

 

	a.	Employer Contributions; 

  

	b.	Nondeductible Employee Contributions; 

  

	c.	Forfeitures; 

  

	d.	amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, and amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued that
are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3)), under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)), maintained by the Employer;

  

	e.	amounts allocated under a simplified employee pension plan; 

  

	f.	Excess Contributions (including amounts recharacterized); and 

  

	g.	Excess Aggregate Contributions. 

 ANNUITY STARTING DATE 

Means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form. 

  

					
		  	1	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (ACA) 

Means a Plan whereby certain Employees are automatically enrolled as Contributing Participants as described in Plan Section 3.01. 

BASIC MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means Matching
Contributions made pursuant to the Safe Harbor CODA formula described in Adoption Agreement Section Three, in an amount equal to (i) 100 percent of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three-percent of the
Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, plus (ii) 50 percent of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that exceed three-percent of the Employee’s Compensation but that do not exceed five-percent of the Employee’s
Compensation, if applicable. 
 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 

Means this prototype Plan and trust document. 
 BENEFICIARY

 Means the individual(s) or entity(ies) designated pursuant to Plan Section Five. 

BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE 
 Means a 12-consecutive
month period that coincides with an Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose) or such
period specified in the Elapsed Time definition, if applicable. 
 BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE 

Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period described in the definition of Year of Vesting Service) during which an Employee fails to complete more
than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose) or such period specified in the Elapsed Time definition, if applicable. 

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means Elective Deferrals made
pursuant to Plan Section Three that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are age 50 or older by the end of their taxable year. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that
applies to Elective Deferrals without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as the limits on Annual Additions, the dollar limitation on Elective Deferrals under Code section 402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions), the limit imposed by the
Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) test under Code section 401(k)(3), or any other allowable limit imposed by the Employer. Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed (1) the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under
Code section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year or (2) when added to other Elective Deferrals, an amount that would enable the Employer to satisfy other statutory or regulatory requirements (e.g., income tax withholding, FICA and FUTA
withholding). The dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions in Code section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later
years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code section 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Different limits apply to Catch-up Contributions
under SIMPLE 401(k) Plans. 
 CODE 
 Means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.
 COMPENSATION 
  

	A.	General Definition – The following definition of Compensation will apply. 

 As
elected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no election is made, W-2 wages will apply), Compensation will mean one of the following: 
  

	 	1.	W-2 wages – Compensation is defined as information required to be reported under Code sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 (wages, tips, and other compensation as reported on Form W-2). Compensation is
further defined as wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the
Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules in Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). 

  

	 	2.	3401(a) wages – Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a), for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that
limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). 

 

	 	3.	415 safe-harbor compensation. 

  

	 	a.	The term Compensation includes: 

  

	 	i.	Wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the
Employer maintaining the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under Code sections 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits,
and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.62-2(c). 

  

					
		  	2	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	ii.	In the case of an Employee who is an Employee within the meaning of Code section 401(c)(1) and regulations promulgated under Code section 401(c)(1), the Employee’s earned income (as described in Code section
401(c)(2) and regulations promulgated under Code section 401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at the election of the Employee that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code sections 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).

  

	 	iii.	Amounts described in Code section 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee. 

 

	 	iv.	Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by the
Employee under Code section 217. 

  

	 	v.	The value of a nonstatutory option (that is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.421-1(b)) granted to an Employee by the Employer, but only to the extent that the value of
the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted. 

  

	 	vi.	The amount includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code section 83(b). 

  

	 	vii.	Amounts that are includible in the gross income of an Employee under the rules of Code sections 409A or 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Employee. 

 

	 	b.	The term Compensation does not include: 

  

	 	i.	Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code sections 402(e)(3), 408(k)(6), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee
pension described in Code section 408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code section 408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year
in which contributed. In addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered as Compensation for Code section 415 purposes, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross
income of the Employee when distributed. 

  

	 	ii.	Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (that is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by an
Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (see Code section 83 and regulations promulgated under Code section 83). 

 

	 	iii.	Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.421-1(b)). 

 

	 	iv.	Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary
reduction amounts that are described in Code section 125). 

  

	 	v.	Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in paragraphs (b)(i) through (b)(iv) above. 

For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income. 

 

	B.	Determination Period And Other Rules – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or required by law or regulation, where an Employee becomes an eligible Participant on any date after the first day
of the applicable Determination Period, Compensation will include only that Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of the Determination Period in which they were an eligible Participant, unless otherwise required by either the Code or
ERISA (e.g., full year compensation used in the calculation of the minimum allocation in a Top-Heavy Plan). In addition, if an Employee either becomes or ceases to be a member of an ineligible class of Employees, Compensation will include only that
Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion of the Determination Period in which they were an eligible Participant. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan (e.g., continued coverage of disabled Participants), Compensation received by an
Employee during a Determination Period in which the Employee does not perform services for the Employer will be disregarded. 

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation will include a) any amount that is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement and that is not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b); b) compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the
meaning of Code section 457(b) (deferred compensation plans of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations); and c) employee contributions (under government plans) described in Code section 414(h)(2) but will not include deemed Code
section 125 compensation. 
 For purposes of applying the limitations of Plan Section 3.12, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the
Compensation actually paid or made available in gross income during such Limitation Year. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the
Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. Compensation paid or made available during such
Limitation Year will include any elective deferral (as defined in Code section 402(g)(3)) and any amount that is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and that is not includible in the gross income of the Employee
by reason of Code sections 125, 132(f), or 457. 
 If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, amounts under Code section 125
include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage (deemed Code section 125 compensation). An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect
information regarding the Participants’ other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. 

  

					
		  	3	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Payments made after Severance from Employment will be either included or excluded from
Compensation within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of the definition of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, depending on the category of such payments. Whether or not such payment is included or excluded is based
on the definition below and the elections made by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Such payments, if included, must meet the following requirements: 
  

	 	1.	Payments described in paragraph (2) below will be included in the definition of Compensation (within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of this definition of Compensation). In addition, unless otherwise
elected in the Adoption Agreement, payments described in paragraphs (3) and (4) below will be excluded from the definition of Compensation (within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of this definition of Compensation). If the
Adopting Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to include compensation described in paragraphs (3) or (4) or both, such payments must also meet the following requirements: 

 

	 	a.	Those amounts are paid by the later of 1) 2 1⁄2 months after Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan or
2) the end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan; and 

  

	 	b.	Those amounts would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were paid before the Employee’s Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan. 

A governmental plan (as defined in Code section 414(d)) may provide for the substitution of the calendar year in which the Severance from
Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan occurs for the Limitation Year in which the Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan occurs. 
  

	 	2.	Regular Pay. An amount is described in this paragraph (2) if 

  

	 	a.	The payment is regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and 

  

	 	b.	The payment would have been paid to the Employee prior to a Severance from Employment if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer. 

 

	 	3.	Leave Cashouts. An amount is described in this paragraph (3) if 

  

	 	a.	The payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. 

 

	 	4.	Deferred Compensation. An amount is described in this paragraph (4) if 

  

	 	a.	The payment is an amount received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had
continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Employee’s gross income. 

  

	 	5.	Other post-severance payments. Any payment that is not described in paragraph (2), (3), or (4) above is not considered Compensation under paragraph (1) above if paid after Severance from Employment with the Employer
maintaining the Plan, even if it is paid within the time period described in paragraph (1) above. Thus, Compensation does not include severance pay, or parachute payments within the meaning of Code section 280G(b)(2), if they are paid after
Severance from Employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, and does not include post-severance payments under a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan unless the payments would have been paid at that time without regard to the
Severance from Employment. Any payments not described above are not considered Compensation if paid after Severance from Employment, even if they are paid within
2 1⁄2 months following Severance from Employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of
qualified military service (within the meaning of Code section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than
entering qualified military service. 

  

	C.	Compensation for ADP, ACP, and Code section 401(a)(4) Testing – Compensation for purposes of ADP, ACP, and Code section 401(a)(4) testing will be W-2 wages unless another definition of Compensation is
elected on the Adoption Agreement for allocation and other general purposes or another definition is required by law or regulation. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Plan Administrator has the option from year to year to use a different definition of
Compensation for testing purposes provided the definition of Compensation satisfies Code section 414(s) and the corresponding regulations. In addition, for the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the Employee’s Compensation that is
taken into account for purposes of ADP, ACP, and Code section 401(a)(4) testing may be limited to the Employee’s Compensation from the Entry Date on which the Employee became a Participant in the Plan, applicable to the particular type of
contribution. 

  

	D.	Limits On Compensation – The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations will not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code
section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (Determination Period). The cost-of-living adjustment in
effect for the calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the Determination Period that begins with or within such calendar year. 

If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual
Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Determination Period, and the denominator of which is 12. 

  

					
		  	4	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 If Compensation for any prior Determination Period is taken into account in determining an
Employee’s allocations or benefits for the current Determination Period, the Compensation for such prior Determination Period is subject to the applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior period. 

 

	E.	SIMPLE 401(k) Rules – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if an Eligible Employer has established a SIMPLE 401(k) plan, Compensation means, for purposes of the definition of Eligible
Employer and for purposes of Plan Sections 3.01(I) and 3.02, the sum of the wages, tips, and other compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code section 6051(a)(3)) and the Employee’s Elective
Deferral contributions made under this or any other 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code section 408(p) SIMPLE IRA plan, a SARSEP plan, a Code section 403(b) annuity contract, and compensation deferred under a Code
section 457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in Code section 6051(a)(8)). Compensation also includes amounts paid for domestic service (as described in Code section 3401(a)(3)). For Self-Employed Individuals,
Compensation means net earnings from self-employment determined under Code section 1402(a) before subtracting any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on Compensation under
Code section 401(a)(17) apply to the Compensation in Plan Sections 3.01(I) and 3.02. 

  

	F.	Safe Harbor CODA Rules – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if an Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to apply the Safe Harbor CODA provisions to this Plan,
Compensation means Compensation as defined in this Definitions Section of the Plan and, if applicable, the definition of Compensation for allocation and other general purposes selected in the Adoption Agreement, except, for purposes of Plan Section
3.03, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by Code section 401(a)(17), applies to the Compensation of a non-Highly Compensated Employee. Specifically, Compensation for ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions follows the definition of
Compensation applicable to Elective Deferrals and Compensation for ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions follows the definition of Compensation applicable to Matching Contributions provided such definitions are reasonable definitions within the meaning
of Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2), do not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(3), and permit each Participant to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the
maximum amount of Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under the Plan. 

 

	G.	Elective Deferrals – Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Compensation that is paid (or would have been paid but for a cash or deferred election) in Plan Years beginning on
or after July 1, 2007, a Participant may only make Elective Deferrals from Compensation within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of this definition of Compensation. Elective Deferrals may not be withheld from pay that is excluded
from Compensation under the Plan for Elective Deferral purposes. 

  

	H.	QACA Rules – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if an Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to apply the QACA provisions to the Plan, Compensation means Compensation as
defined in the Definitions Section of the Plan and, if applicable, the definition of Compensation for allocation and other general purposes selected in the Adoption Agreement except, for purposes of Plan Section 3.01(F), no dollar limit, other than
the limit imposed by Code section 401(a)(17), applies to the Compensation of a non-Highly Compensated Employee. Specifically, Compensation for QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions follows the definition of Compensation applicable to Elective
Deferrals and Compensation for QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions follows the definition of Compensation applicable to Matching Contributions provided such definitions are reasonable definitions within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2), do not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(3), and permit each Participant to elect to make sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the
maximum amount of Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under the Plan or any other alternative definition permitted pursuant to rules promulgated by
the IRS. 

  

	I.	Differential Wage Payments – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Employer chooses to provide Differential Wage Payments to individuals who are active duty members of the uniformed
services, such individuals will be treated as Employees of the Employer making the Differential Wage Payment and the Differential Wage Payment will be treated as Compensation for purposes of applying the Code. Accordingly, Differential Wage Payments
must be treated as Compensation as described in Part A of this definition of Compensation. Differential Wage Payments will also be treated as Compensation for contribution, allocation, and other general Plan purposes, unless excluded from the
Plan’s definition of Compensation on the Adoption Agreement. In addition, the Plan will not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code section 414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit that is
based on Differential Wage Payments only if all Employees of the Employer (as determined under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m), and (o)) performing service in the uniformed services described in Code section 3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive
Differential Wage Payments on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in the Plan, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms applying the provisions of Code section 410(b)(3), (4), and (5). Such
contributions or benefits may be taken into account for purposes of nondiscrimination testing as long as they do not cause the Plan to fail the nondiscrimination requirements. 

CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT 
 Means a Participant who has
enrolled as a Contributing Participant pursuant to either Plan Sections 3.01 or 3.10 and on whose behalf the Employer is contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is making Nondeductible Employee Contributions). 

CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE 
 Means the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. 
 CONTRIBUTION
PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS 
 Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions (other than Matching Contributions forfeited due
to a permissible withdrawal), and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts will not
include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions, or Excess Annual
Additions that are distributed.

  

					
		  	5	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 The Employer may elect, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, to use either Qualified Nonelective
Contributions or Elective Deferrals, or both, in the Contribution Percentage Amounts. Elective Deferrals may only be included in the Contribution Percentage Amounts if the Plan passes the ADP test both before and after the exclusion of such Elective
Deferrals. 
 CUSTODIAN 
 Means an entity appointed in
the Adoption Agreement (or, if applicable, in a separate custodial agreement) by the Adopting Employer to hold the assets of the trust as Custodian or any duly appointed successor as provided in Plan Section 8.05. 

DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
 Means any qualified
voluntary employee contributions (as defined in Code section 219(e)(2)) made after December 31, 1981, in a taxable year beginning after such date and made for a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1987, and allowable as a deduction under Code
section 219(a) for such taxable year. 
 DEEMED IRA 

Means a Traditional IRA or Roth IRA established under the Plan. 

DEEMED IRA CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means any contribution (other
than a mandatory contribution within the meaning of Code section 411(c)(2)(C)) that is made to the Plan by a Deemed IRA Participant and with respect to which the Deemed IRA Participant has designated the contribution as a contribution to which Code
section 408(q) applies. 
 DEEMED IRA PARTICIPANT 

Means a Participant, or if indicated in the Adoption Agreement, any Employee or group of Employees eligible to make contributions under the Plan and on whose
behalf the Employer is contributing Deemed IRA Contributions. 
 DEEMED SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT 

Means an individual is deemed to cease to be an Employee for purposes of Code section 414(u)(12)(B) during any period the individual is performing service in
the uniformed services as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)(A). 
 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION 

Means $40,000, as adjusted under Code section 415(d).

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY 
 Means the individual who is
designated by the Participant (or the Participant’s surviving Spouse) as the Beneficiary of the Participant’s interest under the Plan and who is the designated Beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulation section
1.401(a)(9)-4. 
 DETERMINATION DATE
 Means for any Plan
Year after the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, Determination Date means the last day of that year. 

DETERMINATION PERIOD 
 Means, except as provided elsewhere
in this Plan, the Plan Year unless the Adopting Employer has selected another period in the Adoption Agreement. 
 DIFFERENTIAL WAGE PAYMENT 

Means a payment defined in Code section 3401(h)(2) that is made by the Employer to an individual performing service in the uniformed services. 

DIRECT ROLLOVER 
 Means a payment by the Plan to the
Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Recipient (or, if necessary pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(B)(1), an individual retirement account (IRA) under Code sections 408(a), 408(b), or 408A (for Roth Elective Deferrals), as selected by the
Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement).
 DIRECTED TRUSTEE

Means the Trustee that is designated as the Directed Trustee in the Adoption Agreement. The Directed Trustee will be responsible for investing the Fund and
performing the responsibilities of the Trustee set forth in the Plan in accordance with specific instructions provided by the Adopting Employer or the Plan Administrator (or Participant or Beneficiary) in accordance with instructions (either in
writing or in any other form permitted by rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL) from one of the foregoing.
 DISABILITY 

Unless the Adopting Employer has elected a different definition in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise provided in the Plan, Disability means the inability
to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months. The permanence and degree of such impairment will be supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator. 
 DISCRETIONARY
TRUSTEE 
 Means a Trustee that is designated as a Discretionary Trustee in the Adoption Agreement and enters into an agreement with the Adopting
Employer whereby the Trustee and not the Adopting Employer will select the appropriate investments for the Fund in accordance with the Plan’s funding policy statement or will perform such other tasks identified in such agreement between the
Trustee and Adopting Employer. 

  

					
		  	6	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR

Means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution
Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Plan Section 5.05(D). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required
Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on
or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. 
 DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER 

Means any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that:

 

	a.	relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant, and 

 

	b.	is made pursuant to state domestic relations law (including applicable community property laws). 

 EARLIEST
RETIREMENT AGE
 Means, for purposes of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of the Plan, the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the
Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. 
 EARLY RETIREMENT AGE 

Means the age and years of service, if applicable, specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan will not have an Early Retirement Age if none is specified in
the Adoption Agreement. 
 EARNED INCOME 
 Means the net
earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code section 404.

Net earnings will be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code section 164(f).

For purposes of applying the limitations of Code section 415, in the case of an Employee who is an Employee within the meaning of Code section 401(c)(1) and
regulations promulgated under Code section 401(c)(1), the Employee’s earned income (as described in Code section 401(c)(2) and regulations promulgated under Code section 401(c)(2)), will include amounts deferred at the election of the Employee
that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code sections 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b). 
 EFFECTIVE DATE 

Means the date the Plan (or amendment or restatement of the Plan) becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding,
unless otherwise provided in this Basic Plan Document, the Effective Date of mandatory Plan changes resulting from the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) and other legislative and regulatory guidance not previously included in the Plan will be the
later of the original Effective Date of the Plan or the first day the legislative or regulatory change became effective. For optional changes made available by PPA and other legislative and regulatory guidance, the Effective Date will be the date
the Plan began to operate in accordance with such optional change, as indicated by a Plan amendment if a written amendment was required for such change. 

ELAPSED TIME – Means  
  

	A.	Special Rules Where Elapsed Time Method is Being Used – If elected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Elapsed Time method of determining service will apply. When this definition applies,
for purposes of determining an Employee’s initial or continued eligibility to participate in the Plan or the Vested interest in the Participant’s Individual Account balance derived from Employer Contributions, an Employee will receive
credit for all Periods of Service. An Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of months or days. 

The definition of Break in Service in this Elapsed Time definition will replace the definitions of Break in Eligibility Service and Break in
Vesting Service found in the Definitions Section of the Plan. 
 Break in Service is a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months.

 In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the
first anniversary of the first date of such absence will not constitute a Break in Service. For purposes of this Elapsed Time definition, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence 1) by reason of the pregnancy of the
individual, 2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, 3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or 4) for purposes of caring for such child for a
period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 
 Each Qualifying Participant will share in Employer Contributions for the
Periods of Service beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the first day of a Period of Severance or the date on which such Employee is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees. 

  

					
		  	7	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under Code section 414(m)), a
controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o), service
will be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group. Service will also be credited for any individual required under Code section 414(n) or Code section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any Employer
aggregated under Code sections 414(b), (c), or (m). 
  

	B.	Changes In Methods of Crediting Service – The Plan may be amended to change the method of crediting service between the Hours of Service method of determining service and the Elapsed Time method provided
each Employee with respect to whom the method of crediting service is changed is afforded the protection described in Treasury Regulation section 1.410(a)-7(g) and other applicable rules promulgated by the IRS. 

ELECTION PERIOD 
 Means the period that begins on the
first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant separates from service before the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the
account balance as of the date of separation, the Election Period will begin on the date of separation. 
 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 

Means any Employer Contributions made either as a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral or, effective on or after January 1, 2006, as a Roth Elective Deferral to the Plan
at the election of the Participant or pursuant to automatic Elective Deferral enrollment, in lieu of cash compensation, and will include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. With respect to any taxable year, a
Participant’s Elective Deferrals are the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code section 401(k), any simplified
employee pension plan cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code section 408(p), any plan as described under Code section 501(c)(18), or any Employer contributions made on the behalf of
a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferrals will not include any deferrals properly distributed as Excess Annual Additions. In addition, Elective
Deferrals will not include contributions made to the Plan as Elective Deferrals under an EACA or QACA that are subsequently distributed from the Plan in accordance with the permissible withdrawal provisions found in Plan Section 5.01(A)(2). 

No Participant will be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer, during any taxable
year of the Participant, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year. Elective Deferrals under an EACA or QACA that are subsequently distributed from the Plan in accordance with
the permissible withdrawal provisions found in Plan Section 5.01(A)(2) will not be included for purposes of calculating the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g). In the case of a Participant age 50 or over by the end of the taxable
year, the dollar limitation described in the preceding sentence is increased by the amount of Elective Deferrals that can be Catch-up Contributions. The dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in
2000 and 2001, increasing to $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be adjusted by the
Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code section 402(g)(4). Any adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
 ELIGIBLE AUTOMATIC
CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (EACA) 
 Means an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as described in Code section 414(w) and this Plan, where
Employees are automatically enrolled as Contributing Participants in the Plan. 
 ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD 

Means, with respect to an Employee’s initial Eligibility Computation Period, the 12-consecutive month period commencing on the Employee’s Employment
Commencement Date. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employee’s subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods will be the Plan Year commencing with the Plan Year beginning during the Employee’s initial Eligibility
Computation Period. An Employee will not be credited with a Year of Eligibility Service before the end of the 12-consecutive month period regardless of when during such period the Employee completes the required number of Hours of Service.
Eligibility Computation Period will not apply if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies for eligibility purposes. 
 

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
 Means, if the Employer has adopted a
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, any Employee who is entitled to make Elective Deferrals under the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Employer has elected to apply the Safe Harbor CODA or the QACA provisions of the Plan, Eligible Employee
means an Employee that has met the eligibility criteria, if any, for Safe Harbor Contributions and is eligible to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a
suspension due to a distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2) or because of statutory limitations, such as Code sections 402(g) and 415. 

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER FOR SIMPLE 401(k) PLAN
 Means, with
respect to any SIMPLE 401(k) Year, an Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who received at least $5,000 of Compensation, or such lesser amount indicated in the Adoption Agreement, from the Employer for the preceding SIMPLE 401(k) Year and is
therefore eligible to establish a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. In applying the preceding sentence, all Employees of controlled groups of corporations under Code section 414(b), all Employees of trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not) under common
control under Code section 414(c), all Employees of affiliated service groups under Code section 414(m), and Leased Employees required to be treated as the Employer’s Employees under Code section 414(n), are taken into account. 

An Eligible Employer that adopts a SIMPLE 401(k) and that fails to be an Eligible Employer for any subsequent SIMPLE 401(k) Year is treated as an Eligible
Employer for the two SIMPLE 401(k) Years following the last SIMPLE 401(k) Year for which the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an Eligible Employer, the
preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied. 

  

					
		  	8	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT 

Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible Employee Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such contributions into account
in the calculation of the Contribution Percentages), or to receive a Matching Contribution (including Forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. 

If a Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such
Employee made such a contribution will be treated as an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Nondeductible Employee Contributions are made. 

ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN
 Means, for purposes of the
Direct Rollover provisions of the Plan, an individual retirement account described in Code sections 408(a) or 408A, an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), an annuity
contract described in Code section 403(b), an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or an agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state (and that agrees to
separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) that accepts the Recipient’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan will also
apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Code section 414(p). 

 
 If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to payments or
distributions from a designated Roth account, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion will include only another designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or distributions were made, or a Roth IRA of
such individual. 
 ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION

Means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Recipient, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include 

 

	a.	any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (paid at least annually) made for the life (or Life Expectancy) of the Recipient or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
Recipient and the Recipient’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; 

  

	b.	any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); 

  

	c.	the portion of any other distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); 

 

	d.	any hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2); 

  

	e.	any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year; and 

  

	f.	contributions made to the Plan as Elective Deferrals under an EACA or QACA that are subsequently distributed from the Plan as permissible withdrawals. 

For distributions made after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution will not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion
consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or (b), or a Roth individual
retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408A (a Roth IRA), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately
accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not so includible. 

Notwithstanding the preceding and unless otherwise elected in a plan amendment addressing Code section 401(a)(9)(H), solely for purposes of applying the
Direct Rollover distribution provisions of the Plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs distributed for 2009 were treated as Eligible Rollover Distributions. 

EMPLOYEE 
 Means any person employed by an Employer
maintaining the Plan or by any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). 
 

The term Employee will also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee of any Employer described in the previous paragraph as provided in Code
sections 414(n) or (o). 
 The term Employee will also include individuals providing qualified military service who are treated as reemployed for purposes
of applying the rules under Code sections 401(a)(37) and 414(u). 
 EMPLOYER 

Means the Adopting Employer, Participating Employers, and in a standardized plan all Related Employers of the Adopting Employer. A partnership is considered to
be the Employer of each of the partners and a sole proprietorship is considered to be the Employer of a sole proprietor. 
 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

 Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as determined under this Plan. The term Employer Contribution will include Elective Deferrals
made to the Plan unless such contributions are intended to be excluded for purposes of either the Plan or any act under the Code, ERISA, or any additional rules, regulations, or other pronouncements promulgated by either the IRS or DOL.

  

					
		  	9	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 EMPLOYER MONEY PURCHASE PENSION CONTRIBUTION 

Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement Section titled “Employer Money Purchase Pension
Contributions.” The Employer must make Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions without regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits. 

EMPLOYER PREVAILING WAGE CONTRIBUTION 
 Means an Employer
Contribution made pursuant to the Adoption Agreement Section titled “Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions.” The Employer may make Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions without regard to current or accumulated earnings or profit. 

EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION 
 Means an Employer
Contribution made pursuant to the Adoption Agreement Section titled “Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.” Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions without regard to
current or accumulated earnings or profits. 
 EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE 

Means, with respect to an Employee, the date such Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. 

ENHANCED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means Matching
Contributions described in Code section 401(k)(12)(B)(iii) and made pursuant to the Safe Harbor CODA formula elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 

ENTRY DATES 
 Means the first day of the Plan Year and the
first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year coinciding with or following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of Plan Section 2.01 for the applicable contribution source, unless the Adopting Employer has specified
different dates in the Adoption Agreement. Additionally, if this is an initial adoption of the Plan by the Employer, the initial Effective Date will also be considered an Entry Date.  

ERISA 
 Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 as amended from time to time.
 EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS 

Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of 
  

	a.	the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

  

	b.	the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages,
beginning with the highest of such percentages). 

 Such determination will be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant
to the definition provided herein and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to the definition provided herein.
 EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS

Means the excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. 

EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means, with respect to any Plan
Year, the excess of 
  

	a.	the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over 

 

	b.	the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of
such percentages). 

 EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 

Means those Elective Deferrals that either 1) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code section 402(g)
(increased, if applicable, by the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions defined in Code section 414(v)) for such year; or 2) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code section 402(g) (increased, if applicable,
by the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions defined in Code section 414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract, or
arrangement maintained by the Employer. Excess Elective Deferrals will be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable
year. 
 EXTENDED 2009 RMD 
 Means one or more payments
in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMD) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at
least 10 years. 
 FIDUCIARY 
 Means a person who
exercises any discretionary authority or control with respect to management of the Plan, renders investment advice as defined in ERISA section 3(21), or has any discretionary authority or responsibility regarding the administration of the Plan. The
Employer and such other individuals either appointed by the Employer or deemed to be fiduciaries as a result of their actions shall serve as Fiduciaries under this Plan and fulfill the fiduciary responsibilities described in Part 4, Title I of ERISA
including discharging their duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

  

					
		  	10	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 FORFEITURE 

Means that portion of a Participant’s Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions that the Participant is not entitled to receive (i.e., the
nonvested portion). 
 FUND 
 Means the Plan assets held
by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) for the Participants’ exclusive benefit. 
 HIGHEST AVERAGE COMPENSATION

Means the average compensation for the three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces the highest average.

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 
 Means any Employee who 1)
was a five-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year, or 2) for the preceding year had Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and, if elected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement, was in the top-paid
group for the preceding year. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. 

For this purpose the applicable year of the Plan for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is
called a look-back year unless the Adopting Employer has made a calendar year data election in the Adoption Agreement. If a calendar year data election is made, the look-back year will be the calendar year ending within the Plan Year for purposes of
determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than as a five-percent owner).
 A highly compensated former employee is based on the rules
applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4, Notice 97-45 and any subsequent guidance issued by the IRS. 

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including but not limited to the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the
top-paid group and the Compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the corresponding regulations. Adoption Agreement elections to include or exclude items from Compensation that are inconsistent with
Code section 414(q) will be disregarded for purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee. 
 HOURS OF SERVICE – Means 

General Rules for Crediting Hours of Service 
  

	1.	Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed.

  

	2.	Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated)
due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not
such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2, that is incorporated herein by this reference. 

 

	3.	Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (1) or paragraph (2), as the case
may be, and under this paragraph (3). These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

  

	4.	Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a computation period (the computation period for purposes of determining whether a Break in Vesting
Service has occurred is the Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in the definition of a Year of Vesting Service (Period of Service, if applicable)), an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons will
receive credit for the Hours of Service that would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this
paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence 1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, 2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, 3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual
in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or 4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph will be credited
1) in the Eligibility Computation Period or Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in the definition of a year of service in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Eligibility Service or a Break
in Vesting Service in the applicable period, or 2) in all other cases, in the following Eligibility Computation Period or Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in the definition of a year of service. 

 

	5.	Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Code section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), or a group of trades or
businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)) of which the Adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o) and the corresponding regulations.

 Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code
sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the corresponding regulations. 
  

	6.	Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor employer will be treated as service for the Employer. If the Employer does not maintain the plan of a predecessor employer,
service for such predecessor employer will not be treated as service for the Employer unless specifically elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

					
		  	11	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	7.	The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	8.	Hours of Service will apply unless the Adopting Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that a method other than Hours of Service will be used for determining service. 

INDIRECT ROLLOVER 
 Means a rollover contribution received
by this Plan from an Employee that previously received a distribution from this Plan or another plan rather than having such amount directly rolled over to this Plan from the distributing plan. 

INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT 
 Means the account established and
maintained under this Plan for each Participant in accordance with Plan Section 7.02(A).
 INITIAL PERIOD 

Means the period for each Eligible Employee that begins on the date the Eligible Employee first participates in the QACA and ends on the last day of the Plan
Year that starts after the date the Eligible Employee first participates in the QACA. 
 INITIAL PLAN DOCUMENT 

Means the plan document that initially established the Plan. 

INSURER 
 Means an insurance company that issues one or
more annuity contracts or insurance policies under the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of an annuity contract or insurance policy issued under the Plan by the Insurer, the terms of the Plan will
control. Where appropriate, references to the Trustee throughout the Plan will apply to an Insurer.
 INVESTMENT FIDUCIARY 

Means the Employer, a Trustee with full trust powers, any Individual Trustee(s), or any investment manager, as applicable, that under the terms of the Plan is
vested with the responsibility and authority to select investment options for the Plan and to direct the investment of the assets of the Fund. In no event will a Custodian or a Directed Trustee be an Investment Fiduciary for any purpose whatsoever.

 INVESTMENT FUND 
 Means a subdivision of the Fund
established pursuant to Plan Section 7.01(B).
 IRA OWNER 

Means an Employee who has established a Deemed IRA. 
 IRA
TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN) 
 Means the bank or savings and loan association, as defined in Code section 408(n), or any person who has the approval of the
IRS to act as Trustee, or their successor. 
 KEY EMPLOYEE 

Means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year
that includes the Determination Date is an officer of the Employer and whose annual compensation is greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a five-percent owner of the
Employer, or a one-percent owner of the Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, Compensation will also include elective
amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code section 132(f)(4).
 In determining whether a plan is top-heavy for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, is an officer of the Employer having
annual compensation that exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or considered an owner under Code section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such Participant’s
compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(c)(1)(A), a five-percent owner of the Employer, or a one-percent owner of the Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000. Annual compensation means
compensation as defined in Part A of the definition of Compensation in this Definition section, but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are excludable from the Employee’s gross income in
Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b). The determination period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years. 

The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code section 416(i)(1) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations. 

LEASED EMPLOYEE 
 Means any person (other than an Employee
of the recipient Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient Employer (or for the recipient Employer and related persons
determined in accordance with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits
provided to a Leased Employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer will be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. 

A Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the recipient if 1) such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing a) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten-percent of compensation, as defined in Part A of the definition of Compensation in this Definition section, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, that are
excludable from the Leased Employee’s gross income under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), b) immediate participation, and c) full and immediate vesting; and 2) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the
recipient’s non-Highly Compensated Employee work force. 

  

					
		  	12	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 LIFE EXPECTANCY 

Means life expectancy as computed by using the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 1.

LIMITATION YEAR 
 Means the Plan Year, unless the Adopting
Employer has selected another 12-consecutive month period in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the
new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. 
 If a Plan is terminated effective as of a date other
than the last day of the Plan’s Limitation Year, the Plan is treated as if the Plan was amended to change its Limitation Year. As a result of this deemed amendment, the Code section 415(c)(1)(A) dollar limit must be prorated under the short
Limitation Year rules. 
 LIMITED TRUSTEE 
 Means an
individual, individuals, or corporation specified in the Adoption Agreement or any duly appointed successor as provided in the Plan whose powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as a Trustee are strictly limited to ensuring the timely collection
and deposit of Employer Contributions. A corporate Limited Trustee must be a bank, trust company, broker, dealer, or clearing agency as defined in Labor Regulations section 2550.403(a)-1(b).  

MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN
 Means a plan, the form of which
is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the IRS. 
 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION 

Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an Elective Deferral or a
Nondeductible Employee Contribution made by such Participant under a plan maintained by the Employer. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Adopting Employer has elected to apply the Safe Harbor CODA or Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement
provisions of the Plan, Matching Contributions means contributions made by the Employer on account of an Eligible Employee’s Elective Deferrals. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, Matching Contributions made by self-employed
Participants (as defined in Code section 401(c)) will not be treated as Elective Deferrals 
 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT

Means the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Individual Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year. 

For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2002, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the lesser of

 

	a.	the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or 

  

	b.	25 percent of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. 

 For Limitation Years beginning on
or after January 1, 2002, except for Catch-up Contributions, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the lesser of
  

	a.	$40,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Code section 415(d), or 

  

	b.	100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation (within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of the definition of Compensation in this Definition section) for the Limitation Year. 

The compensation limitation referred to in (b) will not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of
Code section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) that is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. 
 If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction: 

Number of months in the short Limitation Year 

12 
 MONTHS OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE 

Means the consecutive months period, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, beginning on the Employee’s date of hire during which an Employee completes
at least the number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement, if applicable. The method used to determine the Months of Eligibility Service must be administered in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. Employees do not complete the
Months of Eligibility Service until they complete the required number of Hours of Service and reach the end of the consecutive month period. 

NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means any
contribution, other than Roth Elective Deferrals, made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings
and losses are allocated. 
 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE 

Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that
mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Normal Retirement Age will be age 59 1⁄2 if
the Plan is a profit sharing plan or age 62 if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan. 

  

					
		  	13	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 OWNER-EMPLOYEE 

Means an individual who is a sole proprietor or who is a partner owning more than ten-percent of either the capital or the profits interest of the
partnership.
 PARTICIPANT 
 Means any Employee or
former Employee of the Employer who has met the Plan’s age and service requirements, has entered the Plan, and who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any
such benefit. 
 PARTICIPANT’S BENEFIT 
 Means the
Participant’s Individual Account as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or Forfeitures
allocated to the Participant’s Individual Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Participant’s Benefit
for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 
 Means an employer who is either a
Related Participating Employer or an Unrelated Participating Employer. 
 PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP 

Means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer that, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation
Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 
 PERIOD OF SERVICE 

Means the aggregate of all time periods beginning on the Employee’s date of hire or rehire and ending on the date a Break in Service begins. The first day
of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service. If the Plan is using the Elapsed Time method of determining eligibility service, this definition of Period of Service will replace the definitions of Year of
Eligibility Service found in this Definitions Section of the Plan. If the Plan is using the Elapsed Time method of determining vesting service, this definition of Period of Service will replace the definition of and Year of Vesting Service found in
this Definitions Section of the Plan. 
 PERIOD OF SEVERANCE

Means a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the Severance from Service Date. 

PLAN 
 Means the prototype defined contribution plan
adopted by the Employer that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401 and ERISA section 501. The Plan consists of this Basic Plan Document, the corresponding Adoption Agreement, and any attachments or amendments, as completed and
signed by the Adopting Employer, including any amendment provisions adopted prior to the Effective Date of the Plan that are not superseded by the provisions of this restated Plan. 

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 
 The Adopting Employer will be the
Plan Administrator unless the managing body of the Adopting Employer designates a person or persons other than the Adopting Employer as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). The managing body of the
Adopting Employer may also appoint a successor Plan Administrator. The Adopting Employer will also be the Plan Administrator if the person or persons so designated ceases to be the Plan Administrator and a successor Plan Administrator is not
appointed. The Adopting Employer may establish an administrative committee that will carry out the Plan Administrator’s duties. Members of the administrative committee may allocate the Plan Administrator’s duties among themselves. If the
managing body of the Adopting Employer designates a person or persons other than the Adopting Employer as Plan Administrator, such person or persons will serve at the pleasure of the Adopting Employer and will serve pursuant to such procedures as
such managing body may provide. Each such person will be bonded as may be required by law. The term Plan Administrator will include any person authorized to perform the duties of the Plan Administrator and properly identified to the Trustee or
Custodian as such. Where the Adopting Employer dies, becomes incapacitated, or is otherwise unable to fulfill its duties, and neither the Adopting Employer nor the managing body of the Adopting Employer will or can appoint a successor Plan
Administrator within a reasonable period of time thereafter, the Plan Administrator may appoint a successor Plan Administrator. Where the Plan Administrator will not or cannot appoint a successor Plan Administrator, a majority of Participants in the
Plan will have the authority to appoint a successor Plan Administrator but will not be obligated to do so if engaging a majority of Participants would result in unreasonable time, expense, or administrative burden. The Prototype Document Sponsor
will in no case be designated as the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will be a named Fiduciary of the Plan for purposes of ERISA section 402(a), and the Plan Administrator must ensure that the authority over the portion of the Fund
subject to the trust requirements of ERISA section 403(a) is assigned to a Discretionary Trustee, a Directed Trustee (subject to the proper and lawful directions of the Plan Administrator), or an investment manager. 

PLAN SEQUENCE NUMBER
 Means the three-digit number the
Adopting Employer assigned to the Plan in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan Sequence Number identifies the number of qualified retirement plans the Employer maintains or has maintained. The Plan Sequence Number is 001 for the Employer’s first
qualified retirement plan, 002 for the second, etc. 
 PLAN YEAR 

Means the 12-consecutive month period that coincides with the Adopting Employer’s tax year or such other 12-consecutive month period as is designated in
the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Plan Year may be a period less than 12 months, as defined in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

					
		  	14	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 PRE-AGE 35 WAIVER

A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement
Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such election will not be valid unless the Participant receives an explanation of the
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required in Plan Section 5.10(D)(1). Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year
in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date will be subject to the full requirements of Plan Section 5.10. 
 PRE-TAX
ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 
 Means Elective Deferrals that are not included in a Contributing Participant’s gross income at the time deferred. Unless
otherwise designated by a Contributing Participant, if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals, Elective Deferrals will be characterized as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 

PRESENT VALUE
 Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, for purposes of establishing the Present Value of benefits under a defined benefit plan to compute the top-heavy ratio, any benefit will be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the interest rate and mortality table
specified for this purpose in the defined benefit plan. 
 PRIMARY BENEFICIARY 

Means an individual named as a Beneficiary under the Plan who has an unconditional right to all or a portion of a Participant’s Individual Account upon
the Participant’s death. 
 PRIOR PLAN DOCUMENT 

Means a plan document that was replaced by adoption of this Plan document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement. 

PROJECTED ANNUAL BENEFIT
 Means the annual retirement
benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent Straight Life Annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a Straight Life Annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the
Plan, assuming that 
  

	a.	the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and 

  

	b.	the Participant’s Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years. 

PROTOTYPE DOCUMENT SPONSOR 
 Means the entity specified in
the Adoption Agreement that makes this prototype plan document available to employers for adoption.
 QACA ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS
 Means Matching Contributions described in Plan Section 3.01(F)(3). 

QACA ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means any QACA
Basic Matching Contributions, QACA Enhanced Matching Contributions, and QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. 
 QACA BASIC MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

 Means Matching Contributions made pursuant to the QACA formula described in Adoption Agreement Section Three, in an amount equal to 1) 100 percent of
the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed one-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, plus 2) 50 percent of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that exceed one-percent of the
Employee’s Compensation but do not exceed six-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, if applicable. 
 QACA ENHANCED
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means Matching Contributions described in Code section 401(k)(12)(B)(iii) and made pursuant to the QACA formula elected by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 
 QACA SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS 

Means Employer Contributions made pursuant to the QACA Safe Harbor provisions in Plan Section 3.01(F). 

QACA SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
 Means Employer
Contributions made in an amount equal to at least three-percent of each Participant’s Compensation on behalf of each Eligible Employee, unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such contributions will be made without regard to
whether a Participant makes an Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee Contribution. 
 QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA)

 Means a Plan whereby Eligible Employees are automatically enrolled as Contributing Participants in the Plan and that requires Employer Contributions
to the Plan as outlined in Plan Section 3.01(F) and Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12) in order to be deemed to satisfy certain nondiscrimination testing requirements.

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER 
  

	A.	In General – Means a Domestic Relations Order 

  

	 	1.	that creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee’s rights to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the
Plan, and 

  

	 	2.	with respect to which the requirements described in the remainder of this section are met. 

  

					
		  	15	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	B.	Specification of Facts – A Domestic Relations Order will be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order only if the order clearly specifies 

 

	 	1.	the name and last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order, 

 

	 	2.	the amount or percentage of the Participant’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined, 

 

	 	3.	the number of payments or period to which such order applies, and 

  

	 	4.	each plan to which such order applies. 

  

	C.	Additional Requirements – In addition to paragraph (B) above, a Domestic Relations Order will be considered a Qualified Domestic Relations Order only if such order 

 

	 	1.	does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan, 

  

	 	2.	does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits, and 

  

	 	3.	does not require benefit to an Alternate Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

 

	D.	Exception for Certain Payments – A Domestic Relations Order will not be treated as failing to meet the requirements above solely because such order requires that payment of benefits be made to an Alternate
Payee 

  

	 	1.	on or after the date on which the Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest retirement age as defined in Code section 414(p)(4)(B), 

 

	 	2.	as if the Participant had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such order, and 

  

	 	3.	in any form in which such benefits may be paid under the Plan to the Participant (other than in a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) with respect to the Alternate Payee and their subsequent spouse. 

QUALIFIED ELECTION 
 Means a waiver of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless 1) the Participant’s Spouse consents to the
election (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL), 2) the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, that may not be changed
without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent), 3) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election, and d) the Spouse’s consent is witnessed by a
Plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment that may not be changed without spousal
consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver
by the Participant will be deemed a Qualified Election. In addition, if the Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse’s legal guardian, even if the guardian is the Participant, may give consent. If the Participant is legally
separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required unless a Qualified Domestic Relations Order provides otherwise. 

Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) will be effective only with respect
to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of
benefits. The number of revocations will not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision will be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Plan Section 5.10(D). 

QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
 Means an immediate
annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse that is not less than 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the amount of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
Spouse and that is the amount of benefit that can be purchased with the Participant’s vested account balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan will be 50 percent, unless a different percentage is elected by the Adopting
Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 
 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Means Matching Contributions that are nonforfeitable when made to the Plan and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions
(other than for hardships) applicable to Elective Deferrals. 
 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS 

Means Employer Contributions (other than Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, or Employer Profit Sharing Contributions) allocated to
Participants’ Individual Accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made to the Plan; and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution
provisions (other than hardships) that are applicable to Elective Deferrals. 

  

					
		  	16	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 QUALIFIED OPTIONAL SURVIVOR ANNUITY

Means an annuity 1) for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse that is equal to the “applicable percentage”
of the amount of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse, and 2) that is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the Participant. If the survivor annuity provided by the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity is less than 75 percent of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse, the applicable percentage is 75 percent. If the survivor annuity provided by the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
is greater than or equal to 75 percent, the applicable percentage is 50 percent. 
 QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY 

Means a survivor annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse of the Participant if the payments are not less than the amounts that would be payable as a
survivor annuity under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity under the Plan in accordance with Code section 417(c).
 QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING
PARTICIPANT 
 Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the requirements described in Plan Section 3.02 to be entitled to receive a Matching
Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year. 
 QUALIFYING EMPLOYER REAL PROPERTY

Means parcels of Employer real property that are subject to the requirements of ERISA section 407. 

QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITY(IES)
 Means stock that is
issued by the Employer and transferred to this Plan and that is subject to the requirements of ERISA section 407 and meets the requirements of ERISA section 407(d)(5). 

QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT 
 A Participant is a Qualifying
Participant and is entitled to share in the Employer Contribution for any Plan Year if the Participant was a Participant on at least one day during the Plan Year and satisfies any additional conditions specified in the Adoption Agreement. If this
Plan is a standardized plan, unless the Employer specifies more favorable conditions in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant will be a Qualifying Participant for a Plan Year if the Participant either completes more than 500 Hours of Service (three
consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. The determination of whether a Participant is entitled to share in the Employer Contribution
will be made as of the last day of each Plan Year.
 RECIPIENT

Means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former
Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are Recipients with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. 

RELATED EMPLOYER 
 Means an employer who, along with
another employer, is a member of 1) a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b) as modified by Code section 415(h)), 2) a commonly controlled trade or business (as defined in Code section 414(c) as modified by Code section
415(h)) or 3) an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m) (and any other entity required to be aggregated with another employer pursuant to Treasury regulations under Code section 414(o)). 

RELATED PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 
 Means an employer who is
a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer and who executes either a Related Participating Employer Election Attachment or a Participating Employer Election Attachment. In a standardized plan all Related Employers of the Adopting Employer are
Related Participating Employers. 
 REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP

Means 1) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the
Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated), and 2) any other qualified plan of the Employer that enables a plan described in 1) to meet the requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) or
410. 
 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE 
 Means April 1 of
the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or retires, whichever is later, except that benefit distributions to
a five-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the Required Beginning Date is one of the following as selected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement: 
  

	1.	the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2; 

  

	2.	the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2, except that benefit distributions to a Participant (other than a five-percent owner) with respect to benefits accrued after the later of the adoption or effective date of an amendment to the Plan that
implements the changes to the Required Minimum Distribution rules of this Definition must commence by the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1⁄2 or retires; or 

  

	3.	the Required Beginning Date of a Participant is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires except that benefit distributions to a five-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70 1⁄2; 

  

	 	a.	any Participant (other than a five-percent owner) attaining age 70 1⁄2 after 1995 may elect by the April 1 of the calendar
year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1⁄2, (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1⁄2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made the
Participant will begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1⁄2 (or by
December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1⁄2 in 1996); 

  

					
		  	17	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	b.	any Participant (other than a five-percent owner) attaining age 70 1⁄2 before 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence
by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant retires. To satisfy the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements described in Plan Section 5.10, the requirements in Notice 97-75, Q&A 8, must be satisfied for any
Participant who elects to stop distributions. There is either (as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement); 

  

	 	i.	a new annuity starting date upon recommencement, or 

  

	 	ii.	no new annuity starting date upon recommencement. 

 A Participant is treated as a five-percent
owner for purposes of this section if such Participant is a five-percent owner as defined in Code section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age
70 1⁄2. 
 Once distributions have begun to a five-percent owner
under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a five-percent owner in a subsequent year. 
 Notwithstanding
the preceding, if the Employer elected in the Adoption Agreement to offer Deemed IRAs, the definition of required beginning date and the distribution provisions of Plan Section 3.15 will apply to such Deemed IRAs. 

If a 2009 RMD or Extended 2009 RMD was not removed from the Plan for any Participant according to Code section 401(a)(9)(H) and the Plan was subject to the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions in 2009, the requirements of IRS Notice 97-75, Q&A 8, must have been satisfied. 
 Unless otherwise
elected in a plan amendment addressing Code section 401(a)(9)(H), no new Annuity Starting Date applied upon recommencement of RMDs for 2010. 
 ROTH
ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 
 Means Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Contributing Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been
irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the Contributing Participant in their deferral election. 
 ROTH IRA 

Means an individual retirement account as defined in Code section 408A. 

SAFE HARBOR CODA 
 Means a Plan that has elected to make
contributions in accordance with Plan Section 3.03. 
 SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS 

Means Employer Contributions made pursuant to either the Safe Harbor CODA provisions in Plan Section 3.03 or the QACA provisions in Plan Section 3.01(F). 

SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS 
 Means Employer
Contributions made in an amount equal to at least three-percent of each Participant’s Compensation on behalf of each Eligible Employee, unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such contributions will be made without regard to
whether a Participant makes an Elective Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee Contribution. 
 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL 

Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, including an individual who would
have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.
 SEPARATE FUND 

Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a particular Participant or Beneficiary representing certain assets held for that Participant or
Beneficiary. The assets that comprise a Participant’s Separate Fund are those assets earmarked for the Participant and also those assets subject to the Participant’s individual direction pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(B). 

SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT 
 Means when an Employee ceases
to be an Employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a Severance from Employment if, in connection with a change of employment, the employee’s new employer maintains such plan with respect to the employee. 

SEVERANCE FROM SERVICE DATE 
 Means the date the Employee
ceases to be employed by the Employer, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service. 

SIMPLE 401(k) YEAR 
 Means the calendar year and applies
only if the Employer has adopted a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.  
 SIMPLE IRA 

Means an individual retirement account that satisfies the requirements of Code sections 408(p) and 408(a).  

SPOUSE 
 Means the Spouse or surviving Spouse of the
Participant, provided that a former Spouse will be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

STRAIGHT LIFE ANNUITY 
 Means an annuity payable in equal
installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant’s death. 

  

					
		  	18	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 TAXABLE WAGE BASE 

Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and benefit base in effect in Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the Plan
Year. 
 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 
 Means that the
employment status of an Employee ceases for any reason other than death. An Employee who does not return to work for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave of absence from such Employer will be deemed to have incurred a
Termination of Employment when such leave ends.
 TOP-HEAVY PLAN 

Means a Plan determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year pursuant to Plan Section 7.19.

TRADITIONAL IRA 
 Means an individual retirement account
as defined in Code section 408(a). 
 TRUSTEE 
 Means,
if applicable, an individual, individuals, or corporation specified in the Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duly appointed successor as provided in Plan Section 8.05. A corporate Trustee must be a bank, trust company, broker, dealer, or clearing
agency as defined in Labor Regulation section 2550.403(a)-1(b). 
 UNRELATED PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 

Means an employer who is not a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer and who executes a Participating Employer Election Attachment. An employer who is a
Related Employer of a Participating Employer but not of the Adopting Employer will not be considered an Unrelated Participating Employer unless it also executes a Participating Employer Election Attachment. 

VALUATION DATE
 Means the valuation date or dates as
specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no date is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Valuation Date will be the last day of the Plan Year and each additional date designated by the Plan Administrator that is selected in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner when the assets of the Fund are valued at their then fair market value. Notwithstanding the preceding, for purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio, the Valuation Date will be the last day of the initial Plan Year and the
last day of the preceding Plan Year for each subsequent Plan Year. 
 VESTED 

Means nonforfeitable, that is, an unconditional and legally enforceable claim against the Plan that is obtained by a Participant or the Participant’s
Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under the Plan that arises from a Participant’s Years of Vesting Service. 
 VESTED
ACCOUNT BALANCE 
 Means the aggregate value of the Participant’s Vested account balances derived from Employer and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions (including rollovers and transfers), whether Vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the Participant’s life. This definition will apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts
attributable to Employer Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, or both at the time of death or distribution. 
 YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY
SERVICE 
 Means a 12-consecutive month period that coincides with an Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000
Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement), or such period specified in the Period of Service definition, if applicable. Employees are not credited with a Year of Eligibility Service until they
complete the required number of Hours of Service and reach the end of the 12-consecutive month period. 
 The Plan may be amended to change the method of
crediting service between the Hours of Service method of determining service and the Elapsed Time method provided each Employee with respect to whom the method of crediting service is changed is afforded the protection described in Treasury
Regulation section 1.410(a)-7(g) and other applicable rules promulgated by the IRS. 
 YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE 

Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
Agreement for this purpose), or such period specified in the Period of Service definition, if applicable. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Adopting Employer so indicates in the Adoption Agreement, vesting will be computed by reference
to the 12-consecutive month period beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12-month period commencing on the anniversaries thereof, or some other 12-consecutive month period. 

Years of Vesting Service will not include any period of time excluded from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement. However, if an Employee becomes
ineligible to participate in the Plan because they are no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in Vesting Service, such Employee will continue to accumulate Years of Vesting Service. 

In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month period, Employees will receive credit for Years of Vesting Service, in accordance with the preceding
provisions of this definition, for each of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan Years) that overlap as a result of such change. 
 The Plan may be amended
to change the method of crediting service between the Hours of Service method of determining service and the Elapsed Time method provided each Employee with respect to whom the method of crediting service is changed is afforded the protection
described in Treasury Regulation section 1.410(a)-7(g) and other applicable rules promulgated by the IRS. 

  

					
		  	19	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES 

Pursuant to the DEFINITIONS Section of the Plan, the Effective Date means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption Agreement. However,
certain provisions of the Plan may have effective dates different from the Plan Effective Date, if, for example, the Plan is amended after the Effective Date.

SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 
  

	2.01	ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE 

 Each Employee, except an Employee who belongs to a class of
Employees excluded from participation as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, will be eligible to participate in this Plan upon satisfying the age and eligibility service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no age is specified in
the Adoption Agreement, there will not be an age requirement. If no option for eligibility service is selected, no eligibility service will be required. 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Adoption Agreement does not give Employers the option to restrict participation of certain
classes of Employees, the following Employees will be excluded from participation in the Plan. 
  

	 	A.	Union Employees – Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining and if two-percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the term “Employee representatives” does not
include any organization in which more than half of the members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. 

  

	 	B.	Non-resident Aliens – Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the meaning of Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer
that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)). 

  

	 	C.	Acquired Employees – Employees who became Employees as the result of certain acquisitions or dispositions as described under Code section 410(b)(6)(C). Such Employees will be excluded from participation
during the transition period beginning on the date of the change in the members of the group and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year that begins after the date of the change. A transaction under Code section 410(b)(6)(C) is an asset or
stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. 

  

	2.02	PLAN ENTRY 

  

	 	A.	Plan Restatement – If this Plan is an amendment or restatement of a Prior Plan Document, each Employee who was a Participant under the Prior Plan Document before the Effective Date will continue to be
a Participant in this Plan. 

  

	 	B.	Effective Date – If this is an initial adoption of the Plan by the Employer, an Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the Effective Date if the Employee has met the eligibility requirements of
Plan Section 2.01 as of such date. After the Effective Date, each Employee will become a Participant on the first Entry Date coinciding with or following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements of Plan Section 2.01 for the
applicable contribution source, unless the Adopting Employer selects retroactive Entry Dates in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	C.	Notification – The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who becomes eligible to be a Participant under this Plan and shall furnish the Employee with the enrollment forms or other documents
that are required of Participants. Such notification will be in writing, or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL. The Employee will execute such forms or documents and make available such information as may be
required in the administration of the Plan. 

  

	2.03	TRANSFER TO OR FROM AN INELIGIBLE CLASS 

 If an Employee who had been a Participant
becomes ineligible to participate because they are no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility Service, such Employee will participate immediately following the date of reemployment upon their
return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility Service, their eligibility to participate will be determined by Plan Section 2.04.

An Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees will become a Participant immediately upon becoming a member of the eligible
class, provided such Employee has satisfied the age and eligibility service requirements. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if such Employee has not satisfied the age and eligibility service requirements as of the date they become
a member of the eligible class, such Employee will become a Participant on the first Entry Date coinciding with or following the date they satisfy those requirements.
  

	2.04	RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER A BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE 

  

	 	A.	Employee Not a Participant Before Break – If an Employee incurs a Break in Eligibility Service before satisfying the Plan’s eligibility requirements, such Employee’s eligibility service before such
Break in Eligibility Service will not be taken into account. 

  

	 	B.	Employee a Participant Before Break – If a Participant incurs a Break in Eligibility Service, such Participant will continue to participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, will participate immediately
following the date of reemployment, except as set forth in Plan Section 2.04(C). 

  

	 	C.	Rehire Hold-Out Rule – If elected in the Adoption Agreement, eligibility service that occurs before a Break in Eligibility Service will not be taken into account until the Participant (without regard to
whether the Participant is Vested) has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility service requirement after returning to employment. The eligibility service for purposes of the rehire hold-out rule will be measured in the same manner as the original
Eligibility Computation Period, if applicable, except that it will commence on the Participant’s reemployment commencement date. The reemployment commencement date is the first day on which the Participant is credited with an Hour of Service
for the performance of duties after reemployment. If a Participant completes the eligibility service requirements following reemployment in accordance with this paragraph, their active participation will be reinstated as of the reemployment
commencement date. Notwithstanding the preceding, Plan Section 2.04(B) will apply to Elective Deferrals. 

  

					
		  	20	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	2.05	DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 

 The Plan Administrator will determine the eligibility
of each Employee to be a Participant. This determination will be conclusive and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by law.
  

	2.06	TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT 

 Nothing with respect to the establishment of the Plan and trust or
any action taken with respect to the Plan, nor the fact that a common law Employee has become a Participant will give to that Employee any right to employment or continued employment or to grant any other rights except as specifically set forth in
this Plan document, ERISA, or other applicable law; nor will the Plan or trust limit the right of the Employer to discharge an Employee or to otherwise deal with an Employee without regard to the effect such treatment may have upon the
Employee’s rights under the Plan. 
 SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS 

 

	3.01	ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 

 Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements specified
in the Adoption Agreement for making either Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals, if applicable, may begin making such Elective Deferrals to the Plan by enrolling as a Contributing Participant. 

 

	 	A.	Requirements to Enroll as a Contributing Participant – Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement for either Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth
Elective Deferrals, if applicable, may enroll as a Contributing Participant with respect to the type of Elective Deferral for which they have satisfied the eligibility requirements, on the first Entry Date coinciding with or following the date the
Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements, or if applicable, the first Entry Date following the date on which the Employee returns to the eligible class of Employees pursuant to Plan Section 2.03. A Participant who wishes to enroll as a
Contributing Participant must deliver (either in writing or in any other form permitted by the IRS and the DOL) a salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions) to the Plan Administrator except as set forth in
Plan Section 3.01(E) below. Except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations as set forth in the Treasury Regulations, contributions made pursuant to such election cannot precede the earlier of 1) the date on which services
relating to the contribution are performed, and 2) the date on which the Compensation that is subject to the election would be payable to the Employee in the absence of an election to defer. Any limits on Elective Deferrals designated by the
Employer in Adoption Agreement Section Three may be determined either periodically throughout the Plan Year (e.g., each payroll period) or at the end of the Plan Year provided the determination is made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 Notwithstanding the dates set forth in Plan Section 3.01(A) as of which a Participant may enroll as a Contributing
Participant, the Plan Administrator will have the authority to designate, in a nondiscriminatory manner, additional enrollment dates during the 12-month period beginning on the Effective Date (or the date that
Elective Deferrals may commence, if later) in order that an orderly first enrollment might be completed. In addition, if the Adopting Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that Participants may make separate deferral elections with
respect to bonuses, Participants will be afforded a reasonable period of time before the issuance of such bonuses to elect to defer all, none, or part of them into the Plan. Such an election to defer all or part of a bonus will be independent of any
other salary reduction agreement and will not constitute a modification to any pre-existing salary reduction agreement. If a Plan permits both Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals and the Participant fails to
designate whether their Elective Deferrals are Pre-Tax or Roth Elective Deferrals, the Participant will be deemed to have designated the Elective Deferrals as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if this Plan is subject to ERISA, the Employer shall deliver Elective Deferrals to the
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as soon as such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the Employer. In no event, however, will Elective Deferrals be deposited with the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) later
than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which the Elective Deferrals would otherwise have been payable to a Participant in cash or by such other deadline determined under
rules promulgated by the DOL. If this Plan is not subject to ERISA, the Employer shall deposit Elective Deferrals with the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as of such time as is required by the IRS and DOL. 

 

	 	B.	Ceasing Elective Deferrals – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions) and thus withdraw as a
Contributing Participant as of any such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner by revoking the authorization to the Employer to make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions) on their
behalf. A Participant who desires to withdraw as a Contributing Participant will give notice of withdrawal to the Plan Administrator at least 30 days (or such shorter period as the Plan Administrator will permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner) before the effective date of withdrawal. A Participant will cease to be a Contributing Participant upon their Termination of Employment or on account of termination of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each
Employee who has entered into a salary reduction agreement under a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan may terminate such agreement at any time during the year. 

  

					
		  	21	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	C.	Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant (e.g., pursuant to
Plan Section 3.01(B), a suspension due to a hardship distribution, or a suspension due to a distribution on account of a Deemed Severance from Employment) may not again become a Contributing Participant until such times established by the Plan
Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. 

  

	 	D.	Changing Elective Deferral Amounts – A Contributing Participant or a Participant who has met the eligibility requirements in the Adoption Agreement, but who has never made an affirmative election regarding
Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions), may complete a new or modify an existing salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions) to increase or decrease (within the limits placed on
Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions in the Adoption Agreement) the amount of their Compensation deferred into the Plan or change the type of their future Elective Deferrals (Roth or Pre-Tax), if applicable. Unless otherwise
elected in the Adoption Agreement, such modification may be made as of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. A modification that results in the amount of the Participant’s Compensation being
deferred into the Plan being zero (0) will be considered a cessation of deferrals under the Plan. A Contributing Participant who desires to make such a modification will complete and deliver (either in writing or in any other form permitted by the
IRS and the DOL) a new salary reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan Administrator). The Plan Administrator may prescribe such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules as it deems appropriate to carry
out the terms of this Plan Section 3.01(D). 

  

	 	E.	Automatic Contribution Arrangements and Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangements 

  

	 	1.	Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) – Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement for Elective Deferrals will be given a reasonable opportunity to enroll
as a Contributing Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Adopting Employer so elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make ACA contributions as Elective Deferrals on behalf of those Employees who are eligible to participate
and, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, who are hired on or after the Effective Date and in accordance with such uniform policy as the Employer may use to determine whether a Participant has made a timely affirmative election to
defer at a rate, including zero percent, that is less than the rate selected in the Adoption Agreement. Elective Deferrals for such Employee will continue at the rate specified in the Adoption Agreement until 1) the Employee provides the Employer a
salary reduction agreement (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and the DOL) to the contrary, or unless 2) the Employer reduces, ceases, or suspends Elective Deferrals made on behalf of Employees so as
not to exceed the limits of the Code and other rules promulgated by the IRS (e.g., Code sections 401(a)(17), 402(g), and 415 or to comply with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(c)(v)(B)), or 3) Elective Deferrals are increased in accordance
with Plan Section 3.01(E)(3). Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise indicated in rules promulgated by the IRS, Elective Deferrals made to the Plan pursuant to the ACA provisions will be subject to any other Plan rules
otherwise applicable to Elective Deferrals. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the initial default contribution rate will be three-percent and the Elective Deferrals will be pre-tax Elective Deferrals. 

An Employer who adopts the ACA provisions will comply with the notice requirements described in item 4 below. 

An Employer who adopts the ACA provisions as described in this Plan Section 3.01(E)(1) will establish uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures
designed to ensure that all Employees who are eligible to participate or Contributing Participants are provided with an effective opportunity to make or modify their salary deferral elections. Such procedures will include, but are not limited to,
the means by which notice will be provided to each Employee or Contributing Participant of their right to complete a salary reduction agreement specifying a different amount or percentage of Compensation (including no Compensation) to be contributed
to the Plan and a reasonable period of time for completing such a salary reduction agreement. 
  

	 	2.	Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) – Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement for Elective Deferrals will be given a reasonable opportunity
to enroll as a Contributing Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Adopting Employer so elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make EACA contributions as Elective Deferrals on behalf of those Employees who are eligible to
participate and, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, who are hired on or after the Effective Date and in accordance with such uniform policy as the Employer may use to determine whether a Participant has made a timely affirmative
election to defer at a rate, including zero percent, that is less than the rate selected in the Adoption Agreement. The rate selected must be applied uniformly except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.414(w)-1(b)(2) and will
continue at the rate specified in the Adoption Agreement until 1) the Employee provides the Employer a salary reduction agreement (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and the DOL) to the contrary, or
unless 2) the Employer reduces, ceases, or suspends Elective Deferrals made on behalf of Employees so as not to exceed the limits of the Code and other rules promulgated by the IRS (e.g., Code sections 401(a)(17), 402(g), and 415 or to comply with
Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(c)(v)(B)) or 3) Elective Deferrals are increased in accordance with Plan Section 3.01(E)(3). Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise indicated in rules promulgated by the IRS,
Elective Deferrals made to the Plan pursuant to the EACA provisions will be subject to any other Plan rules otherwise applicable to Elective Deferrals. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the initial default contribution rate will be
three-percent and the Elective Deferrals will be pre-tax Elective Deferrals. 

  

					
		  	22	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 An Employer who adopts the EACA provisions described in this Plan Section 3.01(E)(2) will
establish uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures designed to ensure that all Employees who are eligible to participate or Contributing Participants are provided with an effective opportunity to make and modify their salary deferral elections. Such
procedures will include, but are not be limited to, the means by which notice will be provided to each Employee or Contributing Participant of the right to complete a salary reduction agreement specifying a different amount or percentage of
Compensation (including no Compensation) to be contributed to the Plan, and a reasonable period for completing such a salary reduction agreement. 

An Employer who adopts the EACA provisions will comply with the election period and notice requirements described in items 4 and 5 below. 

An Employer who makes EACA contributions as Elective Deferrals on behalf of those Employees who are eligible to participate and who are
designated in the Adoption Agreement, if applicable, will be deemed to have affected those Employees for purposes of the EACA notice requirements. Participants with salary deferral agreements will be deemed to be affected for purposes of the EACA
notice requirements where the Employer makes EACA contributions as Elective Deferrals on behalf of those current Employees designated in the Adoption Agreement. As a result, Participants with salary deferral agreements must also be provided with a
notice pursuant to the EACA notice requirements described in item 4 below. 
  

	 	3.	Increase of Automatic Elective Deferral – If the Adopting Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the Elective Deferral percentage or amount for Contributing Participants who are automatically enrolled
pursuant to the ACA and EACA Plan provisions will be adjusted automatically by the Employer in the increments and time periods stated in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	4.	Notice Requirement 

  

	 	a.	ACA – A comprehensive notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Employee, will be provided to affected Participants
within a reasonable period of time before the date which the ACA becomes effective and before each subsequent Plan Year pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL. 

 

	 	b.	EACA – A comprehensive notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Employee which meets the content requirements of
Code section 414(w)(4) and its associated regulations and other guidance, will be provided to affected Participants within a reasonable period of time before the start of the first Plan Year in which the EACA provisions become effective and
before each subsequent Plan Year. The notice will accurately describe (1) the amount of the default Elective Deferrals that will be made on the Employee’s behalf, (b) the Employee’s right to elect to have a different Elective Deferral
withheld including the right to not make Elective Deferrals at all, and (c) how Elective Deferral will be invested if the Employee does not provide investment instructions. A period of 30 to 90 days before the beginning of the Plan Year is deemed to
be a reasonable period. Whether a different period is reasonable will be determined based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. If a Plan has an eligibility period of less than 30 days (e.g., immediate eligibility), the Plan can provide
the notice to Participants when they become eligible. If notice cannot be provided on or before the Employee’s eligibility date, it will be deemed timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after that date and before the pay date for the
payroll period in which the Employee becomes eligible. In such case, the Employee must be allowed to defer from Compensation earned beginning on the date the Employee enters the Plan. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change these notice requirements pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL.

 

	 	5.	EACA Election Periods – In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Employee who is eligible to participate may make or modify a deferral election during a reasonable period of
time immediately following receipt of the notice described above. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change the election periods described above pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL. 

 

	 	6.	EACA Reset Rule – An Employee for whom no Compensation is automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral for an entire Plan Year, pursuant to the EACA provisions, will be treated
as a new Employee for purposes of determining the appropriate Elective Deferral rate, and the availability of permissible withdrawals. 

  

	 	F.	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) – If the Adopting Employer has elected the QACA option in the Adoption Agreement, and if these QACA provisions are followed for the Plan Year, then any
provisions relating to the ADP Test described in Code section 401(k)(3) or the ACP Test described in Code section 401(m)(2) will not apply. To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan Section
3.01(F), the provisions of this section will apply. If the Adopting Employer so provides in the Adoption Agreement, the QACA Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement and not to this
Plan. However, even though another plan is listed in the Adoption Agreement, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless 1) each Eligible Employee under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and 2) the other plan has the same Plan
Year as this Plan. Provided the QACA notice provided by the Employer also satisfies the requirements specified in Plan Section 3.01(E)(4)(b), the Plan will be an EACA as well as a QACA. 

 

	 	1.	Elective Deferrals – If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make QACA contributions as Elective Deferrals to the Plan on behalf of those Eligible Employees as designated in the Adoption
Agreement and in accordance with such uniform policy as the Employer may use to determine whether a Participant has made a timely affirmative election to defer at a rate, including zero percent, that is different from the rates selected for this
QACA. The rates selected must be applied uniformly except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(j)(2). Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the initial default contribution rate will be three-percent and the
Elective Deferrals will be pre-tax Elective Deferrals. 

  

					
		  	23	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 An Employer who adopts the QACA provisions will establish uniform and nondiscriminatory
procedures designed to ensure that all Eligible Employees or Contributing Participants are provided with an effective opportunity to make and modify their salary deferral election. Such procedures will include, but not be limited to, the means by
which the notice will be provided to each Eligible Employee or Contributing Participant of the right to complete a salary reduction agreement specifying a different amount or percentage of Compensation (including no Compensation) to be contributed
to the Plan, and a reasonable period for completing such a salary reduction agreement. 
 An Employer who adopts the QACA provisions will
comply with the election period and notice requirements described in items (5) and (6) below. 
  

	 	2.	QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, in addition to the Elective Deferrals described in item 1, above, the Employer will make QACA ADP Test Safe
Harbor Contributions to the Plan according to the QACA Basic Matching Contributions definition on behalf of each Eligible Employee. The proper QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution amount, including the Compensation used, the time frame over which
the Compensation is determined, and any dollar limit applied, may be determined by the Employer at any time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such time as such contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
or at the end of the Plan Year, provided the amount of the contributions is determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the Employer makes QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Plan based on Compensation earned during a portion
of the Determination Period (e.g., on a payroll basis), the Employer may, at its discretion, re-calculate the Matching Contribution based on the Compensation earned over the Determination Period, provided such “true-up” is provided in a
uniform and non-discriminatory manner. 

 The Employer may make QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions at the same time as it
contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by law and regulations. Such QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will satisfy the ADP and ACP testing requirements of the Plan, provided such contributions are the only Matching
Contributions and nonelective contributions made to the Plan, in accordance with Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12). QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to the designated Employees, and will be Vested according to the vesting
schedule selected by the Employer, as indicated in the Adoption Agreement. QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions cannot be made with regard to permitted disparity rules under Code section 401(l). Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may
reduce, cease, or suspend Elective Deferrals made on behalf of Eligible Employees so as not to exceed the limits of Code sections 401(a)(17), 402(g), and 415, or to comply with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(c)(6)(v)(B). 

 

	 	3.	QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions – In addition to the Elective Deferrals described in item 1, above, and the QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions described in item 2, above, the Employer
will make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, indicated in the Adoption Agreement on behalf of each Eligible Employee. Such additional contributions are not required. The Employer may make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions at the same time that it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by law and regulation. The proper QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution amount, including the Compensation used, the time frame over
which the Compensation is determined, and any dollar limit applied, may be determined by the Employer at any time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such time as such contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) or at the end of the Plan Year provided the amount of the contributions is determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the Employer makes QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Plan based on Compensation
earned during a portion of the Determination Period (e.g., on a payroll basis), the Employer may, at its discretion, re-calculate the Matching Contribution based on the Compensation earned over the Determination Period, provided such
“true-up” is provided in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. 

 If the Employer has elected to make ACP Test
Safe Harbor Contributions only when needed to use Forfeitures timely, the ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be allocated in a manner that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible
percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If the Employer makes QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, such contributions will satisfy the ACP safe harbor requirements of Code section 401(m)(12),
provided that they do not exceed statutory limits of Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12) as described in the Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions made to the Plan that exceed the limits of Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12) will
subject the Plan to ACP testing. 
  

	 	4.	QACA Elective Deferral Increases – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, QACA rate increases will not occur during the Initial Period. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, after
the Initial Period, rate increases will occur on the first day of each Plan Year at a rate of one-percent per year until a maximum of six-percent is reached. If the Adopting Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the Elective Deferral
percentage or amount for Contributing Participants who are not automatically enrolled under the QACA provisions will be adjusted automatically by the Employer in the increments and time periods stated in the Adoption Agreement. In addition to the
preceding, the Plan Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, may establish operational procedures to enable all Contributing Participants, including those who are not automatically enrolled as Contributing Participants pursuant to
the QACA provisions, to elect to have their Elective Deferrals automatically increased. 

 An Employer who adopts the QACA
Elective Deferral increase feature described in this Plan Section 3.01(F)(4) will establish uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures designed to ensure that each Contributing Participant is provided an effective opportunity to make and modify their
salary deferral election such that QACA Elective Deferral increases will not apply to such Participant. Such procedures include, but are not limited to, the means by which notice will be provided to each Contributing Participant of their right to
complete a salary reduction agreement discontinuing QACA Elective Deferral increases and a reasonable period of time for completing such a salary reduction agreement. 

  

					
		  	24	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	5.	QACA Notice Requirement – A comprehensive notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Eligible Employee which meets the
content requirements of Code section 401(k)(13) and its associated regulations and other guidance, will be provided to affected Participants within a reasonable period of time before the start of the first Plan Year in which the QACA provisions
become effective and before each subsequent Plan Year. In addition to the requirements found in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(d), the notice will accurately describe (1) the amount of the default Elective Deferrals that will be made on the
Employee’s behalf, (b) the Employee’s right to elect to have a different Elective Deferral withheld including the right to not make Elective Deferrals at all, and (c) how Elective Deferral will be invested if the Employee does not provide
investment instructions. A period of 30 to 90 days before the beginning of the Plan Year is deemed to be a reasonable period. Whether a different period is reasonable will be determined based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. If a Plan
has an eligibility period of less than 30 days (e.g., immediate eligibility), the Plan can provide the notice to Participants when they become eligible. If notice cannot be provided on or before the Employee’s eligibility date, it will be
deemed timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after that date and before the pay date for the payroll period in which the Employee becomes eligible. In such case, the Employee must be allowed to defer from Compensation earned beginning on
the date the Employee enters the Plan. 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change these notice requirements
pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL.
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer will also satisfy the QACA notice
requirements of this Plan Section 3.01(F)(5) if the Employer provides a contingent notice that would otherwise satisfy the requirements in the preceding paragraph except that, in lieu of specifying the amount of QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution, the notice states that the Employer will determine during the Plan Year whether to make a QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If a contingent notice is provided and the Employer decides to make a QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution the Employer must deliver a follow-up notice to each Eligible Employee no later than 30 days (or any other reasonable period) before the last day of the Plan Year notifying the Employee of the QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution,
and must execute all necessary Plan amendments. If an Employer fails to provide a follow-up notice, no QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be required, and the Plan will not qualify as a QACA for
that year. The Plan may qualify as a QACA for subsequent years following proper notice and contributions. 
  

	 	6.	QACA Election Periods – In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a deferral election during a reasonable period of time immediately
following receipt of the notice described above. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change the election periods described above pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL. 

 

	 	7.	QACA Reset Rule – An Employee for whom no Compensation is automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral for an entire Plan Year, pursuant to the QACA provisions, will be treated
as a new Employee for purposes of determining the appropriate Elective Deferral rate, the Initial Period, and the availability of permissible withdrawals. 

  

	 	G.	Pre-Tax vs. Roth Elective Deferrals – If the Adopting Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, each Employee who enrolls as a Contributing Participant may specify whether their Elective Deferrals are to
be characterized as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals, or a specified combination. A Contributing Participant’s election will remain in effect until superseded by another election. Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan as
one type, either Roth or Pre-Tax, may not later be reclassified as the other type. A Contributing Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be deposited in the Contributing Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral subaccount in the Plan. No
contributions other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Contributing Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral account, and gains, losses, and other credits or charges will be allocated on a
reasonable and consistent basis to such subaccount. Notwithstanding the preceding, Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the ACA, EACA, or QACA provisions of the Plan will be characterized as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals unless designated as Roth
Elective Deferrals in the Adoption Agreement and will not be characterized as Nondeductible Employee Contributions. 

  

	 	H.	Catch-up Contributions – Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under this Plan and who are age 50 or older by the end of their taxable
year will be eligible to make Catch-up Contributions. Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on Annual Additions under Code section 415, are not counted in the ADP test, and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation
under Code section 416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy). Provisions in the Plan relating to Catch-up Contributions apply to Elective Deferrals made after 2001.

  

	 	I.	Elective Deferrals to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Employer is an Eligible Employer for SIMPLE 401(k) Plans and has established a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan,
each Eligible Employee may deliver (either in writing or in any other form permitted by the IRS and the DOL) a salary reduction election and have their Compensation reduced for the SIMPLE 401(k) Year in any amount selected by the Employee subject to
the limitation described below. The Employer will make Elective Deferral contributions to this Plan in the amount by which the Employee’s Compensation has been reduced. 

The total Elective Deferrals to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan for any Eligible Employee cannot exceed the limitation on Elective Deferrals in effect for
the SIMPLE 401(k)Year. The limitation on Elective Deferrals to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is $6,000 for 2000, $6,500 for 2001, $7,000 for 2002, and increased by $1,000 for each SIMPLE 401(k) Year thereafter up to $10,000 for 2005 and later years. After
2005, the $10,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code section 408(p)(2)(E). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Beginning in 2002, the amount of an Eligible Employee’s
Elective Deferrals permitted for a SIMPLE 401(k) Year is increased for Employees age 50 or older by the end of the SIMPLE 401(k) Year by the amount of allowable Catch-up Contributions. The amount of allowable Catch-up Contributions is $500 for 2002,
increasing by $500 for each year thereafter up to $2,500 for 2006. After 2006, the $2,500 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for the cost-of-living increases under Code section 414(v)(2)(C). Catch-up Contributions are otherwise
treated the same as other Elective Deferrals. 

  

					
		  	25	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee in a
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan may make or modify a salary reduction agreement during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1. 
 For the
SIMPLE 401(k) Year an Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferral contributions under a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, the 60-day election period requirement described above is deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction
agreement during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before. 
  

	 	J.	SIMPLE 401(k) Notice Requirements – The Employer will notify each Eligible Employee before the 60-day election period described in Plan Section 3.01(I) that they can complete a salary reduction agreement or
modify a prior salary reduction agreement during that period. The notification must indicate whether the Employer will provide the three-percent Matching Contribution or a two-percent nonelective contribution described in Plan Section 3.02.

  

	 	K.	Automatic Increase of Elective Deferrals for Employees Who Are Not Automatically Enrolled – If the Adopting Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, automatic increases of Elective Deferrals will be
initiated by the Adopting Employer only for Employees specified in the Adoption Agreement who are not automatically enrolled pursuant to the ACA, EACA, or QACA Plan provisions. The Elective Deferrals will be adjusted automatically by the Employer in
the increments and time periods stated in the Adoption Agreement. 

 An Employer who adopts the automatic Elective Deferral
increase feature described in this Plan Section 3.01(K) will establish uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures designed to ensure that each Contributing Participant is provided an effective opportunity to modify their salary deferral election such
that automatic increase of Elective Deferrals will not apply to such Employee. Such procedures will include, but are not limited to, the means by which notice will be provided to each Employee of their right to opt out of the automatic Elective
Deferral increases and a reasonable period of time for completing such procedure. 
 In addition to the preceding, the Plan Administrator
may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, establish operational procedures to enable all Contributing Participants, including those who were not automatically enrolled as Contributing Participants pursuant to the ACA, EACA, or QACA Plan
provisions, to elect to have their Elective Deferrals automatically increased. 
  

	3.02	MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions under the
Plan on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants as provided in the Adoption Agreement. To be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for a Plan Year, the Participant must make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if the
Employer has agreed to match such contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy any age and eligibility service and other requirements that are specified for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement, and also satisfy any additional conditions
set forth in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose. The Employer may make Matching Contributions at the same time as it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by law and regulation. The proper Matching Contribution
amount, including the Compensation used, the time frame over which the Compensation is determined, and any dollar limit applied, may be determined by the Employer at any time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such time as Matching
Contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or at the end of the Plan Year provided the amount of Matching Contributions is determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the Employer makes Matching
Contributions to the Plan based on Compensation earned during a portion of the Determination Period (e.g., on a payroll basis), the Employer may, at its discretion, re-calculate the Matching Contribution based on the Compensation earned over the
Determination Period, provided such “true-up” is provided in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. 
 For Plan Years beginning
in 2006 (or such earlier date on which the final regulations under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k) and 1.401(m) became effective), Matching Contributions with respect to a non-Highly Compensated Employee taken into account under the Actual
Contribution Percentage (ACP) test cannot exceed the greatest of 1) five-percent of Compensation, 2) the amount of the Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals, and 3) the product of two times the plan’s representative
matching rate and the Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals for a year. The “representative matching rate,” for this purpose, is the lowest matching rate for any eligible non-Highly Compensated Employee among a
group of eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees that consists of one-half of all non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year (or if greater, the lowest matching rate for all eligible non-Highly
Compensated Employees in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year). The “matching rate” is generally the Matching Contribution made for a Qualifying
Contributing Participant, divided by their Elective Deferrals for the year. If the matching rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals, the matching rate is determined assuming that a Qualifying Contributing Participant’s
Elective Deferrals are equal to six-percent of Compensation. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Eligible Employer has established a
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, the Employer will contribute a Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes an Elective Deferral contribution as set forth in Plan Section 3.01(I). The amount of the Matching Contribution will be equal
to the Employee’s Elective Deferral contribution up to a limit of three percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the entire SIMPLE 401(k) Year. For any year, instead of a Matching Contribution to a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, however, the
Employer may elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of two-percent of Compensation for the full SIMPLE 401(k) Year for each Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of Compensation (or such lesser amount as elected by the Employer in
the Adoption Agreement) for the SIMPLE 401(k) Year. 
  

  

					
		  	26	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	3.03	SAFE HARBOR CODA 

 If the Adopting Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in
the Adoption Agreement, and if the provisions of this Plan Section 3.03 are followed for the Plan Year, then any provisions relating to the ADP Test described in Code section 401(k)(3) or the ACP Test described in Code section 401(m)(2) will not
apply. To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan Section 3.03, the provisions of this section will apply. If the Adopting Employer so provides in the Adoption Agreement, the Safe Harbor
Contributions will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement and not to this Plan. However, even though another plan is listed in the Adoption Agreement, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless 1) each
Eligible Employee under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and 2) the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. 
 An
Employer who adopts the Safe Harbor CODA provisions will comply with the notice requirements and election period described in items Plan Sections 3.03(C) and (D) below. 

In accordance with Treasury Regulation sections 1.401(k)-1(e)(7) and 1.401(m)-1(c)(2), it is impermissible for the Employer to use ADP and ACP
testing for a Plan Year in which it is intended for the plan, through its written terms, to be a Code section 401(k) safe harbor plan and Code section 401(m) safe harbor plan and the Employer fails to satisfy the requirements of such safe harbors
for the Plan Year. 
  

	 	A.	ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions – Unless such contributions are otherwise limited in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if any, indicated in the
Adoption Agreement on behalf of each Eligible Employee. The Employer may make ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions at the same time as it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by law and regulation. The proper ADP Test Safe
Harbor Contribution amount including the Compensation used, the time frame over which the Compensation is determined, and any dollar limit applied, may be determined by the Employer at any time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such
time as ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or at the end of the Plan Year provided the amount of ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions is determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
If the Employer makes ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Plan based on Compensation earned during a portion of the Determination Period (e.g., on a payroll basis), the Employer may, at its discretion, re-calculate the Matching Contribution
based on the Compensation earned over the Determination Period, provided such “true-up” is provided in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. 

In addition, such contributions cannot be made with regard to permitted disparity rules under Code section 401(l). 

 

	 	B.	ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions – In addition to the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions described in the Definition Section of the Plan, the Employer will make the ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions, if any, indicated in the Adoption Agreement on behalf of each Eligible Employee for the Plan Year. The Employer may make ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions at the same time as it contributes Elective Deferrals or at any other time as
permitted by law and regulation. The proper ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution amount, including the Compensation used, the time frame over which the Compensation is determined, and any dollar limit applied, may be determined by the Employer at any
time during a Plan Year, including, but not limited to, such time as ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions are delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or at the end of the Plan Year provided the amount of ACP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions is determined in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If the Employer makes ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Plan based on Compensation earned during a portion of the Determination Period (e.g., on a payroll
basis), the Employer may, at its discretion, re-calculate the Matching Contribution based on the Compensation earned over the Determination Period, provided such “true-up” is provided in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.

 If the Employer has elected to make ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions only when needed to use Forfeitures timely, the ACP
Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be allocated in a manner that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If
the Employer makes ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, such contributions will satisfy the ACP safe harbor requirements of Code section 401(m)(11), provided that they do not exceed statutory limits of Code sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11)
as described in the Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions made to the Plan that exceed the limits of Code sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) will subject the Plan to ACP testing. 

 

	 	C.	Notice Requirement – At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, or any other reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or such other times if permitted by the IRS), the Employer will provide
each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of the Employee’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Eligible Employee. If an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later than
the date the Employee becomes eligible. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change this notice requirement pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer will also satisfy the notice requirements of this Plan Section 3.03(C) if the Employer provides a
contingent notice that would otherwise satisfy the requirements in the preceding paragraph, except that in lieu of specifying the amount of the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution, the notice states that the Employer will determine during the Plan
Year whether to make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If a contingent notice is provided and the Employer decides to make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, the Employer must deliver a follow-up notice to each Eligible Employee no later
than 30 days (or any other reasonable period) before the last day of the Plan Year notifying them of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution and must execute all necessary Plan amendments. If an Employer fails to provide a follow-up notice, no Safe
Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be required, and the Plan will not qualify as a Safe Harbor CODA for that year. The Plan may qualify as a Safe Harbor CODA for subsequent years following proper notice and contributions. 

 

	 	D.	Election Periods – In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of
the notice described in Plan Section 3.03(C) above. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may change the election periods described above pursuant to rules promulgated by the IRS. 

  

					
		  	27	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	3.04	EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	A.	Obligation to Contribute – Except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement,
if this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, make contributions without regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits. 

  

	 	B.	Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer Contribution 

  

	 	1.	General – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to all Qualifying Participants using a pro rata allocation formula. Under the pro rata
allocation formula, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year. The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year will be deemed allocated to each Participant’s Individual Account as of the last day of that Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding, Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions and Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions will be allocated to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who has incurred a Disability and who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee if so specified in the Adoption Agreement
and without regard to any allocation conditions. 

 Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year must satisfy Code section
401(a)(4) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations for such Plan Year. 
  

	 	2.	Special Rules for Integrated Plans – 

  

	 	a.	Excess Integrated Allocation Formula – If the Adopting Employer has selected the excess integrated allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Employer
Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated as follows (the Employer may start with Step 3 if this Plan is not top-heavy or if the Plan is top-heavy but has already satisfied the top-heavy contribution requirements). 

 

			
	Step 1.	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will first be allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(1). The percent so allocated under Step 1 will not exceed three-percent of each
Qualifying Participant’s Compensation.
		
	Step 2.	  	Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the allocation in Step 1 will be allocated to each Qualifying Participant’s Individual Account in the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the
Plan Year in excess of the integration level bears to all Qualifying Participants’ Compensation in excess of the integration level, but not in excess of three-percent of each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation. For purposes of this Step
2, in the case of any Qualifying Participant who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described below, such Qualifying Participant’s total compensation for the Plan Year will be taken into account.
		
	Step 3.	  	Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the allocation in Step 2 will be allocated to each Qualifying Participant’s Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of each Qualifying Participant’s total
Compensation and Compensation in excess of the integration level bears to the sum of all Qualifying Participants’ total Compensation and Compensation in excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the applicable profit sharing maximum
disparity rate as described below. For purposes of this Step 3, in the case of any Qualifying Participant who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described below, two times such Qualifying Participant’s total compensation for
the Plan Year will be taken into account.
		
	Step 4.	  	Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the allocation in Step 3 will be allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(1).

  

	 	b.	Base Integrated Allocation Formula – If the Adopting Employer has selected the base integrated allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions will be allocated as follows. The base integrated allocation formula is not available for years in which the Plan is top-heavy. During a Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy, the excess integrated allocation formula must be
used. No amendment of the Plan is required to move between the base and excess integration formulas merely on account of the Plan’s change in top-heavy status. 

 

			
	Step 1.	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will first be allocated to each Qualifying Participant’s Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of each Qualifying Participant’s total Compensation and Compensation in excess of
the integration level bears to the sum of all Qualifying Participants’ total Compensation and Compensation in excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the non-top-heavy profit sharing maximum disparity rate as described
below.
		
	Step 2.	  	Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions remaining after the allocation in Step 1 will be allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(1).

  

					
		  	28	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	c.	Maximum Disparity Rate – If the Adopting Employer has selected the integrated contribution or allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement, the integration level will be defined in the Adoption Agreement. If
the Adopting Employer has selected the integrated contribution or allocation formula and no integration level is selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Taxable Wage Base will be the integration level. The maximum disparity rate will be determined
in accordance with the following table. 

 MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE 

 

													
	 Integration Level
	  	Money Purchase	 	 	Top-Heavy
Profit Sharing	 	 	Non-Top-Heavy Profit Sharing	 
	 Taxable Wage Base (TWB)
	  	 	5.7	% 	 	 	2.7	% 	 	 	5.7	% 
				
	 More than $0 but not more than 20 percent of TWB
	  	 	5.7	% 	 	 	2.7	% 	 	 	5.7	% 
				
	 More than 20 percent of TWB but not more than 80 percent of TWB
	  	 	4.3	% 	 	 	1.3	% 	 	 	4.3	% 
				
	 More than 80 percent of TWB but less than TWB
	  	 	5.4	% 	 	 	2.4	% 	 	 	5.4	% 

  

	 	d.	Annual overall permitted disparity limit – Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, for any Plan Year that this Plan benefits any Participant who benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee
pension, as defined in Code section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), if this is a profit sharing plan, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and forfeitures will be allocated to the
account of each Qualifying Participant (except that Forfeitures will be allocated to all Participants if specified by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement) in the ratio that such Qualifying Participant’s total Compensation bears to
the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants. If this Plan is a money purchase pension plan, Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions will be made to the account of each Qualifying Participant in an amount equal to the excess
contribution percentage multiplied by the Participant’s total Compensation. 

  

	 	e.	Cumulative permitted disparity limit – Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity
years. Total cumulative permitted years means the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, or any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever
maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined
benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. 

Compensation will mean compensation as defined in the Definition Section of the Plan, without regard to any exclusions selected in Adoption
Agreement Section Six. 
  

	 	3.	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions – If the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions will be allocated to Participants with employment covered under a
government contract. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants who are covered under a government contract will be eligible to receive Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions and such Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions
will offset any other Employer Profit Sharing Contributions or Employer Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions to which the Participants may be entitled to for the Plan Year in which the Employer Prevailing Wage Contribution is made. There will
be no eligibility requirements and entry will be immediate for Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions. For each Hour of Service of covered employment under a government contract, the Employer will contribute to the Plan such amounts for each
Participant as determined by the hourly rate designated for each Participant’s work classification on the wage determination sheet, or part thereof, as determined by the Employer pursuant to the terms of the contracts to which the Employer is a
party and that are subject to the provisions of any federal, state, or municipal prevailing wage law to which the Employer is a party. 

For all purposes under the Plan other than eligibility, contribution, allocation, and vesting determinations (e.g., testing and distribution
eligibility), Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions will be designated as follows. 
  

	 	i.	If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions will be designated as Employer Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions. 

 

	 	ii.	If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions will be designated as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

 

	 	iii.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the Plan is a 401(k) profit sharing plan, Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions will be designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions. 

 

	 	4.	 Minimum Coverage Test – Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Adopting Employer
may use either the ratio percentage test (and the correction option described below, if applicable) or the average benefits test to satisfy the minimum coverage requirements. This paragraph may apply to any nonstandardized Plan if, for any Plan
Year, the Plan fails to satisfy the ratio percentage test described in Code section 410(b)(1) as of the last day of any such Plan Year. The ratio percentage test is satisfied if, on the last day of the Plan Year, taking into account all Employees,
or former Employees who 

  

					
		  	29	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	
were employed by the Employer on any day during the Plan Year, either the Plan benefits at least 70 percent of Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees or the Plan benefits a percentage
of Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees that is at least 70 percent of the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under the Plan. A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which the
Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Code section 1.410(b)-3(a). If the Plan fails the ratio percentage test, the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year may be allocated to Participants in the first class of
Participants set forth below. If the Plan still fails, then the Employer Contribution will also be allocated to individual Participants in the order specified until the Plan satisfies the minimum coverage requirements. A Participant, and all
similarly situated participants, will be included only if necessary to satisfy those requirements. The Participants to be included, in order of priority, are as follows: 

 

	 	i.	Each Participant who is still employed on the last day of the Plan Year starting with the Participant who has completed either the highest number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method
of determining service is used; or the highest number of days worked during the Plan Year, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service is used; 

  

	 	ii.	Each Participant who is not employed on the last day of the Plan Year because the Participant has died, incurred a Disability, or attained Normal Retirement Age; 

 

	 	iii.	Each Participant who is not employed on the last day of the Plan Year starting with the Participant who has completed either the highest number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of
determining service is used; or the highest number of days worked during the Plan Year, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service is used. 

If the minimum coverage test is performed after any Employer Contribution has been allocated and the Plan fails the minimum coverage test, the
Employer will make an additional contribution to the Plan on behalf of those Participants that are entitled thereto pursuant to items (i) through (iii) above. The amount of the contribution for such Participants will be determined pursuant to the
Plan’s allocation formula. 
  

	 	5.	Special Rule for Owner-Employees – If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees, contributions on behalf of any Owner-Employee may be made only with respect to the Earned
Income of such Owner-Employee. 

  

	 	6.	Inclusion of Ineligible Employees – If any Employee who is not a Qualifying Participant is erroneously treated as a Qualifying Participant during a Plan Year, then, except as otherwise provided in Plan
Section 3.04(F), the Employer will not be eligible to receive any portion of the contribution erroneously allocated to the Individual Account of the ineligible Employee. The Employer must correct the inclusion of ineligible employees using any
method permitted under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) or allowed by the IRS or DOL under regulations or other guidance. EPCRS is currently described in IRS Revenue Procedure 2013-12. 

 

	 	7.	Exclusion of Eligible Participant – If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, and if in any Plan Year any Participant is erroneously excluded and discovery of such exclusion is not made until after the Employer
Contribution has been made and allocated, then the Employer must contribute for the excluded Participant the amount, including earnings thereon, that the Employer should have contributed for the Participant. The Employer must correct the exclusion
of eligible Participants using any method permitted under EPCRS or allowed by the IRS or DOL under regulations or other guidance. EPCRS is currently described in IRS Revenue Procedure 2013-12. 

 

	 	8.	Age-Weighted Allocation Formula – If the age-weighted allocation formula is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the total Employer Profit Sharing Contribution will be allocated to each Qualifying Participant
such that the equivalent benefit accrual rate for each Qualifying Participant is identical. The equivalent benefit accrual rate is the annual annuity commencing at the Qualifying Participant’s testing age, expressed as a percentage of the
Qualifying Participant’s Compensation, which is provided from the allocation of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures for the Plan Year, using standardized actuarial assumptions that satisfy Treasury Regulation section
1.401(a)(4)-12. The Qualifying Participant’s testing age is the later of Normal Retirement Age or the Qualifying Participant’s current age. 

  

	 	a.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the age-weighted allocation method is selected, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in the
manner described below. 

  

			
	Step 1.	  	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s number of points based upon the following formula:
		
		  	Points = .01 x Compensation x allocation factor derived from the allocation factor tables set forth in Adoption Agreement Section 10.
		
		  	The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate used to calculate the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution will be eight and a half percent.
		
	Step 2.	  	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s allocation using the following formula:

  

							
		  	 Allocation =
  
	  	 Points of Qualifying Participant
	  	 x Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
  

		  	  	Total Points of all Qualifying Participants	  

  

			
	Step 3.	  	If the Plan has a uniform points allocation for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, make any reallocations necessary to satisfy the safe harbor formula.

  

					
		  	30	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	b.	If the age-weighted formula for allocations and the safe harbor requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3) are selected in the Adoption Agreement, then, to the extent necessary, the following steps
will be taken. 

  

	 	i.	Identify the Employees of the Employer who are not Highly Compensated Employees of such Employer who participate in the Plan, and determine the average allocation rate for such group of Employees. 

 

	 	ii.	Identify the Employees of the Employer who are Highly Compensated Employees of such Employer who participate in the Plan, and determine the average allocation rate for such group of Employees. 

 

	 	iii.	As of the date of allocation, determine that amount by which the average allocation rate for the group of Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees is less than the average allocation rate of the group of
the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	iv.	Lower the aggregate allocation to all of the Highly Compensated Employees by the amount necessary to cause the average allocation rate of the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees (as determined after
including the amount by which the Highly Compensated Employees’ allocation is lowered and that is subsequently allocated to the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees) to equal the average allocation rate of the Participants who
are Highly Compensated Employees (as determined after the Highly Compensated Employees’ allocation has been lowered). 

  

	 	v.	Reallocate the aggregate amount of the contributions after the reduction in (iv) above to the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees using the allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement; provided that for
purposes of this allocation, “Qualifying Participants” will mean only those Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees and “Employer Profit Sharing Contributions” will mean only those contributions allocated to
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	vi.	Reallocate the aggregate amount of the contributions after the increase in (iv) above to the Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees using the allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement; provided that
for purposes of this allocation, “Qualifying Participants” will mean only those Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and “Employer Profit Sharing Contributions” will mean only those contributions allocated to
Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	c.	If the age-weighted formula for allocations and the general test requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-2(c) are selected in the Adoption Agreement, then, to the extent necessary, the following
steps will be taken for each rate group of the Employer that fails to satisfy the rules of that section. 

  

	 	i.	Identify the Employees of the Employer who are not Highly Compensated Employees of such Employer who participate in the Plan and who are not part of the applicable rate group because their allocation rates are too low,
and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest. 

  

	 	ii.	Identify the Highly Compensated Employees who participate in the Plan and are in the rate group and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest. 

 

	 	iii.	As of the date of allocation, lower the allocation of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate determined in (ii) above. The reduction will equal the amount that when added to the Individual
Account of the individual in (i) above who has the highest allocation rate will cause that rate to be increased to equal that of the Highly Compensated Employee with respect to whom the rate group is constructed. As of the date of allocation, that
reduction will be added to such individual’s Individual Account. 

  

	 	iv.	Repeat (iii) above with respect to the individual in (i) above who has the next highest equivalent accrual rate, and continue that process with the other individuals described in (i) above in the order of their
allocation rates from the highest to the lowest until such rules are satisfied for the rate group. If the allocation rate of a Highly Compensated Employee is lowered under (iii) above or this clause (iv) to the point where it is equal to that of one
or more other Highly Compensated Employees in the rate group, then any further reductions in allocations will be apportioned between the former and latter Highly Compensated Employees in a manner that causes their allocation rates to be reduced by
the same amount. 

  

	 	9.	New Comparability Formulas 

  

	 	a.	Allocation Group Formulas – If the Adopting Employer has selected the individual allocation group formula in the Adoption Agreement, each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group
for purposes of allocating Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. If the Adopting Employer has selected the pre-determined allocation group formula in the Adoption Agreement Qualifying Participants will be divided into the groups specified in the
Adoption Agreement. 

 The Employer Profit Sharing Contribution will be allocated as follows: 

 

	 	i.	The total amount of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions is allocated among the deemed aggregated allocation groups in portions determined by the Employer. A deemed aggregated allocation group consists of all of the
separate allocation groups that have the same allocation rate. 

  

	 	ii.	Within each deemed aggregated allocation group, the allocated portion is allocated to each Qualifying Participant in the ratio that such Qualifying Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
Qualifying Participants in the deemed allocation group unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

					
		  	31	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 The number of eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees to which a particular allocation rate
applies must reflect a reasonable classification of Employees. An allocation rate is the amount of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions allocated to a Qualifying Participant for a Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of Compensation. 

The Employer must provide the Plan Administrator or Trustee, if applicable, written instructions describing the portion of the Employer Profit
Sharing Contribution to be allocated to each allocation group. The instructions must be provided no later than the Employer’s tax return due date, including extensions, for the tax year that includes the end of the Plan Year for which the
allocation is made. 
 If the Adopting Employer has chosen pre-determined allocation groups in the Adoption Agreement, the allocation group
to which each Qualifying Participant belongs will be determined on a date or dates determined by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. A Qualifying Participant is not required to be included in more than one allocation
group for a Plan Year. In the event that a Qualifying Participant is included in more than one allocation group, the Qualifying Participant’s share of the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocated to each group will be based on the
Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the part of the Plan Year the Participant was in the group. 
 If a new comparability
allocation group formula is selected in the Adoption Agreement, unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement the following provisions will apply. 

Individual Allocation Groups – Each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group. 

Pro Rata Formula – If an allocation group formula is selected, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated in the
ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants in the applicable allocation group for the Plan Year. The amounts so allocated will satisfy the minimum
allocation gateway requirements set forth in the Plan and will not exceed the limits imposed by Code section 415. 
 Interest Rate
Assumption and Mortality Table – The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate assumption will be eight and a half percent and the mortality table will be the UP-1984 Mortality Table. 

Minimum Allocation Gateway – The Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation gateway by reallocating preliminary contributions or
hypothetical contributions made to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals the lesser of 1) the amount determined by reallocating contributions allocated
to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least one-third of the allocation rate of the highest compensated Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest allocation rate in the manner as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(b) or 2) the amount determined by reallocating contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each
non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least five percent of the non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of the definition of
Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, a definition which is within the meaning of Compensation as described in Part A of the definition of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section will apply) in the manner as described in
Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c). 
  

	 	b.	Age and/or Service Weighted Formula – If the Employer has selected the age and/or service weighted allocation method in the Adoption Agreement the allocation will be made based on the formula specified in
the Adoption Agreement. 

 A Qualifying Participant will not be considered to have accrued an Employer Profit Sharing
Contribution until the allocation meets the requirements under Code section 401(a)(4) and its associated regulations. If a new comparability allocation formula is selected in the Adoption Agreement, the allocation may satisfy the general test of
Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-2 either on a benefits or a contribution basis. 
  

	 	10.	Minimum Allocation Requirements for New Comparability Formulas – An Adopting Employer that has selected a new comparability formula in the Adoption Agreement and tests an Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
on a benefits basis must satisfy the allocation requirements in one of items a, b, or c below. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for the purposes of the preceding sentence, an Adopting Employer must satisfy the allocation
requirements in item c so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals the lesser of the amounts described in items c(i) and c(ii) below. 

  

	 	a.	Broadly Available Allocation Rates – The Plan must provide an allocation that uses broadly available allocation rates. The Plan will have broadly available allocation rates for the Plan Year if each
allocation rate under the Plan is currently available during the Plan Year to a group of Employees that satisfies the requirements under Code section 410(b) (without regard to the average benefit percentage test of Treasury Regulation section
1.410(b)-5) and as otherwise specified in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(iii). 

  

	 	b.	Gradually Increasing Allocation Formula – The Plan must provide an allocation based on the age and/or service allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement that satisfies the requirements to be gradually
increasing age and/or service formula under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(iv). 

  

	 	c.	Minimum Allocation Gateway – The Plan must provide a benefit under the allocation method selected in the Adoption Agreement that satisfies one of the following minimum allocation gateway tests by making the
appropriate selections in the Adoption Agreement, if applicable. 

  

					
		  	32	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 The Plan satisfies a minimum allocation gateway for a plan that is not a combination of
permissively aggregated defined contribution and defined benefit plans if it otherwise satisfies Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi). The Plan will satisfy such gateway if it meets one of the two following formulas. 

 

	 	i.	One-Third Approach – Each non-Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate has an allocation rate that is at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest allocation rate. For purposes of determining this allocation rate, such allocation rate will equal the quotient of the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocated to a Participant divided by the Participant’s Compensation.

 If a selection is made in the Adoption Agreement to satisfy a minimum allocation gateway and to reallocate hypothetical
contributions from Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees in order to provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with an allocation rate that is equal to at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated
Employee with the highest allocation rate, then, to the extent necessary, the following steps will be taken. 
  

	 	A.	Identify the Employees of the Employer who participate in the Plan who are non-Highly Compensated Employees of such Employer and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest.

  

	 	B.	Identify the Highly Compensated Employees of the Employer who participate in the Plan and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest. 

 

	 	C.	As of the date of allocation, lower the allocation to the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate determined in (B) above. The reduction will equal the lesser of 1) the amount necessary so that the
non-Highly Compensated Employee with the lowest allocation rate receives an allocation equal to one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate, or 2) the amount which would cause such Highly
Compensated Employee’s allocation rate to equal the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest allocation rate. As of the date of allocation, that reduction will be added to the Individual Account of the non-Highly
Compensated Employee described in 1) above. 

  

	 	D.	Repeat the procedures in (C) above until all non-Highly Compensated Employees have an allocation rate equal to at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation
rate. If the allocation rate of a Highly Compensated Employee is lowered under (C) above or this clause (D) to the point where it is equal to that of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest allocation rate, then any further reductions
in allocations will be apportioned between the former and latter Highly Compensated Employees in a manner that causes their equivalent allocation rates to be reduced by the same amount. 

 

	 	E.	Participants whose sole allocation for a Plan Year consists of either a minimum allocation made pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) or a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution are considered benefiting for purposes of the
minimum allocation gateway. Allocation rates will include such contributions when determining whether the minimum gateway allocation has been satisfied. 

  

	 	ii.	Five-Percent Approach – Each non-Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate receives an allocation of at least five-percent of such Employee’s Compensation, as defined in Part A of the
definition of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, for the period during which the non-Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to receive an allocation under this section. 

If a selection is made in the Adoption Agreement to satisfy a minimum allocation gateway under new comparability and to reallocate
hypothetical contributions from Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees in order to provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with an allocation of at least five-percent of such Employee’s Compensation, as defined in
Part A of the definition of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, for the period during which the non-Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to receive an allocation under this section, then, to the extent necessary, the following
steps will be taken. 
  

	 	A.	Identify the Employees of the Employer who participate in the Plan who are non-Highly Compensated Employees of such Employer, and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest.

  

	 	B.	Identify the Highly Compensated Employees of the Employer who participate in the Plan, and arrange them in order of their allocation rates from the highest to the lowest. 

 

	 	C.	As of the date of allocation, lower the allocation to the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate determined in (B) above. The reduction will equal the lesser of 1) the amount necessary so that the
non-Highly Compensated Employee with the lowest allocation rate receives an allocation equal to five-percent of such Employee’s Compensation, as defined in Part A of the definition of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, for the
period during which the non-Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to receive an allocation under this section, or 2) the amount that would cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s allocation rate to equal the allocation rate of the Highly
Compensated Employee with the next highest allocation rate. As of the date of allocation, that reduction will be added to the Individual Account of the non-Highly Compensated Employee described in 1) above. 

  

					
		  	33	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	D.	Repeat the procedures in (C) above until each of the non-Highly Compensated Employees have an allocation rate equal to at least five-percent of such Employee’s Compensation, as defined in Part A of the definition
of Compensation in the Plan’s Definition section, for the period during which the each of the non-Highly Compensated Employees are eligible to receive an allocation under this section. If the allocation rate of a Highly Compensated Employee is
lowered under (C) above or this clause (D) to the point where it is equal to that of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest allocation rate, then any further reductions in allocations will be apportioned between the former and latter
Highly Compensated Employees in a manner that causes their equivalent allocation rates to be reduced by the same amount. 

  

	 	E.	If the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employees is less than five-percent, either before any reallocation pursuant to this Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c), or as a result of any reallocation pursuant to this Plan
Section 3.04(B)(10)(c), then for that Plan Year, the Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated as if the Employer had elected a pro rata allocation formula (as described in Adoption Agreement Section Three). 

 

	 	F.	Participants whose sole allocation for a Plan Year consists of either a minimum allocation made pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) or a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, are considered benefiting for purposes of the
minimum allocation gateway. Allocation rates will include such contributions when determining whether the minimum gateway allocation has been satisfied. 

The Employer must make additional contributions to a Participant who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee and who receives only a top-heavy
minimum contribution or a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, in order to satisfy the minimum allocation gateway. The amount of such additional contribution will be equal to the difference between the amount required to satisfy the minimum
allocation gateway and the top-heavy minimum or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution received by such Employee, whichever is applicable. 
  

	 	C.	Allocation of Forfeitures – Forfeitures may be, at the Employer’s discretion, applied first to the payment of the Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 or applied to
the restoration of Participants’ Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). Any remaining Forfeitures will be allocated as follows. 

  

	 	1.	Profit Sharing Plan – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if this is a profit sharing plan, Forfeitures will be used to reduce Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding,
Forfeitures arising under Plan Section 3.12 may be allocated to Qualifying Participants in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(B). 

  

	 	2.	401(k) Profit Sharing Plan – Effective for Plan Years beginning after the first adoption of a document restated to meet the requirements under Revenue Procedure 2011-49, unless otherwise elected in the
Adoption Agreement or as specified in rules, regulations, or other pronouncements promulgated by the IRS, if this is a 401(k) profit sharing plan Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Matching Contributions, ACP Test Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be used to reduce Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferrals, ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, or any additional contributions specified in rules, regulations, or other pronouncements promulgated by the IRS. Notwithstanding the preceding, Forfeitures arising
under Plan Section 3.12 may be allocated to Qualifying Participants in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(B). 

  

	 	3.	Money Purchase Pension Plan – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if this Plan is a money purchase pension plan, Forfeitures will be used to reduce Employer Money Purchase Pension
Contributions to the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, Forfeitures arising under Plan Section 3.12 may be allocated to Qualifying Participants in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(B). 

Forfeitures must be applied as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Forfeitures arose or, if necessary, any subsequent Plan Year
following the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture arose. Notwithstanding the preceding, Forfeitures must be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner if applied either to the payment of the Plan’s administrative expenses or to the
restoration of Participants’ Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). Forfeitures that are reallocated to Participants’ Individual Accounts need not be reallocated to the same contribution source from which they were
forfeited. 
  

	 	D.	Timing of Employer Contribution – Unless otherwise specified in the Plan or permitted by law or regulation, the Employer Contribution made by an Employer for each Plan Year will be deposited with the Trustee
(or Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for filing the Employer’s income tax return for its tax year in which the Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof. Notwithstanding the preceding, Employer Contributions may be
deposited during the Plan Year for which they are being made. 

  

	 	E.	Minimum Allocation for Top-Heavy Plans – The contribution and allocation provisions of this Plan Section 3.04(E) will apply for any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan and will
supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan or Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	1.	 Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4) below, the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf
of any Participant who is not a Key Employee will not be less than the lesser of three-percent of such Participant’s Compensation or (in the case where the Employer does not maintain a defined benefit plan in addition to this Plan that
designates this Plan to satisfy Code section 401) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures, as a percentage of the Key Employee’s Compensation, as limited by Code section 401(a)(17), allocated on behalf of any Key
Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. Unless the Adopting Employer, in the Adoption Agreement, elects to allocate a top-heavy contribution to Participants who are Key
Employees, only Participants who are not Key Employees will be entitled to receive the minimum allocation. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Employer maintains a 

  

					
		  	34	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	
defined benefit plan in addition to this Plan and specifies in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation will be made to this Plan, then except as provided in (3) and (4) below, Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key Employee will not be less than five-percent of such Participant’s Compensation. For purposes of the preceding sentences, the largest percentage of Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures as a percentage of each Key Employee’s Compensation will be determined by treating Elective Deferrals as Employer Contributions. This minimum allocation will be made even though under other Plan provisions, the
Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of 1) the Participant’s failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any comparable period provided in the
Plan), or 2) the Participant’s failure to make mandatory Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan, or 3) had Compensation less than a stated amount. 

  

	 	2.	For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation will mean compensation as provided in the Definitions Section of the Plan as limited by Code section 401(a)(17) and will include any amounts contributed by
the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and that is not includible in gross income under Code sections 402(g), 125, 132(f)(4), or 457. Compensation for the full Determination Year will be used in calculating the minimum allocation.

  

	 	3.	The provision in (1) above will not apply to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. In addition, the provision in (1) above will not apply to any Employee included in a
unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such Employee representatives and the Employer. 

  

	 	4.	The provision in (1) above will not apply to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer and the Adopting Employer has provided in the Adoption Agreement that
the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the other plan or plans and the participant received the minimum allocation or benefit under such plan or plans. 

 

	 	5.	The minimum allocation required under this Plan Section 3.04(E) (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

  

	 	6.	Elective Deferrals (and for Plan Years beginning before 2002, Matching Contributions) may not be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans described
in Plan Section 3.04(E)(1). Qualified Nonelective Contributions may, however, be taken into account for such purposes. 

  

	 	7.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the top-heavy minimum will offset Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any. 

 

	 	F.	Return of the Employer Contribution to the Employer Under Special Circumstances – Any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the
contribution. 

 In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified
under the Code, any contributions made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for qualification is made
by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. 

In the event that a contribution made by the Employer under this Plan is conditioned on deductibility and is not deductible under Code section
404, the contribution, to the extent of the amount disallowed, must be returned to the Employer within one year after the deduction is disallowed. 

If applicable, no contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement between the Employer
and the insurer provides that no value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect
to such contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be
returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. 
  

	3.05	QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Employer may elect to make Qualified
Nonelective Contributions under the Plan as selected in the Adoption Agreement. The amount of such contribution, if any, to the Plan for each Plan Year, will be determined by the Employer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the
Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the Plan in the amount necessary to satisfy testing requirements.
 Qualified
Nonelective Contributions Used to Satisfy Testing Requirements – If the current-year testing rules apply to the Plan, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Plan Sections 5.13 and 5.14,
the Employer may, if permitted in the Adoption Agreement, use all or any portion of the Qualified Nonelective Contributions to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both. The option to use
all or any portion of the Qualified Nonelective Contributions to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test is not available if prior-year testing rules apply to the Plan. 

  

					
		  	35	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, and in addition to, or in lieu of, the
allocation formula selected in the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be allocated to the Individual Accounts of a group of non-Highly Compensated Employees selected by the Employer and who are eligible Participants,
following the requirements under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k) and 1.401(m) (including the permissive disaggregation rules) for purpose of satisfying the Actual Deferral Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both. No
allocation will be required in excess of the amount required to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both. Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be made during the Plan Year for which they are
being made; however, the Employer must follow the allocation requirements set forth below and unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, must adhere to the eligibility requirements applicable to Elective Deferrals, including a forfeiture
of allocations where such eligibility requirements are not satisfied.
 For Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or such earlier date on which the
final regulations under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k) and 1.401(m) became effective), Qualified Nonelective Contributions taken into account under the Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) test cannot exceed the product of the non-Highly
Compensated Employee’s Compensation and the greater of 1) five-percent (ten-percent if the Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made in connection with an Employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act plan), or
2) two times the Plan’s representative contribution rate. The “representative contribution rate,” for this purpose, is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible non-Highly Compensated Employee among a group of eligible
non-Highly Compensated Employees that consists of one-half of all non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or if greater, the lowest applicable percentage contribution rate of any eligible non-Highly Compensated Employee in the group of
all eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year). The “applicable contribution rate” for these purposes is the sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions
taken into account for the ADP test for the eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for the eligible non-Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible
non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation for the same period. 
  

	3.06	QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching
Contributions under the Plan. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the amount of such contribution, if any, to the Plan for each Plan Year, will be determined by the Employer. If the current-year testing rules apply to the Plan and
the Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions as provided in Plan Sections 5.13 and 5.14, the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to use Qualified
Matching Contributions to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to Treasury Regulations under Code sections 401(k) and 401(m). The option to use all or any portion of the
Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test is not available if prior-year testing rules apply to the Plan. 

Unless another allocation formula is specified in the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Matching Contributions, if made, will be in an amount equal
to that percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions) of each non-Highly Compensated Employee that would be sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage test, the Actual Deferral
Percentage test, or both. For Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or such earlier date on which the final regulations under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k) and 1.401(m) became effective), if Qualified Matching Contributions exceed 100 percent of a
Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals, the additional ACP testing restrictions listed in Plan Section 3.02 will apply. 
  

	3.07	ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS 

 Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee
may make Indirect Rollover and Direct Rollover contributions to the Plan from distributions made from plans described in Code sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408, and 457(b) (if maintained by a governmental entity) (excluding Nondeductible Employee
Contributions and Roth Elective Deferrals except as otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement) unless an Employee is either an Employee of a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in this Plan or a member of any
excluded class in Adoption Agreement Section Two and Plan Section 2.01. The Plan Administrator may require the Employee to certify, either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL, that the contribution
qualifies as a rollover contribution under the applicable provisions of the Code. If it is later determined that all or part of a rollover contribution was ineligible to be contributed to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct that any
ineligible amounts, plus earnings or losses attributable thereto (determined in the manner described in Plan Section 7.02(B)), be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible. 

A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for each Employee’s rollover contributions, which will be nonforfeitable
at all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and losses of the Fund in the manner described in Plan Section 7.02(B). Where the Adoption Agreement does not permit Employer designation with respect to rollover contributions, the
Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, allow only Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make rollover contributions. 

If the Plan allows rollover contributions, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs distributed for 2009 will be considered Eligible Rollover
Distributions and could have been rolled over to the Plan in accordance with this section and the Plan’s existing rollover contribution elections. 
  

	3.08	TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Adopting Employer may, subject to uniform and
nondiscriminatory rules, permit elective transfers to be delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) in the name of an Employee from the trustee or custodian of another plan qualified under Code section 401(a). Whether any particular
elective transfer will be accepted by the Plan will be determined using the uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Plan Administrator, and the procedures for the receipt of such transfers by the Plan must be allowed under Code
section 411(d)(6), Treasury Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, and other rules promulgated by the IRS. Nothing in this Plan prohibits the Plan Administrator from permitting (or prohibiting) Participants to transfer their Individual Accounts to other
eligible plans, provided such transfers are permitted (or prohibited) in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. If it is later determined that all or part of an elective 

  

					
		  	36	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 
transfer was ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings or losses attributable thereto (determined in the manner
described in Plan Section 7.02(B)), be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as soon as administratively feasible. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Employer may, at its discretion, also return the amount transferred to the transferor plan or
correct the ineligible transfer using any other method permitted by the IRS under regulation or other guidance. 
 A separate account will be
maintained by the Plan Administrator for each Employee’s elective transfers, which will, if applicable, be nonforfeitable at all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and losses of the Fund in the manner described in Plan
Section 7.02(B). Notwithstanding the preceding, an Employee’s separate account established solely on account of an event described in Code section 414(l) will continue to be subject to the Plan’s vesting schedule except as otherwise
provided therein. If elective transfers are associated with distributable events and the Employees are eligible to receive single sum distributions consisting entirely of Eligible Rollover Contributions, the elective transfers will be considered
Direct Rollovers. 
  

	3.09	DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Plan Administrator will not accept Deductible
Employee Contributions that are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions made before that date will be maintained in a separate account, which will be nonforfeitable at all times. The account will share in the
gains and losses of the Fund in the same manner as described in Plan Section 7.02(B). No part of the Deductible Employee Contributions account will be used to purchase life insurance. Subject to Plan Section 5.10 (if applicable), the Participant may
withdraw any part of the Deductible Employee Contribution account by making a written application to the Plan Administrator.
  

	3.10	NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 

 If this Plan is subject to Code section 401(k) and
the Adopting Employer so allows in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may contribute Nondeductible Employee Contributions to the Plan by enrolling as a Contributing Participant pursuant to the applicable provisions of Plan Section 3.01. The
Employer will establish uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions as it deems necessary and advisable including, but not limited to, rules describing any amounts or percentages of Compensation that
Participants may or must contribute to the Plan. Nondeductible Employee Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, together with any Matching Contributions, will be limited so as to satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage
test in Plan Section 3.14. Notwithstanding the preceding, contributions made to the Plan on an after-tax basis (e.g., to repay defaulted loans or to buy back previously forfeited amounts as described in Plan Section 4.01(C)(3)) do not constitute
Nondeductible Employee Contributions and will not, therefore, be subject to the nondiscrimination test of Code section 401(m) or the Annual Additions limits of Code section 415. 

A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for the Nondeductible Employee Contributions of each Participant. 

 

	3.11	OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SIMPLE 401(K) CONTRIBUTIONS 

 If the Employer has established a
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, no Employer or Employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the SIMPLE 401(k) Year other than Elective Deferrals described in Plan Section 3.01(I), Matching or nonelective contributions described in Plan Section 3.02, and
rollover contributions described in Plan Section 3.07. 
  

	3.12	LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS 

  

	 	A.	If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in, another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer,
an individual medical account (as defined in Code section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)) maintained by the Employer, any of which provides an Annual Addition as
defined in the Definitions Section of the Plan, the following rules will apply. 

  

	 	1.	The amount of Annual Additions that may be credited to the Participant’s Individual Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in
this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Individual Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount
contributed or allocated may be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. 

  

	 	2.	Before determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the
Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 

  

	 	3.	As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the
Limitation Year. 

  

	 	4.	Any Excess Annual Additions allocated to a Participant may be corrected through EPCRS or such other correction method allowed by statute, regulations, or regulatory authorities. EPCRS is currently described in IRS
Revenue Procedure 2013-12. 

  

	 	B.	If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an
individual medical account maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension plan maintained by the Employer any of which provides an Annual Addition as defined in the Definitions Section of the Plan during any Limitation Year, the
following rules apply. 

  

	 	1.	 The Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan for any such
Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant under the other qualified Master or Prototype Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical account, and simplified employee
pension plans for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee

  

					
		  	37	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	
pension plans maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount, and the Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s
Individual Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated may be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation
Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified
employee pension plans in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. 

 

	 	2.	Before determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Plan Section 3.12(A)(2).

  

	 	3.	As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the
Limitation Year. 

  

	 	4.	Any Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described in Plan Section 3.12(A)(4). 

  

	 	5.	If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or Prototype Plan, the provisions of Plan Section 3.12(B)(1) through 3.12(B)(4) will apply
as if the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan. In the event this method cannot be administered because of conflicting language in the other plan, the Employer must provide, through a written attachment to the Plan, the method under which the
plans will limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and will properly reduce any Excess Annual Additions in a manner that precludes Employer discretion. 

 

	 	C.	The provisions of this Plan Section 3.12 will apply to SIMPLE 401(k) contributions made pursuant to Plan Sections 3.01(I) and 3.02. 

 

	 	D.	Adoption Agreement elections to include or exclude items from Compensation that are inconsistent with Code section 415 and the corresponding regulations will be disregarded for purposes of determining a
Participant’s Annual Additions limit. 

  

	3.13	ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP) 

  

	 	A.	Limits on Highly Compensated Employees – The Actual Deferral Percentage (hereinafter “ADP”) for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the
ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests. 

  

	 	1.	The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

  

	 	2.	The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0 provided that
the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points. 

The Plan must satisfy the ADP test using either the prior-year testing or current-year testing requirements described below. Notwithstanding
the preceding, and unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the prior-year testing method described below will apply to this Plan. 
  

	 	3.	Prior-Year Testing – The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees
for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests. 

  

	 	a.	The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
Year multiplied by 1.25; or 

  

	 	b.	The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than two percentage points.

 For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals and if this is not a successor
Plan, for purposes of the preceding tests, the prior year’s non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ADP will be three-percent unless the Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the actual Plan Year’s ADP for these
Participants. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Adopting Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA or the QACA option in the Adoption
Agreement, the current-year testing provisions described in Plan Section 3.13(A)(4) will apply. In addition, if the Adopting Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA or the QACA option in the Adoption Agreement and the Adoption Agreement does not
permit the Employer to designation the ADP testing method, the current-year testing provisions described in Plan Section 3.13(A)(4) will apply. 
  

	 	4.	Current-Year Testing – If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP tests in this Plan Section 3.13(A)(1) and (2) above will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once a current-year testing election is made, the Employer can elect prior-year testing for a Plan
Year only if the Plan has used current-year testing for each of the preceding five Plan Years (or if less, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code section
410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior-year testing and a plan using current-year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii). 

  

					
		  	38	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the Plan will be treated as meeting the ADP test if, within a
reasonable period before any Plan Year, each Participant eligible to participate is given a notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted by Treasury Regulations or other rules promulgated by the IRS) that satisfies the requirements of
Code section 401(k)(12)(D), and the Employer makes ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions pursuant to Code sections 401(k)(12)(B) and (C), respectively.
  

	 	B.	Special Rules 

  

	 	1.	A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if they meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a non-Highly Compensated
Employee for a particular Plan Year if they do not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 

  

	 	2.	The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if
treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to their Individual Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer, will be determined as if such Elective Deferrals
(and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have
different Plan Years, all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements will be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated
as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the Treasury Regulations under Code section 401(k). 

 

	 	3.	In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code
sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Plan Section 3.13(B)(3) will be applied by determining the ADP of Participants as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten-percent of the Employer’s non-Highly Compensated
Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the non-Highly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such regulations, unless
the Adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current-year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.

  

	 	4.	For purposes of satisfying the ADP test, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan
Year to which contributions relate. 

  

	 	5.	The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.

  

	 	6.	The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

 

	 	7.	If the Employer elects to take Qualified Matching Contributions into account as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test, then (subject to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, to either include all Qualified Matching Contributions in the ADP test or to include only the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions that are needed to meet the
ADP test. 

  

	 	8.	In the event that the Plan Administrator determines that it is not likely that the ADP test will be satisfied for a particular Plan Year unless certain steps are taken before the end of such Plan Year, the Plan
Administrator may require Contributing Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to reduce or cease future Elective Deferrals for such Plan Year in order to satisfy that requirement. This limitation will be considered a Plan-imposed limit
for Catch-up Contribution purposes. If the Plan Administrator requires Contributing Participants to reduce or cease making Elective Deferrals under this paragraph, the reduction or cessation will begin with the Highly Compensated Employee with
either the largest amount of Elective Deferrals or the highest Contribution Percentage for the Plan Year (on the date on which it is determined that the ADP test will not likely be satisfied), as elected by the Plan Administrator. All remaining
Highly Compensated Employees’ Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year will be limited to such amount. Notwithstanding the preceding, if it is later determined that the ADP test for the Plan Year will be satisfied, Highly Compensated Employees will
be permitted to enroll again as Contributing Participants in accordance with the terms of the Plan. 

  

	 	9.	Elective Deferrals that are treated as Catch-up Contributions because they exceed a Plan limit or a statutory limit will be excluded from ADP testing. Amounts which are characterized as Catch–up Contributions as a
result of the ADP test will reduce the amount of Excess Contributions distributed or Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions contributed to the Plan to correct an Excess Contribution. 

  

					
		  	39	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	10.	Special Rule for Early Participation – If the Plan provides that Employees are eligible to become Contributing Participants before they have completed the minimum age and service requirements in Code section
410(a)(1)(A), and if the Plan applies Code section 410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the Plan satisfies the requirements in Code section 410(b)(1), then in determining whether the Plan satisfies the ADP test, either: 

 

	 	a.	pursuant to Code section 401(k)(3)(F), the ADP test is performed under the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-7(c)(3)), using the ADP for all eligible Highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and the ADP of eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the applicable year, disregarding all non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not met the minimum age and services requirements in Code section
410(a)(1)(A); or 

  

	 	b.	pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4), the Plan is disaggregated into separate plans and the ADP test is performed separately for all eligible Participants who have completed the minimum age and
service requirements of Code section 410(a)(1)(A) and for all eligible Participants who have not completed the minimum age and service requirements in Code section 410(a)(1)(A). 

 

	 	C.	Notwithstanding the preceding, the ADP test described above is treated as satisfied for any SIMPLE 401(k) Year in which an Eligible Employer maintains this Plan as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. 

 

	3.14	ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST (ACP) 

  

	 	A.	Limits on Highly Compensated Employees – The Actual Contribution Percentage (hereinafter “ACP”) for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for
Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests. 

  

	 	1.	The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25.

  

	 	2.	The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that
the ACP for the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points. 

The Plan must satisfy the ACP test using either the prior-year testing or current-year testing requirements described below. Notwithstanding
the preceding, and unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the prior-year testing method described below will apply to this Plan. 
  

	 	3.	Prior-Year Testing – The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees
for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests. 

  

	 	a.	The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
Year multiplied by 1.25. 

  

	 	b.	The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year will not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan
Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than two percentage points.

 For the first Plan Year, if this Plan 1) permits any Participant to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions, 2) provides
for Matching Contributions, or 3) both, and 4) this is not a successor Plan, for purposes of the preceding tests, the prior year’s non-Highly Compensated Employees’ ACP will be three-percent unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption
Agreement to use the Plan Year’s ACP for these Participants. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Adopting Employer has elected the
Safe Harbor CODA or the QACA option in the Adoption Agreement, the current-year testing provisions described in Plan Section 3.14(A)(4) will apply. In addition, if the Adopting Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA or the QACA option in the
Adoption Agreement and the Adoption Agreement does not permit Employer designation with respect to the ADP testing method, the current-year testing provision in Plan Section 3.14(A)(4) will apply. 

 

	 	4.	Current-Year Testing – If elected by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP tests in this Plan Section 3.14(A)(1) and (2), above, will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s
ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once an election to use current-year testing is made, the Employer can
elect prior-year testing for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current-year testing for each of the preceding five Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of the merger or acquisition
described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior-year testing and a plan using current-year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

  

					
		  	40	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	B.	Special Rules 

  

	 	1.	A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if they meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a non-Highly Compensated
Employee for a particular Plan Year if they do not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 

  

	 	2.	For purposes of this Plan Section 3.14, the Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to their Individual
Account under two or more plans described in Code section 401(a), or arrangements described in Code section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer, will be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each
plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such plans and arrangements will be aggregated. For
Plan Years beginning before 2006, all such plans and arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single plan or arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding, certain plans will be treated as separate if mandatorily
disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(m). 

  

	 	3.	In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections 401(m), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code
sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Plan Section 3.14(B)(3) will be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten-percent of the Employer’s non-Highly
Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the non- Highly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such
regulations, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current-year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.

  

	 	4.	For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Percentage test, Nondeductible Employee Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Fund. Matching Contributions and
Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year. 

 

	 	5.	The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.

  

	 	6.	The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 

 

	 	7.	If the Employer elects to take Qualified Nonelective Contributions into account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of the ACP test, then (subject to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, either to include all Qualified Nonelective Contributions in the ACP test or to include only the amount of such Qualified Nonelective Contributions that
are needed to meet the ACP test. 

  

	 	8.	If the Employer elects to take Elective Deferrals into account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of the ACP test, then (subject to such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
Treasury) the Employer may elect, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, either to include all Elective Deferrals in the ACP test or to include only the amount of such Elective Deferrals that are needed to meet the ACP test. 

 

	 	9.	Special Rule for Early Participation – If the Plan provides for Matching Contributions or Nondeductible Employee Contributions and provides that Employees are eligible to participate with regard to such
contributions before they have completed the minimum age and service requirements in Code section 410(a)(1)(A), and if the Plan applies Code section 410(b)(4)(B) in determining whether the Plan meets the requirements in Code section 410(b)(1), then
in determining whether the Plan meets the ACP test, either: 

  

	 	a.	pursuant to Code section 401(m)(5)(C), the ACP test is performed under the Plan (determined without regard to disaggregation under Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-7(c)(3)), using the ACP for all eligible Highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and the ACP of eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the applicable year, disregarding all non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements in Code section
410(a)(1)(A); or 

  

	 	b.	pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4), the Plan is disaggregated into separate plans and the ACP test is performed separately for all eligible Participants who have completed the minimum age and
service requirements in Code section 410(a)(1)(A) and for all eligible Participants who have not completed the minimum age and service requirements in Code section 410(a)(1)(A). 

 

	 	C.	Notwithstanding the preceding, the ACP test described above is treated as satisfied for any SIMPLE 401(k) Year in which an Eligible Employer maintains this Plan as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. 

  

					
		  	41	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	3.15	DEEMED IRAs 

  

	 	A.	General Rules 

  

	 	1.	This Plan Section 3.15 will apply if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 

  

	 	2.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may make Deemed IRA Contributions to the Participant’s Deemed IRA under the Plan if the Plan allows such contributions. 

 

	 	3.	Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed IRA Contributions, if permitted by the Plan, may be made to either a Traditional IRA or a Roth IRA established as a Deemed IRA under the Plan. At the time the
Deemed IRA is established, the IRA Owner will indicate whether the Deemed IRA is a Traditional IRA or Roth IRA for tax purposes. 

  

	 	4.	The IRA Trustee (or Custodian) shall be subject to the reporting requirements of Code section 408(i) with respect to all Deemed IRAs that are established and maintained under the Plan. 

 

	 	5.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Deemed IRAs will be held in the Fund established in Plan Section 7.01. When held within the Fund, the following rules will apply: 

 

	 	a.	Separate Account – A separate account will be maintained for each Deemed IRA clearly designating the Deemed IRA as either a Traditional IRA or Roth IRA. 

 

	 	b.	Life Insurance – No Deemed IRA assets held in a separate account of the Fund will be invested in life insurance contracts. 

 

	 	c.	Trustee – The IRA trustee (or custodian) must be either a bank or a nonbank trustee that satisfies the requirements of Code section 408(a)(2) and the corresponding regulations. In addition, there cannot be
separate trustees for each Deemed IRA included in the Fund. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of the Fund will be the IRA trustee (or custodian) if eligible to serve in that capacity unless the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) appoints
a bank or nonbank trustee to serve as IRA trustee or custodian. 

  

	 	6.	Deemed IRAs established pursuant to this Plan Section 3.15 must satisfy the applicable requirements of Code sections 408 and 408A. Deemed IRA assets held within the Fund must meet the applicable requirements set forth
in Plan Section 7.02. Deemed IRA assets held in separate individual trusts must meet the requirements of the separate written governing instrument establishing such Deemed IRA, and these requirements are hereby incorporated by reference, provided
the governing instrument is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. In the event that the separate governing instrument is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The Plan Administrator may, through
separate agreement, adopt provisions governing Deemed IRAs for the proper and efficient administration of Deemed IRA assets held in the Fund or in separate individual trusts. 

 

	 	7.	The IRA Owner’s interest in the balance in this IRA is nonforfeitable at all times. No part of this IRA may be invested in collectibles (within the meaning of Code section 408(m)) except as otherwise permitted by
Code section 408(m)(3), which provides an exception for certain gold, silver, and platinum coins issued under the laws of any state, and certain bullion. 

  

	 	B.	IRA Rules Under Code Section 408 

  

	 	1.	Provisions Governing Roth IRAs Under Code Section 408A – This Plan Section 3.15(B)(1) will apply only if the Deemed IRA created pursuant to this Plan Section 3.15 has been designated by the IRA Owner as a
Roth IRA. 

  

	 	a.	Contribution Rules. 

  

	 	i.	Maximum Permissible Amount – Except in the case of a rollover contribution described in Code section 408A(e), a recharacterized contribution described in Code section 408A(d)(6), or a conversion
contribution, no contributions will be accepted unless they are in cash, and the total of such contributions will not exceed the lesser of 100 percent of the Roth IRA Owner’s compensation or $3,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2002 through
2004; $4,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2005 through 2007; and $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the applicable contribution limit may be increased by the Secretary of the Treasury for
cost-of-living adjustments under Code section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. 

 If the Roth IRA
Owner makes regular contributions to both Roth and Traditional IRAs for a taxable year, the maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Roth IRA Owner’s Roth IRAs for that taxable year is reduced by the regular contributions made
to the Roth IRA Owner’s Traditional IRAs for the taxable year. 
 Contributions may be further limited if the Roth IRA Owner’s
modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds the limits described in Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(a)(iii). 
 Qualified rollover contribution
means a rollover contribution that meets the requirements of Code section 408(d)(3), except that the one-rollover-per-year rule of Code section 408(d)(3)(B) does not apply if the rollover contribution is from an IRA other than a Roth IRA. 

 

	 	ii.	Catch-up Contributions – In the case of a Roth IRA Owner who is age 50 or older by the close of the taxable year, the annual cash contribution limit is increased by $500 for any taxable year beginning in
2002 through 2005 and by $1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter. 

  

					
		  	42	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	iii.	Regular Contribution Limit – If a Roth IRA Owner’s MAGI falls within certain limits, the maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Roth IRA Owner’s Roth IRAs for a taxable year is
phased out ratably. Effective for taxable years beginning after 2006, these limitations (if applicable) will be increased under Code section 408A(c)(3) to reflect cost-of-living adjustments. 

 

	 	iv.	Conversion Contribution Limit – A SIMPLE IRA may only be converted to a Roth IRA if two years have passed since the SIMPLE IRA Owner first participated in the SIMPLE IRA plan. 

 

	 	v.	Recharacterization – A regular contribution to a Traditional or SIMPLE IRA may be recharacterized pursuant to the rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.408A-5 as a regular contribution to this Deemed IRA,
subject to the limits in Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(a). 

  

	 	vi.	Modified Adjusted Gross Income – For purposes of Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(a)(iii), a Roth IRA Owner’s MAGI for a taxable year is defined in Code section 408A(c)(3)(C)(i) and does not include any amount
included in adjusted gross income as a result of a conversion from a Traditional or SIMPLE IRA. 

  

	 	b.	Roth IRA Owner Distributions – No amount is required to be distributed before the death of the Roth IRA Owner for whose benefit the account was originally established. After the Roth IRA Owner’s death,
however, the beneficiary(ies) must begin taking distributions in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, distributions from the Roth IRA, including rollover distributions, will be
governed by Code section 408A(d) and the terms of the separate written governing instrument establishing such Deemed IRA. 

  

	 	c.	Beneficiary Rights – If the Roth IRA Owner dies before their entire interest is distributed to them, the entire remaining interest will be distributed as follows. 

 

	 	i.	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of the Roth IRA Owner’s interest in the account will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 408(a)(6), as modified by
Code section 408A(c)(5), and the corresponding Treasury Regulations, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. If distributions are made from an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder must
satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-6 (taking into account Code section 408A(c)(5)), rather than the distribution rules in Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii), (iii), and (iv). 

 

	 	ii.	Upon the death of the Roth IRA Owner, their entire interest will be distributed as follows. 

  

	 	(a)	If the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Roth IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Roth
IRA Owner’s death, over the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the designated beneficiary as of their birthday in the year following the year of the Roth IRA
Owner’s death, or, if elected, in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii)(c). 

  

	 	(b)	If the Roth IRA Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is their surviving spouse, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Roth IRA
Owner’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Roth IRA Owner would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later), over such spouse’s life, or,
if elected, in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii)(c). If the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar
year of the spouse’s death, over the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such designated beneficiary’s age as of their birthday in the year following the death of the spouse, or, if
elected, will be distributed in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii)(c). If the surviving spouse dies after distributions are required to begin, any remaining interest will be distributed over the spouse’s remaining life expectancy
determined using the spouse’s age as of their birthday in the year of the spouse’s death. 

  

	 	(c)	If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii)(a) or (b), the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the Roth IRA Owner’s death (or of the spouse’s death in the case of the surviving spouse’s death before distributions are required to begin under Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c)(ii)(b)). 

 

	 	(d)	The amount otherwise to be distributed each year under this Plan Section 3.15(B)(1)(c) is the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the IRA as of the end of the preceding year by the remaining life expectancy
specified in such paragraph. Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A 1 of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9. If the distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such
spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table
corresponding to the beneficiary’s age in the year specified in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(a) or (b) and reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	iii.	The value of the Roth IRA for purposes of this Plan Section 3.15 is the prior December 31 balance adjusted to include the amount of any outstanding rollovers, transfers, and recharacterizations under Q&As 7 and
8 of Treasury Regulation section 1.408-8. 

  

	 	iv.	If the designated beneficiary is the Roth IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the spouse may elect to treat the IRA as their own Roth IRA. This election will be deemed to have been made if such surviving spouse, who is
the sole beneficiary of the Roth IRA, makes a contribution to the Roth IRA or fails to take a required distribution as a beneficiary. 

  

					
		  	43	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	2.	Provisions Governing Traditional IRAs Under Code Section 408 – This Plan Section 3.15(B)(2) will only apply if the IRA created pursuant to this Plan Section 3.15 has been designated by the IRA Owner as a
Traditional IRA. 

  

	 	a.	Contribution Rules. 

  

	 	i.	Maximum Permissible Amount – Except in the case of a rollover contribution (as permitted by Code sections 402(c), 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 403(b)(10), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)) or a contribution
made in accordance with the terms of a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plan as described in Code section 408(k), no contributions will be accepted unless they are in cash, and the total of such contributions will not exceed the lesser of 100
percent of the Traditional IRA Owner’s compensation, or $3,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2002 through 2004; $4,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2005 through 2007; and $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years
thereafter. 

 After 2008, the limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code
section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. 
 If the Traditional IRA Owner makes regular contributions to both
Traditional and Roth IRAs for a taxable year, the maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Traditional IRA Owner’s Traditional IRAs for that taxable year is reduced by the regular contributions made to the Traditional IRA
Owner’s Roth IRAs for the taxable year. 
  

	 	ii.	Catch-up Contributions – In the case of a Traditional IRA Owner who is age 50 or older by the close of the taxable year, the annual cash contribution limit is increased by $500 for any taxable year beginning
in 2002 through 2005, and by $1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter. 

  

	 	iii.	SIMPLE IRA – No contributions will be accepted under a SIMPLE IRA plan established by any employer pursuant to Code section 408(p). Also, no transfer or rollover of funds attributable to contributions made
by a particular employer under its SIMPLE IRA plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an IRA used in conjunction with a SIMPLE IRA plan, before the expiration of the two-year period beginning on the date the employee first participated in
that employer’s SIMPLE IRA plan. 

  

	 	b.	Traditional IRA Owner Distributions. 

  

	 	i.	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of the Traditional IRA Owner’s interest in this Traditional IRA will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code sections
408(a)(6) and 408(d) and the corresponding regulations, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. If distributions are made from an annuity contract purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder must satisfy the
requirements of Q&A 4 of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-6, rather than Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and (B)(2)(c). The required minimum distributions calculated for this Traditional IRA may be withdrawn from another
Traditional IRA of the Traditional IRA Owner in accordance with Q&A 9 of Treasury Regulation section 1.408-8. 

  

	 	ii.	The entire value of the account of the Traditional IRA Owner for whose benefit the account is maintained will begin to be distributed no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which such
Traditional IRA Owner attains age 70 1⁄2 (the required beginning date) over the life of such Traditional IRA Owner or the lives of such Traditional IRA Owner
and their designated beneficiary. 

  

	 	iii.	The amount to be distributed each year, beginning with the calendar year in which the Traditional IRA Owner attains age 70 1⁄2
and continuing through the year of death, will not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the Traditional IRA (as modified by Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(iii)) as of the end of the preceding year by the distribution period in the
Uniform Lifetime Table in Q&A 2 of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Traditional IRA Owner’s age as of their birthday in the year. However, if the Traditional IRA Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is their
surviving spouse and such spouse is more than 10 years younger than the Traditional IRA Owner, then the distribution period is determined under the Joint and Last Survivor Table in Q&A 3 of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the
ages as of the Traditional IRA Owner’s and spouse’s birthdays in that year. 

  

	 	iv.	The required minimum distribution for the year the Traditional IRA Owner attains age 70 1⁄2 can be made as late as April 1
of the following year. The required minimum distribution for any other year must be made by the end of such year. 

  

	 	c.	Beneficiary Rights – If the Traditional IRA Owner dies before their entire interest is distributed to them, the entire remaining interest will be distributed as follows. 

 

	 	i.	Death on or After Required Beginning Date – If the Traditional IRA Owner dies on or after the required beginning date, the remaining portion of their interest will be distributed as follows.

  

	 	(a)	If the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Traditional IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the remaining interest will be distributed over the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with
such life expectancy determined using the beneficiary’s age as of their birthday in the year following the year of the Traditional IRA Owner’s death, or over the period described in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(c), if longer.

  

					
		  	44	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	(b)	If the Traditional IRA Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is the Traditional IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the remaining interest will be distributed over such spouse’s life or over the period described
in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(c), if longer. Any interest remaining after such spouse’s death will be distributed over such spouse’s remaining life expectancy determined using the spouse’s age as of their birthday in the year of
the spouse’s death, or, if the distributions are being made over the period described in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(c), over such period. 

  

	 	(c)	If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(a) and (b), the remaining interest will be distributed over the Traditional IRA Owner’s remaining life
expectancy determined in the year of the Traditional IRA Owner’s death. 

  

	 	(d)	The amount to be distributed each year under Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(a), (b), and (c) beginning with the calendar year following the calendar year of the Traditional IRA Owner’s death, is the quotient
obtained by dividing the value of the Traditional IRA as of the end of the preceding year by the remaining life expectancy specified in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c). Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A 1 of Treasury
Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9. If distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such
spouse’s age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to the designated beneficiary’s or Traditional IRA Owner’s age in the year specified in Plan
Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(i)(a), (b), and (c) and reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	ii.	Death Before Required Beginning Date – If the Traditional IRA Owner dies before the required beginning date, their entire interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as follows. 

 

	 	(a)	If the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Traditional IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the
Traditional IRA Owner’s death, over the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the beneficiary as of their birthday in the year following the year of the Traditional IRA
Owner’s death, or, if elected, in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(c). 

  

	 	(b)	If the Traditional IRA Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is the Traditional IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the
calendar year of the Traditional IRA Owner’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Traditional IRA Owner would have attained age 70 1⁄2,
if later), over such spouse’s life, or, if elected, in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(c). If the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end
of the calendar year following the calendar year of the spouse’s death, over the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such beneficiary’s age as of their birthday in the year following the
death of the spouse, or, if elected, will be distributed in accordance with Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(c). If the surviving spouse dies after distributions are required to begin, any remaining interest will be distributed over the
spouse’s remaining life expectancy determined using the spouse’s age as of their birthday in the year of the spouse’s death. 

  

	 	(c)	If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(a) and (b), the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the Traditional IRA Owner’s death (or of the spouse’s death in the case of the surviving spouse’s death before distributions are required to begin under Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(b)). 

 

	 	(d)	The amount otherwise to be distributed each year under this Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(c)(ii)(a) and (b) is the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the IRA as of the end of the preceding year by the remaining life
expectancy specified in such paragraph. Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A 1 of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9. If the distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated
beneficiary, such spouse’s remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse’s age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single
Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary’s age in the year specified in Plan Section 3.15(B)(2)(a) or (b) and reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	iii.	The value of the Traditional IRA for purposes of this section is the prior December 31 balance adjusted to include the amount of any outstanding rollovers, transfers and recharacterizations under Treasury
Regulation section 1.408-8, Q&As 7 and 8. 

  

	 	iv.	If the designated beneficiary is the Traditional IRA Owner’s surviving spouse, the spouse may elect to treat the Traditional IRA as their own Traditional IRA. This election will be deemed to have been made if such
surviving spouse, who is the sole beneficiary of the Traditional IRA, makes a contribution to the Traditional IRA or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary. 

  

					
		  	45	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	C.	Temporary Waiver of Required Minimum Distribution Requirements 

 Notwithstanding anything
in the Plan to the contrary, IRA Owners and their beneficiaries who would have been required to receive a 2009 RMD but for the enactment of Code section 401(a)(9)(H) were given the choice to receive such distributions for 2009. 

If an IRA Owner or beneficiary described above did not elect to receive such amount, the 2009 RMD was either retained or distributed according
to the terms of the IRA’s governing document. 
 In addition, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if an IRA
beneficiary’s balance was required to be distributed under Code section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii), the five-year period described in such section will be determined without regard to calendar year 2009. 

SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES 
  

	4.01	DETERMINING THE VESTED PORTION OF PARTICIPANT INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS 

  

	 	A.	Determining the Vested Portion – In determining the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account, the following rules apply. 

 

	 	1.	Employer Contributions – The Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferrals is determined by applying the vesting schedule(s)
selected in the Adoption Agreement (or the vesting schedule(s) described in Plan Section 4.01(B) if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan). In the event that there is not a vesting schedule option provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant will be
fully Vested in their Individual Account at all times. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant with accrued benefits derived from Employer Profit Sharing Contributions or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions who has not completed at
least one Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise elected by the Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of the
Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA). In addition, all Employer Profit Sharing Contributions or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions made to the Plan for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, that were previously subject to a less
favorable vesting schedule will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise elected by the Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of PPA. 

 

	 	2.	Other Contributions – A Participant is fully Vested in their rollover contributions and transfer contributions (subject to the exceptions provided in Plan Section 3.08), Elective Deferrals, Deductible
Employee Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and any earnings thereon. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of such
contributions. Separate accounts for such contributions will be maintained for each Employee, including separate accounts for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. Each account will be credited with the applicable contributions and
earnings thereon. 

  

	 	3.	Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances – An Employee is fully Vested in their Individual Account if any of the following occurs: 

 

	 	a.	the Employee reaches Normal Retirement Age; 

  

	 	b.	the Plan is terminated or partially terminated as defined by rules promulgated by the IRS; or 

  

	 	c.	there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan. 

 Further, unless
otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is fully Vested if the Employee dies, incurs a Disability, or satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age (if applicable). Notwithstanding the preceding, the portion of an
Employee’s Individual Account attributable to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions that are made based on their imputed Compensation on account of incurring a Disability will be fully Vested at
all times. In the case of a partial termination, only those Employees who are affected by the partial termination of the Plan will become fully Vested. 
  

	 	4.	Participants under a Prior Plan Document – If a Participant was a participant under a Prior Plan Document on the Effective Date, their Vested percentage will not be less than it would have been under such
Prior Plan Document as computed on the Effective Date. 

  

	 	5.	SIMPLE 401(k) Exception – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all benefits attributable to contributions described in Plan Section 3.01(I) are nonforfeitable at all times, and all previous
contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the SIMPLE 401(k) Year in which the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is adopted. 

  

	 	6.	ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution Exception – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all benefits attributable to ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be nonforfeitable at all times.

  

	 	7.	ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be Vested as indicated in the Matching Contributions
vesting schedule in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such contributions will be fully Vested upon an Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete
discontinuance of Employer Contributions. 

  

	 	8.	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, contributions made by an Employer pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(B)(3) will be nonforfeitable at all times.

  

					
		  	46	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 A Participant will not be fully Vested in their Individual Account solely on account of a
transaction described in Code section 414(l), except as otherwise provided therein. 
  

	 	B.	Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans – The following vesting provisions apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. 

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Plan Section 4.01 (unless those provisions provide for more rapid vesting), the top-heavy Vested
portion of a Participant’s Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions and Forfeitures is determined by applying the vesting schedule(s) selected in the Adoption Agreement for the source to which the contribution is attributable.

 The vesting schedule(s) selected in the Adoption Agreement applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7), except
for those benefits that are nonforfeitable under the Code (e.g., Nondeductible Employee Contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan, Elective
Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions). Further, no decrease in a Participant’s Vested percentage may occur in the event the Plan’s status as a Top-Heavy
Plan changes for any Plan Year. However, this Plan Section 4.01(B) does not apply to the Individual Account of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become a Top-Heavy Plan, and such Employee’s
Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Plan Section 4.01(B). 
  

	 	C.	Termination of Employment – If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, any portion of their Individual Account which is not Vested may be held in a Forfeiture account. Such Forfeiture account will
share in any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the assets of the Fund in accordance with Plan Section 7.02(B). The disposition of such Forfeiture account will be as follows. 

 

	 	1.	Cashout of Certain Terminated Participants – If the Vested value of a terminated Participant’s Individual Account does not exceed $1,000 (or such other cashout level specified in the Adoption
Agreement), the Vested value of the Participant’s Individual Account may be paid from the Plan pursuant to Plan Sections 5.01(B)(1) and 5.04(A), subject to a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy established by the Plan Administrator. The
portion which is not Vested will be treated as a Forfeiture and applied in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C). If a Participant would have received the Vested portion of their Individual Account pursuant to the previous sentence but for the fact
that the Participant’s Vested Individual Account exceeded the cashout amount when the Participant terminated service, and if at a later time such Individual Account is reduced such that it is not greater than the cashout level, the Vested
portion of the Participant’s Individual Account will be paid from the Plan and the portion that is not Vested will be treated as a Forfeiture and applied in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C). For purposes of this Plan Section, if the value
of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account is zero, the Participant will be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested Individual Account. 

 

	 	2.	Terminated Participants Who Elect to Receive Distributions – If such terminated Participant elects to receive a distribution of the entire Vested portion of their Individual Account in accordance with Plan
Section 5.01(B)(2), the portion that is not Vested will be treated as a Forfeiture. Such Forfeiture will be applied in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C). If such terminated Participant elects to receive a partial distribution of their Vested
Individual Account, no Forfeiture may occur until the Participant elects to receive the remaining portion of their Vested Individual Account. 

  

	 	3.	Reemployed Participants Who Received Distributions – If such Participant is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(1) and the Participant subsequently resumes employment before the
date the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, upon the reemployment of such Participant, the Employer-derived Individual Account balance will be restored to the amount on the date of the deemed distribution. If such
Participant receives a distribution pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(1) or (2) and the Participant subsequently resumes employment, the Participant’s Employer-derived Individual Account balance will be restored to the amount on the date of
distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the distribution that was subject to a vesting schedule before the earlier of 

  

	 	a.	five years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or 

  

	 	b.	the date the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service following the date of the distribution. 

Any restoration of a Participant’s Individual Account pursuant to this Plan Section 4.01(C)(3) will be made from other Forfeitures,
income or gain to the Fund, or contributions made by the Employer. 
  

	 	4.	Reemployed Participants Who Did Not Receive Distributions – If such Participant neither receives nor is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(1) or (2), and the Participant
returns to the service of the Employer before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, there will be no Forfeiture. Rather, the amount in such Forfeiture account will be restored to such Participant’s Individual Account.

 
  

	 	D.	Vesting Breaks in Service 

  

	 	1.	Vesting of Pre-Break Accruals – Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) credited after a Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service will be disregarded in determining
the Vested portion of such Participant’s Individual Account that was accrued before the five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service. If a Participant who has neither received a distribution nor has been deemed to receive a distribution incurs
five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, the portion of the Participant’s Individual Account that is not Vested will be treated as a Forfeiture and applied in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C). 

 

	 	2.	Vesting of Post-Break Accruals – Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) credited before a Break in Vesting Service will apply for purposes of determining the Vested portion of a
Participant’s Individual Account that is accrued after such Break in Vesting Service. Notwithstanding the preceding, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Years of Vesting Service credited before a Break in Vesting Service will not be taken
into account until the Participant has completed a Year of Vesting Service (Period of Service, if applicable) after returning to employment, if applicable. 

  

					
		  	47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	E.	Distribution Before Full Vesting – If a distribution is made to a Participant who was not then fully Vested in their Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions, and if the Participant may
increase their Vested percentage in their Individual Account, then the following rules will apply: 

  

	 	1.	a separate account will be established for the Participant’s interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and 

  

	 	2.	at any relevant time, the Participant’s Vested portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined in accordance with either the standard formula or the alternative formula. The
applicable formula must be used in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. 

 Standard Formula: X = P (AB + (R x D)) – (R
x D) 
 Alternative Formula: X = P (AB+D) – D 

For purposes of the standard and alternative formulas described above, “P” is the Vested percentage at the relevant time;
“AB” is the separate account balance at the relevant time; “D” is the amount of the distribution; and “R” is the ratio of the separate account balance at the relevant time to the separate account balance after
distribution. 
  

	 	F.	QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be Vested as indicated in the Adoption Agreement over a period
that may not exceed two years. If no election is made, all benefits attributable to such contributions will be fully Vested at all times. In addition, such contributions will be fully Vested upon an Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement
Age, upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions. 

  

	 	G.	QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions – Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be Vested according to the vesting provisions
for Matching Contributions selected in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such contributions will be fully Vested upon an Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the
complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions. 

  

	4.02	100 PERCENT VESTING OF CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS 

 The Participant’s accrued benefit
derived from Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions is nonforfeitable. Separate accounts for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals,
Roth Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions will be maintained for each Participant. Each account will be credited with the
applicable contributions and earnings thereon. 
  

	4.03	FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 

 Matching Contributions, other than
Qualified Matching Contributions, will be Vested in accordance with the vesting schedule for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement. In any event, an Employee’s Matching Contributions will be fully Vested at Normal Retirement Age,
upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions must be forfeited if
the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals (unless the Excess Elective Deferrals are for non-Highly Compensated Employees, in which event the Plan Administrator will have discretion as to whether such amounts will be
forfeited), Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions, or Excess Annual Additions that are distributed pursuant to Plan Section 3.12(A)(4). Such Forfeitures will be allocated in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C). 

When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether a Forfeiture arises with respect to Matching Contributions will be determined in
accordance with Plan Section 4.01(C). 
  

	4.04	FORFEITURES OF QACA ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS AND QACA ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, QACA Basic Matching Contributions, QACA Enhanced Matching Contributions, or QACA ACP Test
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be forfeited if the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferrals (unless the Excess Elective Deferrals are for non-Highly Compensated Employees, in which event the Plan Administrator will
have discretion as to whether such amounts will be forfeited), or Excess Annual Additions that are distributed according to provisions in Plan Section 3.12. Such Forfeitures will be allocated in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C) as it
relates to Matching Contributions. 
 
 Matching Contributions
(adjusted for gain or loss) that have been allocated to a Contributing Participant’s account under the EACA or QACA provisions, and that relate to Elective Deferrals permissively withdrawn, must be forfeited. Such Forfeitures will be allocated
in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C) as it relates to Matching Contributions. 
 When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment,
whether a Forfeiture arises, with respect to QACA Basic Matching Contributions, QACA Enhanced Matching Contributions, QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, or QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, will be determined in accordance
with Plan Section 4.01(C). 

  

					
		  	48	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 

 

	5.01	DISTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	A.	Eligibility for Distributions 

  

	 	1.	Entitlement to Distribution – The Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions (including ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and QACA ACP Test
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) other than those described in Plan Section 5.01(A)(2) will be distributable to the Participant upon 1) the Participant satisfying the distribution eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement, 2)
the Participant’s Termination of Employment after attaining Normal Retirement Age, 3) the termination of the Plan, and 4) if the Plan designates an Early Retirement Age, the Participant’s Termination of Employment after satisfying any
Early Retirement Age conditions. If a Participant separates from service before satisfying the Early Retirement Age requirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon
satisfying such age requirement. With respect to item 1) above, if the Adoption Agreement does not allow an Employer to specify distribution eligibility requirements, the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account will be
distributable to the Participant upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, Disability, attainment of age
59 1⁄2 (if this Plan is a profit sharing or 401(k) plan), or the termination of the Plan. If a Participant who is entitled to a distribution is not legally
competent to request or consent to a distribution, the Participant’s court-appointed guardian, an attorney-in-fact acting under a valid power of attorney, or any other individual or entity authorized under state law to act on behalf of the
Participant, may request and accept a distribution of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan Section 5.01(A). 

  

	 	2.	Special Requirements for Certain 401(k) Contributions – Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each are not distributable to a
Participant or their Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant’s or Beneficiaries’ election, earlier than upon the Participant’s Severance from Employment, death, or Disability, except as listed below.

 Such amounts may also be distributed upon any one of the following events: 

 

	 	a.	termination of the Plan without the establishment of another defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code section 4975(e) or Code section 409), a simplified employee pension
plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)), a SIMPLE IRA Plan (as defined in Code section 408(p)), a plan or contract described in Code section 403(b), or a plan described in Code section 457(b) or (f), at any time during the period beginning on the
date of Plan termination and ending twelve months after all assets have been distributed from the Plan; 

  

	 	b.	attainment of age 59 1⁄2 in the case of a profit sharing plan, if elected in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the
preceding, where no election is available in the Adoption Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals will be permitted upon the attainment of age 59 1⁄2;

  

	 	c.	existence of a hardship incurred by the Participant as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b), if elected in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding, where no election is available in the Adoption
Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals will be permitted upon the existence of a hardship as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b); 

  

	 	d.	unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, existence of a Deemed Severance from Employment under Code section 414(u)(12)(B) during a period of uniformed services as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)(A).
Notwithstanding the preceding, where no election is available in the Adoption Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals will be permitted upon a Deemed Severance from Employment. If an individual receives a distribution due to a Deemed Severance
from Employment, the individual may not make an Elective Deferral or Nondeductible Employee Contribution during the six-month period beginning on the date of the distribution; or 

 

	 	e.	a federally declared disaster as described in Plan Section 5.01(D)(4). 

 All distributions that
may be made pursuant to one or more of the preceding distribution eligibility requirements are subject to the spousal and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained in Code section 401(a)(11) and 417. In addition, distributions that
are triggered by either a., b., or c. above must be made in a lump sum. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
or QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions are subject to the same distribution restrictions as listed above for Elective Deferrals, except that no distribution can be made from ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions or QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions due to the existence of a hardship as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2). 
 

Notwithstanding the preceding, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, contributions made to the Plan under the EACA or QACA
provisions of the Plan may be distributed as permissible withdrawals in accordance with the following: 
 Permissible Withdrawals
– Elective Deferrals made according to the Plan under either the EACA or the QACA (provided the QACA otherwise satisfies Code section 414(w)) provisions may be withdrawn from the Plan penalty free if the following conditions are satisfied.
First, the permissible withdrawal is made pursuant to an election to withdraw by the Participant. Second, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the election to withdraw made by the Participant is made no later than the date that is 30
days after the date of the first Elective Deferral of such Participant made under either the EACA or QACA provisions (i.e., after the pay date the Compensation would otherwise have been 

  

					
		  	49	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 
included in gross income). For purposes of determining the date of the first default elective contribution, all EACAs under the Plan covering Employees who cannot be disaggregated under Code
section 410(b) must be aggregated. Third, the permissible withdrawal consists of Elective Deferrals (adjusted for gain or loss) made to the Plan under the EACA or QACA provisions through the effective date of the election. The effective date of the
election to withdraw will be no later than the earlier of 1) the pay date for the second payroll period beginning after the election is made, or 2) the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the election was made. 

An affirmative election made by a Participant will not restrict their right to take a permissible withdrawal provided the conditions above are
satisfied. Matching Contributions (adjusted for gain or loss) that have been allocated to a Participant’s account under the EACA or QACA provisions, and that relate to Elective Deferrals permissively withdrawn, must be forfeited and excluded
from nondiscrimination testing. Such Forfeitures will be allocated in accordance with Plan Section 3.04(C) as it relates to Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions need not be made if the Elective Deferrals to which they relate are withdrawn
before the date the Matching Contributions would otherwise have been allocated. 
 Distributions made pursuant to the permissible withdrawal
provisions found in this Plan Section 5.01(A)(2) are not subject to the spousal and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained in Code section 401(a)(11) and 417. 

For years beginning after 2005, if both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the year, the Plan Administrator,
in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, may establish operational procedures, including ordering rules as permitted under the law and related regulations, that specify whether distributions, including corrective distributions of Excess Elective
Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions, or Excess Annual Additions, will consist of a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals, or a combination of both, to the extent such type of Elective
Deferral was made for the year. The operational procedures may include an option for Participants to designate whether the distribution is being made from Pre-Tax or Roth Elective Deferrals. 

 

	 	3.	Distribution Request: When Distributed – A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to a distribution who wishes to receive a distribution must submit a request (either in writing or in any other form permitted
under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan Administrator. If required in writing, such request will be made upon a form provided or approved by the Plan Administrator. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, upon a valid
request, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to commence distribution as soon as administratively feasible after the request is received. 

Distributions will be made based on the value of the Vested portion of the Individual Account available at the time of actual distribution. To
the extent the distribution request is for an amount greater than the Individual Account, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be entitled to distribute the entire Vested portion of the Individual Account. 

 

	 	B.	Distributions Upon Termination of Employment 

  

	 	1.	Individual Account Balances Less Than or Equal to Cashout Level – If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account does not exceed the cashout level, the following rules
will apply regarding Plan Section 4.01(C)(1). 

  

	 	a.	If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account does not qualify as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, distribution from the Plan may be made to the Participant in a single lump sum in lieu
of all other forms of distribution under the Plan. 

  

	 	b.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account does not exceed $1,000 and qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and the
Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution in accordance with this Section Five of the Plan, distribution will be
made to the Participant in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of distribution under the Plan. 

  

	 	c.	If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account exceeds $1,000 and qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, and if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution in accordance with this Section Five of the Plan, distribution will be paid by the Plan Administrator in a Direct Rollover to an
individual retirement arrangement (as described in Code section 408(a), 408(b) or 408A) designated by the Plan Administrator. 

 

Distributions made under this paragraph will occur following the Participant’s Termination of Employment in accordance with a uniform and
nondiscriminatory schedule established by the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before the occurrence of the distribution, no distribution will be made under this paragraph. 

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the value of the Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of this
paragraph will be determined by including rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(a)(ii), and 457(e)(16). If rollovers were previously included in
determining the value of the Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of this paragraph, any Adoption Agreement election to exclude rollovers will be effective prospectively as of the date the Adoption Agreement was amended. 

 

	 	2.	Individual Account Balances Exceeding Cashout Level – If distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is required with respect to a Participant and either the value of the
Participant’s Vested Individual Account exceeds the cashout level or there are remaining payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution option that previously commenced, and if the Individual Account is immediately distributable,
the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Individual Account. 

  

					
		  	50	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 If distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with
respect to a Participant and the value of such Participant’s Vested Individual Account exceeds the cashout level, and if the Individual Account is immediately distributable, the Participant must consent to any distribution of such
Individual Account. 
 The consent of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse will be obtained (either in writing or in any other
form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse of the right to defer any distribution
until the Participant’s Individual Account is no longer immediately distributable and, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, the consequences of failing to defer any distribution. Such notification will include a general description
of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code section 417(a)(3), and a description of the consequences of
failing to defer a distribution, and will be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date. 
 If
a distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required in Treasury Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: 

 

	 	a.	the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and,
if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 

  

	 	b.	the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, only the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution that is either made in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or is made from a Plan that meets the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Plan Section 5.10(E), while the Individual Account is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the
Participant’s Spouse will be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) or Code section 415. In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from
a commercial provider), the Participant’s Individual Account may, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant or transferred to another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)) within the same controlled group. 
 An Individual Account is immediately distributable if any part of
the Individual Account could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains or would have attained (if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. 

 

	 	3.	Distribution Before Attainment of Normal Retirement Age – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who has incurred a Termination of Employment before attaining Normal Retirement Age
may elect to receive a distribution of Matching Contributions, Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, and Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions, as applicable. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who has
incurred a Severance from Employment before attaining Normal Retirement Age may elect to receive a distribution with regard to Qualified Matching Contributions, Elective Deferrals, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and the Vested portions of
ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions. 

  

	 	C.	Distributions During Employment 

  

	 	1.	In-Service Distributions – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if this is a profit sharing plan, a Participant who is not otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of their Individual
Account may elect to receive an in-service distribution of all or part of the Vested portion of their Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions, other than those described in Plan Sections 5.01(A)(2) and 5.01(C)(2)(b), upon meeting
one of the following requirements. 

  

	 	a.	Participant for Five or More Years – An Employee who has been a Participant in the Plan for five or more years may withdraw up to the entire Vested portion of their Individual Account.

  

	 	b.	Participant for Less than Five Years – An Employee who has been a Participant in the Plan for less than five years may withdraw only the amount that has been in their Individual Account attributable
to Employer Contributions for at least two full Plan Years, measured from the date such contributions were allocated. 

 If
elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant in a money purchase pension plan who is not otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of their Individual Account may take a distribution of all or a part of their Individual Account when they
reach age 62.
 If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, a Participant who is not otherwise eligible to receive a distribution of their
Individual Account may elect to receive an in-service distribution of all or part of the Vested portion of their Individual Account attributable to transfers of money purchase pension contributions when they are eligible to receive an in-service
distribution of any Employer Contributions under the Plan. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if any Employer Contributions are available for an in-service distribution prior to age 62, amounts attributable to transfers of money purchase pension
contributions will be available for an in-service distribution at age 62,
 All in-service distributions are subject to the requirements of
Plan Section 5.10, as applicable. 

  

					
		  	51	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	2.	Hardship Withdrawals 

  

	 	a.	Hardship Withdrawals of Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if this is a profit sharing plan, then notwithstanding Plan
Section 5.01(C)(1), an Employee may elect to receive a hardship distribution of all or part of the Vested portion of their Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than those described in Plan Section 5.01(A)(2),
subject to the requirements of Plan Section 5.10. 

 For purposes of this Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(a), hardship is
defined as an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee where such Employee lacks other available resources. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, financial needs considered immediate and heavy include, but are not limited to,
1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, described in Code section 213(d), of the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, dependents, or, if elected, the Employee’s Primary Beneficiary, 2) the purchase (excluding mortgage
payments) of a principal residence for the Employee, 3) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Employee, the Employee’s spouse, children, dependents, or, if elected, the
Employee’s Primary Beneficiary, 4) payment to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee’s principal residence, 5), funeral or burial expenses for the Employee’s deceased parent,
Spouse, child, dependent, or, if elected, the Employee’s Primary Beneficiary, and 6) payment to repair damage to the Employee’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code section 165 (determined
without regard to whether the loss exceeds ten-percent of adjusted gross income). 
 A distribution will be considered necessary to satisfy
an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if 
  

	 	i.	the Employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans available under all plans maintained by the Employer; and 

 

	 	ii.	the distribution is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from
the distribution). 

  

	 	b.	Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals (including Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions that are treated as Elective Deferrals and any earnings credited to an Employee’s account as of the later of December 31, 1988, and the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989) may be made to an Employee in the
event of hardship. For the purposes of this Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b), hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee where the distribution is needed to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of such
Employee. Hardship distributions are subject to the spousal consent requirements contained in Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417, if applicable. 

For purposes of determining whether an Employee has a hardship, rules similar to those described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(a) will apply
except that only the financial needs listed above will be considered. In addition, a distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if 

 

	 	i.	all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions) will be suspended for six months (12 months for hardship distributions before 2002)
after the receipt of the hardship distribution; and 

  

	 	ii.	for hardship distributions before 2002, all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee may not make Elective Deferrals for the Employee’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the
hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code section 402(g) for such taxable year less the amount of such Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. 

 

	 	3.	Qualified Reservist Distributions – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Participants may take penalty-free qualified reservist distributions from the Plan. A qualified reservist distribution
means any distribution to a Participant where 1) such distribution is made from Elective Deferrals, 2) such Participant was ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period, and 3) such distribution is
made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call and ending at the close of the active duty period. The Participant must have been ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001. 

  

	 	D.	Miscellaneous Distribution Issues 

  

	 	1.	Distribution of Rollover, Transfer, and Nondeductible Employee Contributions – The following rules will apply with respect to entitlement to distribution of rollover and transfer contributions and
Nondeductible Employee Contributions. 

  

	 	a.	Entitlement to Distribution – 

  

	 	i.	Rollover Contributions – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, rollover contributions (including rollovers of Nondeductible Employee Contributions) and earnings thereon may be distributed at
any time upon request. If the Adopting Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that Rollover contributions may not be distributed at any time, such contributions will be subject to the Plan’s provisions governing distributions of either
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if this Plan is a profit sharing plan) or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions (if this Plan is a money purchase pension plan). 

  

					
		  	52	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	ii.	Elective Transfers – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, elective transfer contributions may be distributed at any time upon request subject to the restrictions below and any other
restrictions required by either the Code or applicable regulations. If the Adopting Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement that elective transfer contributions may not be distributed at any time, such contributions will be subject to the
Plan’s provisions governing distributions of either Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if this Plan is a profit sharing plan) or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contributions (if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan).

  

	 	iii.	Non-Elective Transfers – Each type of contribution (e.g., Elective Deferral, Employer Matching) included in non-elective transfer contributions received by the Plan as a result of a merger, consolidation,
spin-off, or other Employer-initiated event will be distributable pursuant to the Plan’s provisions governing distributions of the same contribution type, subject to the provisions of Code section 411(d)(6). If one or more contribution
type does not exist under the Plan, such contributions will be subject to the Plan’s provisions governing distributions of either Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if this Plan is a profit sharing plan) or Employer Money Purchase Pension
Contributions (if this Plan is a money purchase pension plan). 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, if rollover and transfer
contributions are not distributable at any time and 1) either no distribution options are selected for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions or Employer Profit Sharing Contributions are not allowed in the Adoption Agreement (if the Plan is a profit
sharing plan) or 2) either no distribution options are selected for Employer Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions or Employer Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions are not allowed in the Adoption Agreement (if the Plan is a Money Purchase
Pension Plan), rollover contributions and elective and non-elective transfer contributions may be distributed upon 1) the Participant’s Termination of Employment, 2) the termination of the Plan, and 3) if the Plan designates an Early Retirement
Age, the Participant’s Termination of Employment after satisfying any Early Retirement Age conditions. If a Participant separates from service before satisfying the Early Retirement Age requirement, but has satisfied the service requirement,
the Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfying such age requirement. 
 To the extent that any
optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution before the Employee’s retirement, death, Disability, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, or Termination of Employment, or before Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is
not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred (within the meaning of Code section 414(l)) to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan or a
target benefit pension plan qualified under Code section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions). In addition, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if such
transfers consist of Elective Deferrals or amounts treated as Elective Deferrals (including earnings thereon) from a 401(k) plan, the assets transferred will continue to be subject to the distribution restrictions under Code sections 401(k)(2)
and 401(k)(10). 
 A Participant may at any time, and upon a request submitted to the Plan Administrator (either in writing or in any other
form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL), withdraw an amount from their Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions (including earnings thereon). In the event the portion of a Participant’s
Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions experiences a loss such that the amount remaining in such subaccount is less than the amount of Nondeductible Employee Contributions made by the Participant, the maximum amount
which the Participant may withdraw is an amount equal to the remaining portion of the Participant’s Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions. Subject to Plan Section 5.10, Joint and Survivor Annuity
Requirements (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of the Deductible Employee Contribution account by delivering an application (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the
Plan Administrator. 
  

	 	b.	Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions – Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Recipient’s election under this Plan
Section 5.01(D)(1)(b), a Recipient may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to at least $500 (or such lesser amount if the Plan
Administrator permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Recipient in a Direct Rollover. 

  

	 	2.	Option to Limit Frequency of In-Service Distributions – If this is a profit sharing plan and the Adopting Employer has elected to limit the number of in-service distributions in the Adoption Agreement, then
a Participant will be permitted only the number of in-service distributions indicated in the Adoption Agreement during the course of such Participant’s employment with the Employer. The amount that the Participant can withdraw will be limited
to the lesser of the amount determined under the limits set forth in Plan Section 5.01(C) or the percentage of the Participant’s Individual Account specified by the Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Distributions under this Plan
Section 5.01(D)(2) will be subject to the requirements of Plan Section 5.10. 

  

	 	3.	Commencement of Benefits – Notwithstanding any other provision, unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the
60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which 

  

	 	a.	the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier), 

  

	 	b.	the Participant reaches the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or 

 

	 	c.	the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment. 

  

					
		  	53	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the failure of a Participant (and Spouse, if applicable) to
consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Plan Section 5.01(B)(2), will be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Plan
Section 5.01(D)(3). 
  

	 	4.	Federally Declared Disaster – If allowed by the Plan Sponsor, Participants may have previously requested or may in the future request a distribution of, or a loan from, the Vested portion of their Individual
Account balance related to federally declared disaster area tax relief (e.g., Katrina Emergency Tax Relief Act of 2005, Heartland Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2008), as specified by the Plan Sponsor and as allowed under the Code and any additional
rules, regulations, or other pronouncements promulgated by either the IRS or DOL. 

  

	5.02	FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT 

 Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
Agreement, if the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account exceeds $1,000 and the Participant has properly waived the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (if applicable), as described in Plan Section 5.10, the
Participant may request (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) that the Vested portion of their Individual Account be paid to them in one or more of the following forms of payment: 1) in a lump
sum, 2) in a non-recurring partial payment, 3) in installment payments (a series of regularly scheduled recurring partial payments), or 4) applied to the purchase of an annuity contract. Notwithstanding the preceding, non-recurring partial payments
may be made from the Plan either before Termination of Employment or to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9). 
  

	5.03	DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT 

  

	 	A.	Designation of Beneficiary – Spousal Consent – Each Participant may designate, in a form or manner approved by and delivered to the Plan Administrator, one or more primary and contingent Beneficiaries
to receive all or a specified portion of the Participant’s Individual Account in the event of the Participant’s death. A Participant may change or revoke such Beneficiary designation by completing and delivering the proper form to the Plan
Administrator. 

 In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a Primary Beneficiary who is not their Spouse, their
Spouse must consent (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to such designation, and the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of such designation and be witnessed by a notary public
or plan representative. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, no
consent will be required. In addition, if the Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the Spouse’s legal guardian, even if the guardian is the Participant, may give consent. If the Participant is legally separated or the Participant has
been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required unless a Qualified Domestic Relations Order provides otherwise. Any change of Beneficiary will require a new
spousal consent to the extent required by the Code or Treasury Regulations. 
  

	 	B.	Payment to Beneficiary – If a Participant dies before the Participant’s entire Individual Account has been paid to them, such deceased Participant’s Individual Account will be payable to any
surviving Beneficiary designated by the Participant, or, if no Beneficiary survives the Participant, to the Participant’s Spouse, or, where no Spouse exists, to the Participant’s estate. If the Beneficiary is a minor, distribution will be
deemed to have been made to such Beneficiary if the portion of the Participant’s Individual Account to which the Beneficiary is entitled is paid to their legal guardian or, if applicable, to their custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act. If a Beneficiary is not a minor but is not legally competent to request or consent to a distribution, distributions will be deemed to have been made to such Beneficiary if the portion of the Participant’s
Individual Account to which the Beneficiary is entitled is paid to the Participant’s court-appointed guardian, an attorney-in-fact acting under a valid power of attorney, or any other individual or entity authorized under state law to act on
behalf of the Beneficiary. A Beneficiary may disclaim their portion of a Participant’s Individual Account by providing the Plan Administrator written notification pursuant to Code section 2518(b). 

 

	 	C.	Distribution Request – When Distributed – A Beneficiary of a deceased Participant entitled to a distribution who wishes to receive a distribution must submit a request (either in writing or in any other
form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan Administrator. If required in writing, such request will be made on a form provided or approved by the Plan Administrator. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement,
upon a valid request, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to commence distribution as soon as administratively feasible after the request is received. 

  

	5.04	FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARIES 

  

	 	A.	Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $5,000 – If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account does not exceed $5,000, the value of the Vested portion of a
Participant’s Individual Account may be made to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of distribution under the Plan, as soon as administratively feasible. 

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the value of the Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of this
paragraph will be determined by including rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16). 

 

	 	B.	Value of Individual Account Exceeds $5,000 – If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account exceeds $5,000, the preretirement survivor annuity requirements of Plan
Section 5.10 will apply unless waived in accordance with that Plan Section 5.10 or unless the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Plan Section 5.10(E) apply. However, a surviving Spouse Beneficiary may elect any form of payment
allowable under the Plan in lieu of the preretirement survivor annuity. Any such payment to the surviving Spouse must meet the requirements of Plan Section 5.05. 

  

					
		  	54	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account exceeds $5,000 and
either (1) the preretirement survivor annuity requirements of Plan Section 5.10 have been satisfied or waived in accordance or (2) the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Plan Section 5.10(E) apply, the value of the Vested portion
of a Participant’s Individual Account may be made to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of distribution under the Plan, as soon as administratively feasible. 

 

	 	C.	Other Forms of Distribution to Beneficiary – If the value of a Participant’s Individual Account exceeds $5,000 and the Participant has properly waived the preretirement survivor annuity, as described in
Plan Section 5.10 (if applicable), or if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving Spouse, the Beneficiary may, subject to the requirements of Plan Section 5.05, request (either in writing or in any other form permitted under
rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) that the Participant’s Individual Account be paid in any form of distribution permitted to be taken by the Participant under this Plan other than applying the Individual Account toward the purchase of an
annuity contract. Notwithstanding the preceding, installment payments to a Beneficiary cannot be made over a period exceeding the Life Expectancy of such Beneficiary. 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Beneficiary is permitted (subject to regulatory guidance) to directly roll over their portion of
the Individual Account to an inherited individual retirement arrangement (under Code sections 408 or 408A). Such Direct Rollovers must otherwise qualify as Eligible Rollover Distributions.

 

	5.05	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

  

	 	A.	General Rules 

  

	 	1.	Subject to Plan Section 5.10, the requirements of this Plan Section 5.05 will apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.
Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this Plan Section 5.05 apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002. 

  

	 	2.	All distributions required under this Plan Section 5.05 will be determined and made in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement
of Code section 401(a)(9)(G). 

  

	 	3.	Limits on Distribution Periods – As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions to a Participant, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination
thereof): 

  

	 	a.	the life of the Participant, 

  

	 	b.	the joint lives of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary, 

  

	 	c.	a period certain not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Participant, or 

  

	 	d.	a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary. 

  

	 	B.	Time and Manner of Distribution 

  

	 	1.	Required Beginning Date – The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

 For purposes of this Plan Section 5.05(B) and Plan Section 5.05(D), unless Plan Section 5.05(D)(2)(a)(iii)
applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Plan Section 5.05(D)(2)(a)(iii) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving
Spouse under Plan Section 5.05(D)(2)(a)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s
surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2)(a)(i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

Except as provided in the Adoption Agreement (or in a separate IRS model amendment, if applicable), Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on
an individual basis whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Plan Section 5.05(D) applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier
of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under this Plan Section 5.05(B), or by September 30 of the calendar year that contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if
applicable, surviving Spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with this Plan Section 5.05(B) and Plan Section 5.05(D) and, if
applicable, the election in the Adoption Agreement (or in a separate IRS model amendment, if applicable). 
 

 

	 	2.	Forms of Distribution – Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of
the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Plan Section 5.05(C) and Plan Section 5.05(D). If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations. 

  

					
		  	55	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	C.	Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime 

  

	 	1.	Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year – During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the
lesser of: 

  

	 	a.	the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Benefit by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 2, using the
Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or 

  

	 	b.	if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Benefit by the number in the Joint and
Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 3, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

  

	 	2.	Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death – Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Plan Section 5.05(C) beginning with the first
Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 

  

	 	D.	Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death 

  

	 	1.	Death On or After Date Distributions Begin 

  

	 	a.	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary – If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s benefit by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the
Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: 

  

	 	i.	The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

 

	 	ii.	If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of
the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving
Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 

 

	 	iii.	If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Designated Beneficiary
in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	b.	No Designated Beneficiary – If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the
Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s benefit by the Participant’s
remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	2.	Death Before Date Distributions Begin 

  

	 	a.	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary – Except as provided in the Adoption Agreement (or in a separate IRS model amendment, if applicable) or as elected by a Designated Beneficiary pursuant to Plan
Section 5.05(B)(1), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s benefit by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Plan Section 5.05(D)(1). 

 

	 	i.	If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, except as provided in the Adoption Agreement (or in a separate IRS model amendment, if applicable), distributions
to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later. 

  

	 	ii.	If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, except as provided in the Adoption Agreement (or in a separate IRS model amendment, if applicable),
distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 

 

	 	iii.	If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse are required to
begin, this Plan Section 5.05(D)(2), other than Plan Section 5.05(D)(2)(a), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

  

					
		  	56	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	b.	No Designated Beneficiary – If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s
death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

 

	 	3.	Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under Five-Year Rule to Elect Life Expectancy Distributions – Unless specified otherwise in a separate IRS model amendment, a Designated
Beneficiary who is receiving payments under the five-year rule may have made a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under
the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the five-year period. 

  

	 	E.	TEFRA Section 242(b) Elections 

  

	 	1.	Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Plan Section 5.05 and subject to the requirements of Plan Section 5.10, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee (or former
Employee), including a five-percent owner, who has made a designation under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 Section 242(b)(2) (a “Section 242(b)(2) Election”) may be made in accordance with all of the
following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences). 

  

	 	a.	The distribution by the Fund is one which would not have qualified such Fund under Code section 401(a)(9) as in effect before amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. 

 

	 	b.	The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the Fund is being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

  

	 	c.	Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. 

  

	 	d.	The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983. 

  

	 	e.	The method of distribution designated by the Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon
the Employee’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority. 

  

	 	2.	A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the
death of the Employee. 

  

	 	3.	If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the corresponding regulations. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are
required to begin, the Plan must distribute, by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs, the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code
section 401(a)(9) and the corresponding regulations, but for an election made under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Section 242(b)(2). For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the
minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under
the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, provided such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by
altering the relevant measuring life). 

  

	 	4.	In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A 14 and Q&A 15, will apply. 

 

	 	F.	Transition Rules – For plans in existence before 2003, required minimum distributions before 2003 were made pursuant to Plan Section 5.05(E), if applicable, and Plan Sections 5.05(F)(1) through 5.05(F)(3)
below. 

  

	 	1.	2000 and Before – Required minimum distributions for calendar years after 1984 and before 2001 were made in accordance with Code section 401(a)(9) and the corresponding Proposed Treasury Regulations
published in the Federal Register on July 27, 1987 (the “1987 Proposed Regulations”). 

  

	 	2.	2001 – Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made in accordance with Code section 401(a)(9) and the Proposed Treasury Regulations in Section 401(a)(9) as published in the Federal
Register on January 17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed Regulations”) unless a prior IRS model amendment provision was adopted that stated that the required minimum distributions for 2001 were made pursuant to the 1987 Proposed Regulations. If
distributions were made in 2001 under the 1987 Proposed Regulations before the date in 2001 that the Plan began operating under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, the special transition rule in Announcement 2001-82, 2001-2 C.B. 123, applied.

  

	 	3.	2002 – Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2002 were made in accordance with Code section 401(a)(9) and the 2001 Proposed Regulations unless the prior IRS model amendment, if applicable,
provided that either a. or b. below applies. 

  

	 	a.	Required minimum distributions for 2002 were made pursuant to the 1987 Proposed Regulations. 

  

	 	b.	Required minimum distributions for 2002 were made pursuant to the Final and Temporary Treasury Regulations under Code section 401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on April 17, 2002 (the “2002 Final and
Temporary Regulations”), which are described in Plan Sections 5.05(B) through 5.05(E). If distributions were made in 2002 under either the 1987 Proposed Regulations or the 2001 Proposed Regulations before the date in 2002 on which the Plan
began operating under the 2002 Final and Temporary Regulations, the special transition rule in Section 1.2 of the model amendment in Revenue Procedure 2002-29, 2002-1 C.B. 1176, applied. 

  

					
		  	57	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	G.	Temporary Waiver of Required Minimum Distribution Requirements – Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the definition of Distribution Calendar Year to the contrary and unless otherwise elected in a plan
amendment addressing Code section 401(a)(9)(H), Participants and Beneficiaries who would have been required to receive a 2009 RMD or Extended 2009 RMD but for the enactment of Code section 401(a)(9)(H) were given the choice to receive such
distributions for 2009. 

 Unless otherwise elected in a plan amendment addressing Code section 401(a)(9)(H), if a Participant
or Beneficiary described above was allowed to remove their 2009 RMD or Extended 2009 RMD but did not elect to receive such amount, the 2009 RMD or Extended 2009 RMD was retained in the Plan. 

In addition, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Beneficiary’s balance was required to be distributed under Code
section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii), the five-year period described in such section will be determined without regard to calendar year 2009. 
  

	5.06	ANNUITY CONTRACTS 

 Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted or
required by this Plan Section Five) must be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse will comply with the requirements of the Plan. 

 

	5.07	DISTRIBUTIONS IN-KIND 

 The Plan Administrator may, but need not, cause any distribution
under this Plan to be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or in cash by converting assets other than cash into cash, or in any combination of the two preceding methods. Assets other than cash, or other assets with a readily
ascertainable market value, must be subject to a third-party appraisal before they may be distributed from the Plan. 
  

	5.08	PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES 

 The Plan Administrator must use all
reasonable measures to locate Participants or Beneficiaries who are entitled to distributions from the Plan. Such measures may include using certified mail, checking records of other plans maintained by the Employer, contacting the
Participant’s Beneficiaries, using a governmental letter-forwarding service, or using internet search tools, commercial locator services, and credit reporting agencies. The Plan Administrator should consider the cost of the measures relative to
the Individual Account balance when determining which measures are used. 
 In the event that the Plan Administrator cannot locate a
Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a distribution from the Plan after using all reasonable measures, the Plan Administrator may, consistent with applicable laws, regulations, and other pronouncements under the Code and ERISA, use any
reasonable procedure to dispose of distributable Plan assets, including any of the following: 1) establish an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), under Code section 408, that complies with the automatic rollover safe harbor regulations, without
regard to the amount in the Individual Account, 2) establish a federally insured bank account for and in the name of the Participant or Beneficiary and transfer the assets to such bank account, 3) purchase an annuity contract with the assets in the
name of the Participant or Beneficiary (unless an annuity form of distribution is prohibited under the Plan), 4) transfer the assets to the unclaimed property fund of the state in which the Participant or Beneficiary was last known to reside, or 5)
after the expiration of five years after the benefit becomes payable, treat the amount distributable as a Forfeiture and allocate it in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and if the Participant or Beneficiary is later located, restore such
benefit in the amount of the Forfeiture, unadjusted for earnings and losses to the Plan.
 In the event the Plan is terminated, payments must
be made in a manner that protects the benefit rights of a Participant or Beneficiary. Benefit rights will be deemed to be protected if the amount in a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Individual Account is placed into an IRA, used to
purchase an annuity contract, or transferred to another qualified retirement plan. Benefit rights need not, however, be protected if an Individual Account becomes subject to state escheat laws, or if a payment is made to satisfy Code section
401(a)(9), or if such other process is followed that is consistent with applicable statutory or regulatory guidance.  
  

	5.09	CLAIMS PROCEDURES 

  

	 	A.	Filing a Claim for Plan Distributions – A Participant or Beneficiary who has been denied a request for a distribution or loan and desires to make a claim for the Vested portion of the Participant’s
Individual Account will file a request (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL and acceptable to the Plan Administrator) with the Plan Administrator. If such request is required in writing, such
request must be made on a form furnished to them by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. The request will set forth the basis of the claim. The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct such examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the
payment of any benefits to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the Plan. 

  

	 	B.	Denial of a Claim – Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution or loan submitted in accordance with this Plan Section 5.09 by any Participant or Beneficiary has been wholly or partially denied, the Plan
Administrator must furnish such Participant or Beneficiary notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the denial within 90 days (45 days for claims involving disability benefits) of the
date the original claim was filed. This notice will set forth the specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional information or material needed to
perfect the claim, an explanation of why such additional information or material is necessary, and an explanation of the procedures for appeal. 

  

	 	C.	Remedies Available – The Participant or Beneficiary will have 60 days from receipt of the denial notice in which to make written application for review by the Plan Administrator. The Participant or
Beneficiary may request that the review be in the nature of a hearing. The Participant or Beneficiary will have the right to representation, to review pertinent documents, and to submit comments in writing (or in any other form permitted by the IRS
or DOL). The Plan Administrator shall issue a decision on such review within 60 days (45 days for claims involving disability benefits) after receipt of an application for review as provided for in this Plan Section 5.09. Upon a decision unfavorable
to the Participant or Beneficiary, such Participant or Beneficiary will be entitled to bring such actions in law or equity as may be necessary or appropriate to protect or clarify their right to benefits under this Plan. 

  

					
		  	58	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	5.10	JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS 

  

	 	A.	Application – The provisions of this Plan Section 5.10 will apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other
Participants as provided in Treasury Regulations. 

  

	 	B.	Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity – Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married
Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have
such annuity distributed upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan. In the case of a married Participant, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be at least as valuable as any other optional form of benefit payable under
the Plan at the same time. 

 A Plan that is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements must offer an
additional survivor annuity option in the form of a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. 
  

	 	C.	Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity – Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting
Date then the Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse. The surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after the
Participant’s death. 

  

	 	D.	Notice Requirements 

  

	 	1.	In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than 180 days before the Annuity Starting Date provide each Participant an explanation (either in
writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of 1) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, 2) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit, 3) the rights of a Participant’s Spouse, and 4) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The written explanation
shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.417(a)(3)-1. 

 The Annuity Starting Date for a
distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided 1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly
indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, 2) the Participant
is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity starting date or, if later, at any time before the expiration of the seven-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant, and 3) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the explanation was provided to the Participant. 
  

	 	2.	In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as described in Plan Section 5.10(C), the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant an explanation
(either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the
requirements of Plan Section 5.10(D)(1) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The written explanation shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.417(a)(3)-1. 

The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last: 1) the period beginning with the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, 2) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant, 3) a reasonable
period ending after Plan Section 5.10(D)(3) ceases to apply to the Participant, and 4) a reasonable period ending after this Plan Section 5.10 first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding, notice must be provided within a
reasonable period ending after separation from service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35. 

For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in 2), 3) and 4) is the end
of the two-year period beginning one year before the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice will be
provided within the two-year period beginning one year before separation and ending one year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant will be redetermined.

  

	 	3.	Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Plan Section 5.10(D), the respective notices prescribed by this Plan Section 5.10(D) need not be given to a Participant if 1) the Plan “fully subsidizes” the
costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, and 2) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not
allow a married Participant to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this Plan Section 5.10(D)(3), a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increase in cost or decrease in benefits to the Participant may result from the
Participant’s failure to elect another benefit. 

  

					
		  	59	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	E.	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor Rules 

  

	 	1.	Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the safe harbor provisions of this Plan Section 5.10(E) will apply to a Participant in a profit sharing plan and will always apply to any distribution made on or after
the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code section 72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf of a
Participant in a money purchase pension plan, if the following conditions are satisfied: 

  

	 	a.	the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form of a life annuity; and 

  

	 	b.	on the death of a Participant, the Participant’s Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant’s surviving Spouse, but if there is no surviving Spouse, or if the surviving Spouse has consented in a
manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary. The surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the Vested Account Balance commence within the 180-day period following the date of the
Participant’s death. The Vested Account Balance will be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant’s death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of
distributions. This Plan Section 5.10(E) will not apply to a Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan, a target benefit pension plan, stock bonus, or
profit sharing plan that is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417. If this Plan Section 5.10(E) applies, then no other provisions of this Plan Section 5.10 will apply except as provided in Treasury
Regulations. 

  

	 	2.	The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this Plan Section 5.10(E) at any time provided that no such waiver will be effective unless it is a Qualified Election (other than the notification
requirement referred to therein) that would apply to the Participant’s waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. 

  

	 	3.	For purposes of this Plan Section 5.10(E), Vested Account Balance will mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan, the Participant’s separate account balance attributable solely to accumulated deductible
employee contributions within the meaning of Code section 72(o)(5)(B). In the case of a profit sharing plan, Vested Account Balance will have the same meaning as provided in the Definitions Section of this Plan. 

 

	 	4.	In the event this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of or a restatement of a plan previously subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 and the Employer has selected to have
this Plan Section 5.10(E) apply, the provisions of this Plan Section 5.10(E) will not apply to any benefits accrued (including subsequent adjustments for earnings and losses) before the adoption of these provisions. Such amounts will be
separately accounted for in a manner consistent with Plan Section 7.02 and administered in accordance with the general survivor annuity requirements of Plan Section 5.10. 

 

	5.11	LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS 

 The Plan Administrator shall be responsible
for withholding federal income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant (or Beneficiary, where applicable) elects not to have such taxes withheld. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or other payor may act as agent for
the Plan Administrator to withhold such taxes and to make the appropriate distribution reports, provided the Plan Administrator furnishes all the information to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or other payor which such payor may need to
properly perform withholding and reporting. 
  

	5.12	DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS 

  

	 	A.	General Rule – A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator of the amount of the Excess Elective
Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding calendar year must submit their claims (either in writing or in any other form permitted
under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Plan Administrator by March 1. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to this
Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement of the Employer. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess
Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15th to any Participant to whose Individual Account Excess Elective Deferrals were
assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year, except to the extent such Excess Elective Deferrals were classified as Catch-up Contributions. For years beginning after 2005, the Plan Administrator, in
a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, will determine whether the distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals for a year will be made first from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral account or the Roth Elective Deferral account, or a
combination of both, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the year, or may allow Participants to specify otherwise. 

  

					
		  	60	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	B.	Determination of Income or Loss – For taxable years beginning after 2007, Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year to which such contributions were
allocated. The income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral account for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s
Excess Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Individual Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year. For taxable years
beginning before 2008, income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals also included ten percent of the amount determined under the preceding sentence multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Participant’s
taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, the Plan Administrator
may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals in the manner described in Plan Section 7.02(B) (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants’ Individual Accounts or any
reasonable method), provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income or loss on Excess
Elective Deferrals merely because the income allocable is based on a date that is no more than seven days before the distribution. 

  

	5.13	DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	A.	General Rule – Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than 12 months after a Plan Year to
Participants to whose Individual Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year, except to the extent such Excess Contributions were classified as Catch-up Contributions. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly
Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of Employer Contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Employer
Contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. Both the total amount of the Excess Contribution and, for purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” are determined
after distribution of any Excess Deferrals. To the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached their Catch-up Contribution limit under the Plan, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employees as Catch-up Contributions
will not be treated as Excess Contributions. If such Excess Contributions are distributed more than 2 1⁄2 months (six months in the case of Excess
Contributions under an EACA if all Employees who are eligible to participate are affected as described in the Plan) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Contributions were made, a ten-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts. Excess Contributions will be treated as annual additions under the Plan even if distributed. 

  

	 	B.	Determination of Income or Loss – For taxable years beginning after 2007, Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year to which such contributions were
allocated. The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant is the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral account(s) (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution account
or the Qualified Matching Contributions account or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s
Individual Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or loss
occurring during such Plan Year. For taxable years beginning before 2008, income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions also included ten percent of the amount determined under the preceding sentence multiplied by the number of whole calendar
months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentences, the Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions in the manner described in Plan Section 7.02(B) (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
Participants’ Individual Accounts or any reasonable method), provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method
for computing the income or loss on Excess Contributions merely because the income allocable is based on a date that is no more than seven days before the distribution. 

 

	 	C.	Accounting for Excess Contributions – Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant will be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral account(s) and Qualified Matching Contribution account
(if applicable) in proportion to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. For years beginning after 2005, the Plan Administrator, in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner, will either determine whether the distribution of Excess Contributions for a year will be made first from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral account or the Roth Elective Deferral account, or a combination of
both, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the year, or may allow Participants to specify otherwise. Excess Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s Qualified Nonelective
Contribution account only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant’s Elective Deferral account(s) and Qualified Matching Contribution account. 

  

					
		  	61	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	5.14	DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS 

  

	 	A.	General Rule – Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not
forfeitable, distributed no later than 12 months after a Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated
Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage
Amounts and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1⁄2 months (six months in the case of Excess Aggregate Contributions under an EACA if all Employees who are eligible to participate are affected as described in the Plan) after the last day of the Plan Year in which
such Excess Aggregate Contributions were made, a ten-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be treated as annual additions under the Plan even if
distributed. 

  

	 	B.	Determination of Income or Loss – For taxable years beginning after 2007, Excess Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year to which such
contributions were allocated. The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant is the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution
account, Qualified Matching Contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contribution account and Elective Deferral account(s) for the Plan Year multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s Individual Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts without
regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. For taxable years beginning before 2008, income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions also included ten percent of the amount determined under the preceding sentence
multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the Participant’s taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the
15th of such month. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, the Plan Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions in the manner described in Plan
Section 7.02(B) (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants’ Individual Accounts or any reasonable method), provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the income allocable is based on a date that is no more than seven
days before the distribution. 

  

	 	C.	Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions – Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a Participant will be forfeited, if forfeitable, or distributed on a pro rata basis from the Participant’s
Nondeductible Employee Contribution account, Matching Contribution account, and Qualified Matching Contribution account (and, if applicable, the Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution account or Elective Deferral account, or both).
For years beginning after 2005, the Plan Administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, will determine whether the distribution of Elective Deferrals that are Excess Aggregate Contributions for a year will be made first from the
Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral account or the Roth Elective Deferral account, or a combination of both, to the extent both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals were made for the year, or may allow Participants to
specify otherwise. 

  

	5.15	RECHARACTERIZATION 

 Provided the Plan allows Participants to make Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, the Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, permit a Participant to elect to treat all or a portion of an Excess Contribution allocated to them as an amount distributed to the Participant and then
contributed by the Participant to the Plan as a Nondeductible Employee Contribution. Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a
Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other Nondeductible Employee Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan on Nondeductible Employee Contributions. 

Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1⁄2
months (six months in the case of Excess Contributions under an EACA if all Employees who are eligible to participate are affected, as described in the Plan) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose and is deemed
to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the amount recharacterized and the consequences. Recharacterized
amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant’s tax year in which the Participant would have received them in cash. 
 

 

	5.16	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 

 If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may receive
a loan from the Fund, subject to the following rules and the Plan’s loan policy. 
  

	 	A.	Loans will be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. Notwithstanding the preceding, new loans will not be available to Participants who cease to be employed by the Employer, unless such
Participants are parties-in-interest as defined in ERISA section 3(14). In addition, existing loans will be considered due and payable at such time as a Participant ceases to be an Employee, and the loan will be considered in default and the
Participant’s Individual Account will be reduced by the outstanding amount of the loan unless otherwise specified in the loan policy statement or other loan documentation. 

 

	 	B.	Loans will not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees. 

 

	 	C.	Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest rate. 

  

	 	D.	No Participant loan will exceed the Present Value of the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account. 

  

					
		  	62	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	E.	A Participant must obtain the consent of their Spouse, if any, to the use of the Individual Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent will be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period
that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing (or any other form permitted by the IRS and DOL), must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a notary public or plan representative.
Such consent will thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent will be required if the Individual Account is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other
revision of the loan. Notwithstanding the preceding, no spousal consent is necessary if, at the time the loan is secured, no consent would be required for a distribution under Code section 417(a)(2)(B). In addition, spousal consent is not required
if the Plan or the Participant is not subject to Code section 401(a)(11) at the time the Individual Account is used as security, or if the total Individual Account subject to the security is less than or equal to $5,000. 

 

	 	F.	In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security will not occur until a distribution eligibility requirement is met under the Plan. 

 

	 	G.	For plan loans made before January 1, 2002, no loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing small
business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code section 318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than five-percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

  

	 	H.	Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Code section 414(u)(4) (USERRA). 

  

	 	I.	For years beginning after 2005, if the Participant’s Individual Account contains any combination of Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals, the specific rules governing the loan program may also
designate the extent to which Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals, or any combination thereof will 1) be used to calculate the maximum amount available for a loan, or 2) be available as a source from which loan proceeds may be
taken or which may be used as security for a loan. To the extent permitted by law and related regulations, the rules established by the Plan Sponsor may specify the ordering rules to be applied in the event of a defaulted loan. 

If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with Plan Section 5.16(E), then, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan,
the portion of the Participant’s Vested Individual Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant will be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Individual
Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100 percent of the Participant’s Vested Individual Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
payable to the surviving Spouse, then the Individual Account will be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Individual Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving
Spouse. 
 To avoid taxation to the Participant, unless otherwise permitted by law or regulatory guidance, no loan to any Participant or
Beneficiary can be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant, would exceed the lesser of 1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans
during the one year period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or 2) 50 percent of the Present Value of the nonforfeitable Individual Account of the
Participant. For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of employers described in Code sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) are aggregated. Furthermore, any loan will by its
terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit
which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made), will be used as the principal residence of the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant will suspend their loan repayments under this Plan as permitted under
Code section 414(u)(4). An assignment or pledge of any portion of the Participant’s interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this
paragraph. 
 The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program in accordance with specific rules that are documented either in
writing or in such other format as permitted by the IRS and the DOL. Such rules will include, at a minimum, the following: 1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant loan program, 2) the procedure for
applying for loans, 3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied, 4) limitations (if any) on the types and amounts of loans offered, 5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest, 6) the types of
collateral that may secure a Participant loan, and 7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event of such default. 

SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS 
 Unless modified
in Adoption Agreement Section Six, words and phrases used in the Plan with initial capital letters will, for the purpose of this Plan, have the meanings set forth in the portion of the Plan entitled “Definitions” unless the context
indicates that other meanings are intended. 
 SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS 

 

	7.01	THE FUND 

  

	 	A.	Establishment and Maintenance – By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund, which will consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) pursuant to Section
Eight. Assets within the Fund may be pooled on behalf of all Participants, earmarked on behalf of each Participant, or be a combination of pooled and earmarked assets. To the extent that assets are earmarked for a particular Participant, they will
be held in a Separate Fund for that Participant. 

  

					
		  	63	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value. 
  

	 	B.	Division of Fund Into Investment Funds – The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to divide and redivide the Fund into one or more Investment Funds. Such Investment Funds may
include, but are not limited to, Investment Funds representing the assets under the control of an investment manager pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(C) and Investment Funds representing investment options available for individual direction by
Participants pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(B). Upon each division or redivision, the Employer may specify the part of the Fund to be allocated to each such Investment Fund and the terms and conditions, if any, under which the assets in such
Investment Fund will be invested. 

  

	7.02	INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS 

  

	 	A.	Establishment and Maintenance – The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual Account in the name of each Participant to reflect the total value of their interest in the Fund
(including but not limited to Employer Contributions and earnings thereon). Each Individual Account established hereunder will consist of such subaccounts as may be needed for each Participant, including: 

 

	 	1.	a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a Participant; 

  

	 	2.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s rollover contributions; 

  

	 	3.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s transfer contributions; 

  

	 	4.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s Nondeductible Employee Contributions; 

  

	 	5.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals; 

  

	 	6.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals; and 

  

	 	7.	a subaccount to reflect a Participant’s Deemed IRA contributions. 

 The Plan Administrator
may establish additional accounts as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, an account for Forfeitures as required pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C) or (D). 

If this Plan is funded by individual contracts that provide a Participant’s Benefit under the Plan, such individual contracts will
constitute the Participant’s Individual Account. If this Plan is funded by group contracts under the group annuity or group insurance contract, premiums or other consideration received by the insurance company must be allocated to
Participants’ Individual Accounts under the Plan. 
  

	 	B.	Valuation of Individual Accounts 

  

	 	1.	Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant’s Individual Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the Participant, then the value of that portion of such Participant’s Individual Account at any
relevant time equals the sum of the fair market values of the assets in such Separate Fund, less any applicable charges or penalties. 

  

	 	2.	The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account is determined in the following manner: 

  

	 	a.	Separate Fund – First, the portion of the Individual Account invested in each Investment Fund as of the previous Valuation Date is determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal made from the
applicable Investment Fund to or for the benefit of a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, further reduced by any amounts forfeited by the Participant pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C) or (D), and further reduced by any transfer to
another Investment Fund since the previous Valuation Date, and is increased by any amount transferred from another Investment Fund since the previous Valuation Date. The resulting amounts are the net Individual Account portions invested in the
Investment Funds. 

  

	 	b.	No Separate Fund – Second, the net Individual Account portions invested in each Investment Fund are adjusted upwards or downwards, pro rata (i.e., using the ratio of each net Individual Account portion to
the sum of all net Individual Account portions) so that the sum of all the net Individual Account portions invested in an Investment Fund will equal the then fair market value of the Investment Fund. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the
first Plan Year only, the net Individual Account portions will be the sum of all contributions made to each Participant’s Individual Account during the first Plan Year. 

 

	 	c.	Allocations – Third, any contributions to the Plan and Forfeitures are allocated in accordance with the appropriate allocation provisions of Plan Section Three. For purposes of this Plan Section Seven,
contributions made by the Employer for any Plan Year but after that Plan Year will be considered to have been made on the last day of that Plan Year regardless of when paid to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). 

Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates will not be credited with investment gains or losses until the next following Valuation Date. 

 

	 	d.	Aggregation of Portions – Finally, the portions of the Individual Account invested in each Investment Fund (determined in accordance with (a), (b), and (c) above) are added together. 

 

	 	C.	Modification of Method for Valuing Individual Accounts – If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may establish different or additional procedures (which will be uniform and nondiscriminatory) for
determining the fair market value of the Individual Accounts including, but not limited to, valuation on a daily basis pursuant to the number of shares of each permissible investment held on behalf of a Participant. 

  

					
		  	64	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	7.03	POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 

  

	 	A.	The Plan Administrator will have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries in accordance with the specific terms of the Plan. 

  

	 	B.	The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate the duties of the Plan Administrator among several individuals or entities. Such appointments will not be effective until the party designated accepts such
appointment in writing. 

  

	 	C.	The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: 

 

	 	1.	to determine all questions of interpretation or policy in a manner consistent with the Plan’s documents. The Plan Administrator’s construction or determination in good faith will be conclusive and binding on
all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by law. Any interpretation or construction will be done in a nondiscriminatory manner and will be consistent with the intent that the Plan will continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms
of Code section 401(a), as amended from time to time, and will comply with the terms of ERISA, as amended from time to time; 

  

	 	2.	to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to become or remain Participants hereunder; 

  

	 	3.	to compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan; 

  

	 	4.	to compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a Participant or Beneficiary will be entitled under the Plan and to direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with respect to all disbursements under the Plan,
and, when requested by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with instructions, in writing, on matters pertaining to the Plan on which the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may rely and
act; 

  

	 	5.	to maintain all records necessary for the administration of the Plan; 

  

	 	6.	to prepare and file such disclosures and tax forms as may be required from time to time by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury; 

 

	 	7.	to furnish each Employee, Participant, or Beneficiary such notices, information, and reports under such circumstances as may be required by law; 

 

	 	8.	to periodically review the performance of each Fiduciary and all other relevant parties to ensure such individuals’ obligations under the Plan are performed in a manner that is acceptable under the Plan and
applicable law; and 

  

	 	9.	to furnish a statement to each Participant or Beneficiary no later than 270 days after the close of each Plan Year, indicating the Individual Account balances of such Participant as of the last Valuation Date in such
Plan Year. 

  

	 	D.	The Plan Administrator will have all of the powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: 

 

	 	1.	to appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Plan Administrator; 

  

	 	2.	to appoint and retain counsel, specialists, or other persons as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan; 

 

	 	3.	to resolve all questions of administration of the Plan; 

  

	 	4.	to establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules that it deems necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan; 

  

	 	5.	to make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner that it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical or accounting errors that may have been made for any Plan Year; 

 

	 	6.	to correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as will be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; and 

 

	 	7.	if the Plan permits a form of distribution other than a lump sum, and a Participant elects such form of distribution, the Plan Administrator may place that Participant’s Individual Account into a segregated
Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the necessary liquidity to provide benefit installments on a periodic basis. 

 

 

	7.04	EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION 

 All reasonable expenses of administration, including, but not
limited to, those involved in retaining necessary professional assistance, may be paid from the assets of the Fund. Alternatively, the Employer may, in its discretion, pay any or all such expenses. Pursuant to uniform and nondiscriminatory rules
that the Plan Administrator may establish from time to time, administrative expenses and expenses unique to a particular Participant or group of Participants may be charged to the Individual Account of such Participant or may be assessed against
terminated Participants even if not assessed against active Participants (subject to rules promulgated by the IRS and the DOL), or the Plan Administrator may allow Participants to pay such fees outside of the Plan. The Employer shall furnish the
Plan Administrator with such clerical and other assistance as the Plan Administrator may need in the performance of their duties. 

  

					
		  	65	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	7.05	INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER 

 To enable the Plan Administrator to perform their duties, the
Employer shall supply complete, accurate, and timely information to the Plan Administrator (or their designated agents) on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants; their regular employment; retirement, death, Disability,
Severance from Employment, or Termination of Employment; and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator (or their agents) may require. The Plan Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of such of the preceding
facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s (or Custodian’s) duties under the Plan. The Plan Administrator (or their agents) is entitled to rely on such information as is supplied by the Employer and will have no duty or responsibility to
verify such information. Such information, including authorizations and directions, may be exchanged among the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), or their agents through electronic, telephonic, or other
means (including, for example, through the internet) pursuant to applicable servicing arrangements in effect for the Plan. 
  

	7.06	PLAN AMENDMENTS 

  

	 	A.	Right of Prototype Document Sponsor to Amend the Plan or Terminate Sponsorship 

  

	 	1.	The Employer, by adopting the Plan, expressly delegates to the Prototype Document Sponsor the power, but not the duty, to amend the Plan without any further action or consent of the Employer as the Prototype Document
Sponsor deems either necessary for the purpose of adjusting the Plan to comply with all laws and regulations governing pension or profit sharing plans or desirable to the extent consistent with such laws and regulations. Specifically, it is
understood that the amendments may be made unilaterally by the Prototype Document Sponsor. However, it will be understood that the Prototype Document Sponsor will be under no obligation to amend the Plan documents, and the Employer expressly waives
any rights or claims against the Prototype Document Sponsor for not exercising this power to amend. For purposes of Prototype Document Sponsor amendments, the mass submitter will generally be recognized as the agent of the Prototype Document
Sponsor. If the Prototype Document Sponsor does not adopt IRS model amendments adopted by the mass submitter, the Plan will no longer be identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan and will be considered an individually designed
plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, the adoption of good faith IRS amendments must be accomplished pursuant to the rules for each such amendment as prescribed by the IRS. 

However, for purposes of reliance on an opinion letter, the Prototype Document Sponsor will no longer have the authority to amend the Plan on
behalf of the Employer as of the date the Employer amends the Plan to incorporate a type of plan that is not permitted under the prototype program, or as of the date the IRS notifies the Employer that the Plan is an individually designed plan due to
the nature and extent of the Employer’s amendments to the Plan. 
  

	 	2.	An amendment by the Prototype Document Sponsor will be accomplished by giving notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Adopting Employer of the
amendment to be made. The notice will set forth the text of such amendment and the date such amendment is to be effective. Such amendment will take effect unless within the 30-day period after such notice is provided, or within such shorter period
as the notice may specify, the Adopting Employer gives the Prototype Document Sponsor written notice of refusal to consent to the amendment. Such written notice of refusal will have the effect of withdrawing the Plan as a prototype plan and will
cause the Plan to be considered an individually designed plan. 

  

	 	3.	In addition to the amendment rights described above, the Prototype Document Sponsor will have the right to terminate its sponsorship of this Plan by providing notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted
under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) to the Adopting Employer of such termination. Such termination of sponsorship will have the effect of withdrawing the Plan as a prototype plan and will cause the Plan to be considered an individually
designed plan. The Prototype Document Sponsor will have the right to terminate its sponsorship of this Plan regardless of whether the Prototype Document Sponsor has terminated sponsorship with respect to other employers adopting its prototype Plan.

  

	 	B.	Right of Adopting Employer to Amend the Plan – The Adopting Employer may amend the Plan to 

  

	 	1.	change options previously selected in the Adoption Agreement; 

  

	 	2.	add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Code section 415 or Code section 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; 

 

	 	3.	amend administrative provisions of the trust or custodial document in the case of a nonstandardized plan and make more limited amendments in the case of a standardized plan, such as the name of the Plan, Employer,
Trustee or Custodian, Plan Administrator and other Fiduciaries, the trust year, and the name of pooled trust in which the Plan’s trust will participate; 

  

	 	4.	add certain sample and model amendments published by the IRS or other required good faith amendments, that specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed; and

  

	 	5.	add or change provisions permitted under the Plan or specify or change the Effective Date of a provision as permitted under the Plan. 

An Adopting Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code section
412(d), will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered to have an individually designed plan. 

  

					
		  	66	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 An Adopting Employer who wishes to amend the Plan shall document the amendment in writing,
executed by a duly authorized officer of the Adopting Employer. If the amendment is in the form of a restated Adoption Agreement, the amendment will become effective on the date provided in the Adoption Agreement. Any other amendment will become
effective as described therein upon execution by the Adopting Employer and, if appropriate, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). A copy of a restated Adoption Agreement or other amendment must be provided to the Prototype Document Sponsor and
the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) before the effective date of the amendment. 
 The Adopting Employer further reserves the right to
replace the Plan in its entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Adopting Employer designates as a replacement plan. 
  

	 	C.	Limitation on Power to Amend – No amendment to the Plan will be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
Participant’s Individual Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code section 412(d)(2) or to the extent permitted under Treasury Regulations sections 1.411(d)-3 and 1.411(d)-4. For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment
that has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Individual Account with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment will be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. For purposes of this paragraph, a Participant will not
accrue a right to an allocation of an Employer Profit Sharing Contribution or Employer Money Purchase Pension Contribution for the current Plan Year until the last day of such Plan Year and after the application of all amendments required or
permitted by the IRS. 

 No amendment to the Plan will be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The
preceding sentence will not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of their Individual Account under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum
distribution form. Where this Plan document is being adopted to amend another plan that contains a protected benefit not provided for in this document, the Employer must complete a “Protected Benefit and Prior Plan Document Provisions
Attachment,” describing such protected benefit which, will become part of the Plan. 
  

	 	D.	Amendment of Vesting Schedule – If the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it
becomes effective, the Vested percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee’s Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan as of that date without regard to such
amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an
automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least three Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) with the Employer may elect, within the time set forth below, to have the Vested percentage
computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. 

 The period during which the election may be made will commence
with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and will end the later of: 
  

	 	1.	60 days after the amendment is adopted; 

  

	 	2.	60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or 

  

	 	3.	60 days after the Participant is issued a notice (either in writing or in any other form permitted under rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL) of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator. 

With respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment, the Vested percentage of each Participant
will be the greater of the Vested percentage under the old vesting schedule or the Vested percentage under the new vesting schedule. 
  

	7.07	PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION 

 In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan, each Participant will be entitled to receive benefits immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated) that are equal to or greater
than the benefits they would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) has the authority to enter into merger agreements or
agreements to directly transfer the assets of this Plan, but only if such agreements are made with trustees or custodians of other retirement plans described in Code section 401(a) or such other plans permitted by laws or regulations. If it is later
determined that all or part of a non-elective transfer was ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings or losses attributable thereto (determined in the manner described
in Plan Section 7.02(B)), be returned to the transferor plan or correct the ineligible transfer using any other method permitted by the IRS under regulation or other guidance. 

  

	7.08	PERMANENCY 

 The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the necessary
contributions thereto indefinitely, but such continuance and payment is not assumed as a contractual obligation. Neither the Adoption Agreement nor the Plan nor any amendment or modification thereof nor the making of contributions hereunder will be
construed as giving any Participant or any other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), the Plan Administrator, or the Prototype Document Sponsor except as specifically provided herein,
or as provided by law. 

  

					
		  	67	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	7.09	METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION 

 The Plan may be terminated by the Adopting
Employer at any time by appropriate action of its managing body. Such termination will be effective on the date specified by the Adopting Employer. The Plan shall terminate, if required by either the IRS or the DOL, if the Adopting Employer is
dissolved or terminated. Written notice of the termination and effective date thereof will be given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), Plan Administrator, Prototype Document Sponsor, and the Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased
Participants. The required filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others) must be made by the Adopting Employer with the IRS and any other regulatory body as required by current laws and regulations. Until all of the assets have been distributed
from the Fund, the Adopting Employer must keep the Plan in compliance with current laws and regulations by making appropriate amendments to the Plan and by taking such other measures as may be required. If the Plan is abandoned by the Adopting
Employer, however, a qualified termination administrator (QTA) (or other entity permitted by the IRS or DOL) may terminate the Plan according to rules promulgated by the IRS and DOL. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, a reversion to the Employer of amounts contributed to the Plan that exceed the
limitations imposed under Code section 415(c) may occur upon termination of the Plan according to rules promulgated by the IRS.
  

	7.10	CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER 

 Notwithstanding the preceding Plan Section
7.09, a successor of the Adopting Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place of the present Adopting Employer. The successor and the present Adopting Employer (or, if deceased, the executor of the estate of a deceased
Self-Employed Individual who was the Adopting Employer) must execute a written instrument authorizing such substitution, and the successor shall amend the Plan in accordance with Plan Section 7.06. 

 

	7.11	FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION 

 If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the
Plan will no longer be considered to be part of a prototype plan, and such Employer can no longer participate under this prototype. In such event, the Plan will be considered an individually designed plan. 

 

	7.12	GOVERNING LAWS AND PROVISIONS 

 To the extent such laws are not preempted by federal law,
the terms and conditions of this Plan will be governed by the laws of the state in which the Prototype Document Sponsor is located, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Prototype Document Sponsor and the Employer. 

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Basic Plan Document and provisions of the Adoption Agreement, the summary plan
description, or any related documents, the Basic Plan Document will control. 
  

	7.13	STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS 

 The terms and conditions of this Plan will be applicable
without regard to the community property laws of any state. 
  

	7.14	HEADINGS 

 The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 
  

	7.15	GENDER AND NUMBER 

 Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender, they will
be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the singular form, they will be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all
cases where they would so apply. 
  

	7.16	STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT 

 The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee, and any other
Fiduciary under this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan solely in the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries, and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. No Fiduciary will cause the Plan to engage in any transaction known as a “non-exempt
prohibited transaction” under either the Code or ERISA. 
  

	7.17	GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES 

 All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming
any interest whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents and papers that may be necessary or desirable for the carrying out of this Plan and any of its provisions. 

 

	7.18	AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC. 

 This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns as those terms will apply to any and all parties hereto, present and future. 
  

	7.19	DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS 

  

	 	A.	In General – Except as provided in Plan Section 7.19(B), this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist: 

 

	 	1.	if the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans; 

 

	 	2.	if this Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent; or 

 

	 	3.	if this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent. 

  

					
		  	68	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	B.	Top-Heavy Ratio 

  

	 	1.	If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the five-year period ending on
the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key
Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a
reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or Disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002)) and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part
of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s), (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or
Disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002)) both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the corresponding regulations. Both the numerator and the denominator of the
top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but that is required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and the corresponding regulations. 

 

	 	2.	If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the five-year
period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the
aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with 1) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with 1) above, and the Present Value of accrued
benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the corresponding regulations. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both
the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a
distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or Disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002). 

 

	 	3.	For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period
ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code section 416 and the corresponding regulations for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant 1) who is not a Key
Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or 2) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-year period (five-year period ending on the Determination Date
in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than Severance from Employment, death, or Disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the Determination Date will be
disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416 and the corresponding regulations. Deductible employee
contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the
same calendar year. 

 The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee will be determined under 1) the method,
if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or 2) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C). 
  

	 	C.	SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Exception – Notwithstanding Plan Section 7.19(A) above, the Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy Plan under Code section 416 for any Year for which an Eligible Employer maintains this Plan
as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. 

  

	 	D.	Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Exception – Notwithstanding Plan Section 7.19(A) above, the Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy Plan under Code section 416 for any Year for which an Eligible Employer makes only those
contributions described in Code sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) for any Plan Year. If any other contributions are made for a Plan Year (e.g., Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, forfeitures), the top-heavy rules described in Code section
416(g)(4)(H) will apply for that Plan Year. However, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be applied to satisfy all or a portion of the top-heavy contribution, if any, that may be required.

  

	 	E.	QACA Plan Exception – Notwithstanding Plan Section 7.19(A) above, the Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy Plan under Code section 416 for any Year for which an Employer makes only those contributions
described in Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12). If any other contributions are made for a Plan Year (e.g., Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, forfeitures), the top-heavy rules described in Code section 416(g)(4)(H) will apply for that Plan
Year. 

  

					
		  	69	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	7.20	INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS 

 No benefit or interest available under the Plan will be
subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence will not apply to judgments and settlements described in Code section 401(a)(13)(C) and ERISA section 206(d)(4). Such sentence will, however, apply
to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, unless such order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in the
Definitions Section of the Plan. 
 Generally, a Domestic Relations Order cannot be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order until January 1,
1985. However, in the case of a Domestic Relations Order entered before January 1, 1985, the Plan Administrator: 
  

	 	1.	shall treat such order as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order if the Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on January 1, 1985; and 

 

	 	2.	may treat any other such order entered before January 1, 1985, as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order even if such order does not meet the requirements of Code section 414(p). 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a distribution to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order will
be permitted even if the Participant affected by such order is not otherwise entitled to a distribution, and even if such Participant has not attained the earliest retirement age as defined in Code section 414(p). 

 

	7.21	BONDING 

 Every Fiduciary and every person who handles funds or other property of the
Plan shall be bonded to the extent required by ERISA section 412 and the corresponding regulations for purposes of protecting the Plan against loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty on the part of the person, group, or class, alone or in
connivance with others, to be covered by such bond. The amount of the bond will be fixed at the beginning of each Plan Year and will not be less than ten-percent of the amount of funds handled. The amount of funds handled will be determined by the
funds handled the previous Plan Year or, if none, the amount of funds estimated, in accordance with rules provided by the Secretary of Labor, to be handled during the current Plan Year. Notwithstanding the preceding, no bond will be less than $1,000
nor more than $500,000, except that the Secretary of Labor will have the right to prescribe an amount in excess of $500,000. In the case of a Plan that holds employer securities (within the meaning of ERISA section 407(d)(1)), the maximum bond
amount is $1,000,000 or such other amount as the Secretary of Labor prescribes. 
  

	7.22	INVESTMENT AUTHORITY 

  

	 	A.	Plan Investments – Except as provided in Plan Section 7.22(B) (relating to individual direction of investments by Participants), the Adopting Employer, not the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), will
have exclusive management and control over the investment of the Fund into any permitted investment. The Adopting Employer will be responsible for establishing a funding policy statement on behalf of the Plan and shall provide a copy of such funding
policy statement to the Discretionary Trustee, if any. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Trustee is designated as a Discretionary Trustee in the Adoption Agreement, such Discretionary Trustee may enter into an agreement with the Adopting
Employer whereby the Discretionary Trustee will manage the investment of all or a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement will be in writing and will set forth such matters as the Discretionary Trustee deems necessary or desirable.

  

	 	B.	Direction of Investments by Participants – Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant will have the responsibility for directing the Trustee (or Custodian, if provided for under a
separate agreement between the Adopting Employer and the Custodian), regarding the investment of all or part of their Individual Account. If all of the requirements pertaining to Participant direction of investment in ERISA section 404(c)(1) are
satisfied, then to the extent so directed, the Adopting Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee, Custodian (if applicable), and all other Fiduciaries are relieved of Fiduciary liability under ERISA section 404. 

The Plan Administrator shall direct that a Separate Fund be established in the name of each Participant who directs the investment of part or
all of their Individual Account. Each Separate Fund will be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings, gains, losses, or expenses attributable to such Separate Fund. No Fiduciary will be liable for any loss that results from a
Participant’s individual direction. The assets subject to individual direction will not be invested in collectibles as that term is defined in Code section 408(m). 

The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules relating to individual direction as it deems necessary or
advisable including, but not limited to, rules describing 1) which portions of Participants’ Individual Accounts can be individually directed, 2) the frequency of investment changes, 3) the forms and procedures for making investment changes,
and 4) the effect of a Participant’s failure to make a valid direction. 
 The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner, limit the available investments for Participants’ individual direction to certain specified investment options (including, but not limited to, certain mutual funds, investment contracts, deposit accounts, and group
trusts). The Plan Administrator may permit, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order to individually direct investments in accordance with
this Plan Section 7.22(B). 
 Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, if the Adoption Agreement permits Participants to direct
investments and also names a Directed Trustee, such Participants will furnish investment instruction to the Plan Administrator under procedures adopted by the Adopting Employer and/or the Plan Administrator consistent with the Plan, and it will be
the responsibility of the Plan Administrator to provide direction to the Directed Trustee regarding the investment of such amounts. If a Participant who has the right to direct investments under the terms of the Plan fails to provide such direction
to the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall direct the investment of such Participant’s Individual Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records showing the interest of each Participant and/or Beneficiary in the Fund
unless the Directed Trustee enters into a written agreement with the Adopting Employer to keep separate accounts for each such Participant or Beneficiary. 

  

					
		  	70	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	C.	Investment Managers 

  

	 	1.	Definition of Investment Manager – The Adopting Employer may appoint one or more investment managers to make investment decisions with respect to all or a portion of the Fund. The investment manager will be
any firm or individual registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act, or an insurance company qualified under the laws of more than one state to perform services consisting of the
management, acquisition, or disposition of any assets of the Plan. 

  

	 	2.	Investment Manager’s Authority – A separate Investment Fund will be established representing the assets of the Fund invested at the direction of the investment manager. The investment manager so
appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with respect to the investment of such Investment Fund. The investments that may be acquired at the direction of the investment manager are those described in Plan Section 7.22(D).

  

	 	3.	Written Agreement – The appointment of any investment manager will be by written agreement between the Adopting Employer and the investment manager, and a copy of such agreement (and any modification or
termination thereof) must be given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). The agreement will set forth, among other matters, the effective date of the investment manager’s appointment and an acknowledgment by the investment manager that
it is a Fiduciary of the Plan under ERISA. 

  

	 	4.	Concerning the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) – Written notice of each appointment of an investment manager will be given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) at least 30 days in advance of
the effective date of such appointment. Such notice will specify which portion of the Fund will constitute the Investment Fund subject to the investment manager’s direction. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will comply with the
investment direction given to it by the investment manager and will not be liable for any loss which may result by reason of any action (or inaction) it takes at the direction of the investment manager. 

 

	 	D.	Permissible Investments – The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may invest the assets of the Plan in property of any character, real or personal, including, but not limited to, the following: stocks,
including Qualifying Employer Securities, and including shares of open-end investment companies (mutual funds); bonds; notes; debentures; proprietary mutual funds; deposit accounts; options; limited partnership interests; mortgages; real estate or
any interests therein (including Qualifying Employer Real Property); unit investment trusts; Treasury Bills, and other U.S. Government obligations; common trust funds, combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or commingled funds maintained
by a bank or similar financial organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder); savings accounts, certificates of deposit, demand or time deposits or money market accounts of a bank or similar financial organization (whether or not the Trustee
hereunder); unless excluded in the Adoption Agreement, annuity contracts that are “guaranteed benefit policies,” as defined in ERISA section 401(b)(2)(B); life insurance policies; or in such other investments as is deemed proper
without regard to investments authorized by statute or rule of law governing the investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Document Sponsor may, as a condition of making
the Plan available to the Adopting Employer, limit the types of property in which the assets of the Plan may be invested. The list of permissible investment options will be further limited in accordance with any applicable law, regulations, or other
restrictions applicable to the Trustee or Custodian, including, but not limited to, internal operational procedures adopted by such Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). The actions of a Discretionary Trustee named in the Adoption Agreement will
also be subject to the funding policy statement provided by the Adopting Employer. If any Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) invests all or any portion of the Fund pursuant to written instructions provided by the Adopting Employer (including an
investment manager appointed by the Adopting Employer pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(C)) or any Participant pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(B), the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be deemed to have invested pursuant to the Adopting
Employer’s funding policy statement. 

 To the extent the assets of the Plan are invested in a group trust, including a
collective trust fund or commingled funds maintained by a bank or similar financial organization, the declaration of trust of such composite trust will be deemed to be a part of the Plan, and any investment in such composite trust will be subject to
all of the provisions of such declaration of trust, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 If the responsibility
for directing investments for Elective Deferrals (and earnings) is executed by someone other than the Participants, the acquisition of Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property will be limited to ten-percent of the fair
market value of the assets of the Plan, to the extent required by ERISA section 407(b)(2). 
  

	 	E.	Matters Relating to Insurance 

  

	 	1.	If elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, a life insurance contract may be purchased on behalf of a Participant. No life insurance contract may be purchased unless the insured under the contract is the
Participant or, where this Plan is a profit sharing or 401(k) plan, the Participant’s Spouse or another individual in whom the Participant has an insurable interest. If a life insurance contract is to be purchased for a Participant, the
aggregate premium for certain life insurance for each Participant must be less than a certain percentage of the aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a Participant’s Individual Account at any particular time as follows.

  

	 	a.	Ordinary Life Insurance – For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such
contracts are purchased, less than 50 percent of the aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to any Participant’s Individual Account will be used to pay the premiums attributable to them. 

 

	 	b.	Term and Universal Life Insurance – No more than 25 percent of the aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to any Participant’s Individual Account will be used to pay the premiums on
term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and all other life insurance contracts that are not ordinary life. 

  

	 	c.	Combination – The sum of 50 percent of the ordinary life insurance premiums and all other life insurance premiums will not exceed 25 percent of the aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated
to any Participant’s Individual Account. 

  

					
		  	71	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the above incidental benefits limits do not apply to life
insurance contracts (1) purchased by an Employee who has been a Participant in the Plan for five or more years, (2) purchased with Employer Contributions and Forfeitures that have been in the Participant’s Individual Account for at least two
full Plan Years, measured from the date such contributions were allocated, or (3) purchased using rollover contributions. For purposes of this Plan Section 7.22(E)(1), transfer contributions will be considered Employer Contributions, and
therefore may be used to pay contract premiums. No part of the Deductible Employee Contribution account will be used to purchase life insurance. 
  

	 	2.	Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a Participant will be allocated to such Participant’s Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions for whose benefit the contract is held.

  

	 	3.	Subject to Plan Section 5.10, the contracts on a Participant’s life will be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant upon separation from service with the Employer. In addition, contracts
on the joint lives of a Participant and another person may not be maintained under this Plan if such Participant ceases to have an insurable interest in such other person. 

 

	 	4.	The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and will be the owner of any insurance contract(s) purchased under the terms of this Plan. The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable
to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). However, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be required to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution
provisions of this Plan. A Participant’s Spouse will be the designated beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a Qualified Election has been made in accordance with Plan Section 5.10. Under no circumstances will the Fund retain
any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions will control. 

 

	 	5.	The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to sell and distribute insurance or annuity contracts to a Participant (or other party as may be permitted) in accordance with applicable law
or regulations. 

  

	 	6.	Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer will indemnify and hold harmless the insurer, its officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs, executors,
successors, and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or incurred in connection with any action taken by such
parties in the performance of their duties with respect to this Plan, unless there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such duties. 

Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer will indemnify the insurer from any liability, claim, or expense
(including legal expense) that the insurer incurs by reason of, or which results in whole or in part from, the reliance of the insurer on the facts and other directions and elections the Employer communicates or fails to communicate. 

 

	 	F.	Diversification Requirements When Employer Securities are Held as Investments in the Plan – For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, Code section 401(a)(35) requires qualified retirement plans
that hold employer securities to allow Participants, Alternate Payees with Individual Accounts under the Plan, or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants to diversify their investments. This Code section and other relevant guidance govern the
diversification procedures, which include the following. 

  

	 	1.	Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals Invested in Employer Securities – In the case of the portion of an Individual Account attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals
(if applicable) that are invested in employer securities, the Participant, Alternate Payee, or Beneficiary, as applicable, may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investments that meet
the investment option requirements below. 

  

	 	2.	Employer Contributions Invested in Employer Securities – In the case of the portion of an Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferrals that are invested in employer
securities, a Participant who has completed at least three Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable), an Alternative Payee with respect to a Participant who has completed at least three Years of Vesting Service (Periods of
Service, if applicable), or a Beneficiary, as applicable, may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investments that meet the investment option requirements below. Notwithstanding the
preceding, if the Plan provides for immediate vesting, the three years of service requirement will be satisfied on the day immediately preceding the third anniversary of the Participant’s date of hire. 

  

	 	3.	Investment Options – The diversification requirements above are met if the Plan offers not less than three investment options, other than employer securities, to which a Participant, Alternate Payee, or
Beneficiary, as applicable may direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. The Plan may limit the time for divestment and reinvestment to
periodic, reasonable opportunities that occur no less frequently than quarterly. Except as provided in regulations, the Plan must not impose employer securities investment restrictions or conditions that are not imposed on the investment of other
Plan assets (other than restrictions or conditions imposed by securities laws or other relevant guidance) except that a Plan may allow for more frequent transfers to or from either a stable value fund or a qualified default investment alternative.

  

	 	4.	Exception for Certain Plans – The diversification requirement does not apply to a one-Participant retirement plan, an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) if 1) there are no contributions or earnings in the
ESOP that are held within such plan and that are subject to Code sections 401(k) or (m), and 2) such plan is a separate plan for purposes of Code section 414(l) with respect to any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan
maintained by the same employer or employers, or to a retirement plan where employer securities are held in an investment fund as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(2)(B)(3)(ii). 

 

	 	5.	Transition Rule for Securities Attributable to Employer Contributions – In the case of the portion of an Individual Account attributable to Employer Contributions other than Elective Deferrals that are
invested in employer securities, including, a Participant who has completed at least three Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable), an Alternate Payee with respect to a Participant who has completed at least three Years of
Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable), or a Beneficiary, as applicable, the employer securities acquired in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, will be subject to the following divestiture and reinvestment transition
schedule, which applies separately with respect to each class of securities. 

  

					
		  	72	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 For the Plan Year in which diversification requirement applies, the applicable percentage
subject to diversification is: 
  

							
	•	  	 First
	  	 	33	% 
	•	  	 Second
	  	 	66	% 
	•	  	 Third
	  	 	100	% 

 This three-year phase-in requirement does not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has
completed at least three Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) before the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Plan provides for immediate vesting, the three-years-of-service requirement will be satisfied on the day
immediately preceding the third anniversary of the Participant’s date of hire. 
  

	7.23	PROCEDURES AND OTHER MATTERS REGARDING DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS 

  

	 	A.	To the extent provided in any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the former Spouse of a Participant will be treated as a surviving Spouse of such Participant for purposes of any benefit payable in the form of either a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. 

  

	 	B.	The Plan will not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of the Code, which generally prohibits payment of benefits before the Participant’s Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment, as
applicable, with the Employer, solely by reason of payments to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

  

	 	C.	In the case of any Domestic Relations Order received by the Plan: 

  

	 	1.	the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and any other Alternate Payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedure for determining the qualified status of Domestic Relations Orders;
and 

  

	 	2.	within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Plan Administrator shall determine whether such order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of such
determination. 

 The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of Domestic
Relations Orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. 
  

	 	D.	During any period in which the issue of whether a Domestic Relations Order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is being determined by the Plan Administrator, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise, the
Plan Administrator shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the Alternate Payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order. If within 18 months the order or modification thereof is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled
thereto. If within 18 months either 1) it is determined that the order is not a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or 2) the issue as to whether such order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is not resolved, then the Plan Administrator
shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order that is made after
the close of the 18-month period will be applied prospectively only. 

  

	7.24	INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE DOCUMENT SPONSOR 

 Notwithstanding any other provision
herein, and except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Prototype Document Sponsor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs, executors, successors, and assigns, from and against any and
all liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges, or expenses (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or incurred in connection with any action taken by such parties in the performance of their duties with
respect to this Plan, unless there has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such duties. Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer will indemnify the Prototype Document
Sponsor from any liability, claim, or expense (including legal expense) that the Prototype Document Sponsor incurs by reason of, or which results in whole or in part from, the reliance of the Prototype Document Sponsor on the facts and other
directions and elections the Employer, Plan Administrator, or Investment Fiduciary communicates or fails to communicate. 
  

	7.25	MILITARY SERVICE 

 Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u), including, but not limited to the following. 

  

					
		  	73	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	A.	Benefit Accrual in the Case of Death or Disability Resulting from Active Military Service. 

  

	 	1.	Benefit Accrual – If elected in the Adoption Agreement, for benefit accrual purposes, an individual who dies or becomes disabled while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code section
414(u)) will be treated as if the individual resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), on the day preceding death or
Disability (as applicable) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or Disability. If the Employer elects to treat an individual as having resumed employment as described above, subject to items (2) and (3) below, any full or partial
compliance by the Plan with respect to the benefit accrual requirements will be treated for purposes of Code section 414(u)(1) as if such compliance were required under USERRA. 

 

	 	2.	Nondiscrimination Requirement – Part A, item (1) above will only apply if all individuals performing qualified military service with respect to the Employer (as determined under Code sections 414(b), (c),
(m), and (o)) who die or became disabled as a result of performing qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u)) before reemployment by the Employer are credited with service and benefits on reasonably equivalent terms.

  

	 	3.	Determination of Benefits – The amount of Nondeductible Employee Contributions and the amount of Elective Deferrals of an Employee treated as reemployed under Part A, item (1) for purposes of applying Code
section 414(u)(8)(C) will be determined on the basis of the individual’s average actual Nondeductible Employee Contributions or Elective Deferrals for the lesser of 

 

	 	a.	the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately before qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u)), or 

 

	 	b.	if service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer. 

  

	 	B.	Vesting in the Case of Disability Resulting from Active Military Service 

  

	 	1.	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) – If elected in the Adoption Agreement, for vesting purposes, an individual who becomes disabled while performing qualified military service (as
defined in Code section 414(u)) will be treated as if the individual resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day preceding Disability (as applicable) and terminated employment on the
actual date of Disability. If the Employer elects to treat an individual as having resumed employment as described above, subject to item (2) below, compliance by the Plan with respect to the vesting requirements will be treated for purposes of Code
section 414(u)(1) as if such compliance were required under USERRA. 

  

	 	2.	Nondiscrimination Requirements – Part B, item (1) above will apply to the extent permitted under other applicable rules, including the rules provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3),
which provides nondiscrimination rules for crediting imputed service. Under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3), the provisions crediting vesting service to any Highly Compensated Employee must apply on the same terms to all similarly
situated non-Highly Compensated Employees. 

  

	 	C.	Death Benefits – In the case of an individual Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u)), the Participant’s
survivors are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed employment with the Employer and then terminated employment on
account of death. 

  

	7.26	MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN 

 If allowed by the Adopting Employer, the Plan may also be
adopted by employers that are not Related Employers of the Adopting Employer. Such employers will adopt the Plan by completing a Participating Employer Election Attachment. If the Adopting Employer allows the Plan to have Unrelated Participating
Employers, the Plan will be considered a multiple employer plan and will be subject to the rules of Code section 413(c) and the corresponding regulations (which are herein incorporated by reference), specific annual reporting requirements, and
different procedures for obtaining determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the qualified status of the Plan. 
  

	 	A.	Service – For purposes of eligibility and vesting service under the Plan, the Adopting Employer and all Participating Employers will be considered a single employer. An Employee’s service includes all
service with the Adopting Employer and any Participating Employer(s) (and with any employer that is a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer or Participating Employer(s)). An Employee who discontinues service with the Adopting Employer or a
Participating Employer will no longer be considered to have a Severance from Employment or Termination of Employment upon resuming service with the Adopting Employer or a Participating Employer. 

 

	 	B.	Testing – For purposes of the limitations under the Plan relating to the requirements of Code sections 415, 402(g), and 414(v) the Adopting Employer and all Participating Employers will be considered a
single employer. The requirements of Code sections 410(b), 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3)(A)(ii), 401(m)(2)(A), 414(q), and 416 will be applied separately to the Adopting Employer and to each Participating Employer, except as required under Code sections
414(b), (c), (m) or (o). For purposes of determining a Participant’s Required Beginning Date, a Participant will be considered a five-percent owner in a year in which the Participant is both a five-percent owner and an Employee of the Adopting
Employer or a Participating Employer. 

  

	 	C.	Plan Document and Amendments – Except to the extent that the Participating Employer elects separate provisions on a Participating Employer Election Attachment with respect to its Employees, the Participating
Employer will be bound by the terms of the Plan and trust, including amendments thereto and any elections made by the Adopting Employer. If a Participating Employer so elects on a Participating Employer Election Attachment, Employer Contributions
will be determined by the Participating Employer and will be allocated only to Participants employed by the Participating Employer. If a Participating Employer so elects on a Participating Employer Election Attachment, Forfeitures related to the
Participating Employer will be allocated only to Participants employed by the Participating Employer. 

  

					
		  	74	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	D.	Duties of the Participating Employer and Indemnification – Each Participating Employer agrees to provide, in a timely manner, all information and contributions to the Plan Administrator that the Plan
Administrator in its sole discretion deems necessary to keep the Plan operating in compliance with all Code and regulatory requirements. 

Notwithstanding any provisions hereof, each Participating Employer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Plan Administrator, the
Adopting Employer, the Plan, all Participants and Beneficiaries, all Fiduciaries, and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents and other representatives harmless from any loss, costs, expenses, fees, liabilities, damages,
claims, suits, or actions and appeals thereof resulting from their reliance upon any certificate, notice, confirmation, or instruction purporting to have been delivered by a representative of a Participating Employer that has been duly identified to
the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer in a manner required or accepted by such Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer (“Designated Representative”). Each Participating Employer waives any and all claims of any nature it now has or
may have against the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer and its affiliates, and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives, which arise, directly or indirectly, from any action that it takes in
good faith in accordance with any certificate, notice, confirmation, or instruction from a Designated Representative of a Participating Employer. Each Participating Employer also hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Plan Administrator or
Adopting Employer, and any parent, subsidiary, related corporation, or affiliates of the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer, including their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives, harmless from
and against any and all loss, costs, damages, liability, expenses, or claims of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to legal expenses, court costs, legal fees, and costs of investigation, including appeals thereof, arising, directly or
indirectly, out of any loss or diminution of the Fund resulting from changes in the market value of the Fund assets; reliance, or action taken in reliance, on instructions from a Participating Employer or its Designated Representative; any exercise
or failure to exercise investment direction authority by a Participating Employer or by its Designated Representative; Plan Administrator’s or Adopting Employer’s refusal on advice of counsel to act in accordance with any investment
direction by a Participating Employer or its Designated Representative; any other act or failure to act by a Participating Employer or its Designated Representative; any prohibited transaction or plan disqualification of a qualified plan due to any
actions taken or not taken by the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer, in reliance on instructions from a Participating Employer or its Designated Representative; or any other act the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer, takes in good faith
hereunder that arises under the Plan or the administration of the Fund. 
 The Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer will not be liable to
a Participating Employer for any act, omission, or determination made in connection with the Plan except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer
will not be liable for any losses arising from its compliance with instructions from a Participating Employer or its Designated Representative; for executing, failing to execute, failing to timely execute, or for any mistake in the execution of any
instructions, unless such action or inaction is by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or Adopting Employer. 

The provisions of this Plan Section 7.26(D) will survive the termination or amendment of the Plan. 

 

	 	E.	Termination – A Participating Employer will have the right to cease participation in the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Adopting Employer. The termination of participation will become
effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice unless a different period is agreed upon by both the Adopting Employer and the Participating Employer. The Adopting Employer will have the power to terminate the participation in the Plan of
any Participating Employer at any time by giving written notice to such Participating Employer. The termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice unless a different period is agreed upon by both the Adopting
Employer and the Participating Employer. Upon termination of participation, Employees of the former Participating Employer will cease to accrue further benefits under the Plan pertaining to the former Participating Employer. Upon termination of
participation of a Participating Employer, the Participating Employer must promptly contribute to the Plan such amounts as necessary to cover accrued but unfunded contributions related to its Participants under the Plan. 

Upon termination of participation of a Participating Employer, the Adopting Employer has the right, but not the duty, to establish a new
qualified retirement plan for the benefit of the Participants of such former Participating Employer and to initiate a non-elective transfer to the spin-off plan. The Adopting Employer may, in its sole discretion, appoint either itself or the former
Participating Employer as the Adopting Employer and/or Plan Administrator of the spin-off plan. If a spin-off plan is not established, the former Participating Employer has the right, but not the duty, to initiate a non-elective transfer to another
qualified retirement plan that the former Participating Employer either maintains or participates in. The former Participating Employer will bear all reasonable costs associated with ceasing participation in the Plan. 

 SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN 

 

	8.01	FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION AS CUSTODIAN 

 This Plan Section 8.01 applies when the Adopting
Employer, by execution of the Adoption Agreement, appoints the entity named therein as Custodian for the Plan, and the entity accepts such appointment, all subject to the terms of the Basic Plan Document. The Adopting Employer represents and
warrants to the entity that it has all requisite right, power, and authority and has taken all required actions necessary under the Plan and applicable law to designate the financial organization as Custodian of the Plan pursuant to the terms of the
Basic Plan Document. The Employer, Plan Administrator, any Trustee, any other Investment Fiduciary, and the Custodian so appointed will be bound by all the terms of this Basic Plan Document and Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision
hereof regarding the responsibilities of or granting powers to the Custodian, the Custodian will serve as a nondiscretionary, directed Custodian of the Fund, will have no discretionary authority with respect to the management or administration of
the Plan or the Fund, and will act only as directed by the entity or individual who has such authority.

  

					
		  	75	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	A.	Responsibilities of the Custodian – The Custodian’s responsibilities may be further limited by the Plan Trustee(s) and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, may also be further limited
by the terms of a separate agreement between the Custodian and the Adopting Employer. Subject to the previous sentence, the responsibilities of the Custodian will be limited to the following. 

 

	 	1.	To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest, and distribute the Fund as authorized by the Adopting Employer or its designee without distinction between principal and interest; provided, however, that
nothing in this Plan will require the Custodian to maintain physical custody of stock certificates (or other indicia of ownership of any type of asset) representing assets within the Fund. 

 

	 	2.	To maintain accurate records of contributions, investments, earnings, receipts, disbursements, withdrawals, and other transactions with respect to the Fund, and all accounts, books, and records relating thereto will be
open at all reasonable times to inspection and audit by any person designated by the Employer; provided, however, that the Custodian is given reasonable advance notice of such inspection by the Employer. On direction of the Adopting Employer or Plan
Administrator, and if agreed to in writing by the Custodian, the Custodian may provide annual or interim accountings, valuations, or other reports concerning the assets of the custodial account subject to payment of all required additional fees for
such reports. The Custodian’s accounting will be at the Custodial Account level rather than the Participant level, and the Custodian will not be responsible for Participant-level record-keeping, reporting, or communication unless it agrees to
do so in a separate written agreement with the Adopting Employer or Plan Administrator. The Custodian will also furnish the Adopting Employer with such other information as the Custodian possesses and which is necessary for the Adopting Employer to
comply with the reporting requirements of ERISA, as applicable. An accounting will be deemed to have been approved by the Adopting Employer unless the Adopting Employer or Plan Administrator objects to the contents of an accounting within sixty (60)
days of its mailing or electronic transmission by the Custodian. Any objections must set forth the specific grounds on which they are based. Upon approval, the Custodian will be forever released from any and all liability with respect to the
Account. 

  

	 	3.	To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator. 

  

	 	4.	To furnish to the Plan Administrator an annual statement that reflects the value of the investments in the custody of the Custodian as of the end of the period and as of any other times as the Custodian and Plan
Administrator may agree to in writing, including an agreement regarding the application of additional fees for such additional report. 

  

	 	5.	To invest the Fund only in investment options selected by the Investment Fiduciary. Such selection will be made from among the types of property that the Prototype Document Sponsor makes available in Plan Section
7.22(D). Notwithstanding the first sentence of Section 7.22(D), the Prototype Document Sponsor and not the Custodian is responsible for choosing to make such investments available for investment and for determining the fair market value of each such
investment, and the Custodian has determined only that it is functionally and operationally willing and able to provide its services hereunder with respect thereto. The Investment Fiduciary will be responsible for ensuring compliance with all
conditions, limitations, and restrictions concerning investment in any investment option. The Custodian shall place monies or other property received by it in such permitted investments as the Custodian will be directed from time to time by
instructions of the Investment Fiduciary (or Participant, if applicable) provided to it. If Participant direction in Plan Section 7.22(B) has been selected, the investment instructions of the Participants will be aggregated and delivered to the
Custodian by the Plan Administrator or its agent. In the absence of Participant direction, the investment instructions of the appropriate Investment Fiduciary will be delivered to the Custodian by the Plan Administrator or its agent. The Custodian
may hold the assets attributable to the Fund in omnibus accounts with assets of other retirement plans for which the Custodian serves as custodian or trustee. Nothing herein will preclude the Investment Fiduciary from otherwise investing any Plan
assets as permitted by the Plan, but the Custodian will not be Custodian or Trustee thereof or have any duties or responsibilities with respect thereto. 

  

	 	6.	The Custodian is not obligated to place orders for the investment of the Fund if sufficient cash is not available in the Fund for use in placing such orders. The Custodian is authorized, but is not obligated, to advance
funds or to arrange for another financial organization (which may be an affiliate of the Custodian) to advance funds from time to time for the purchase of investment assets, for distributions from the Fund and for other purposes before receipt of
sufficient funds (whether contributions or proceeds of the liquidation of other investments). All such advances will be made subject to the requirements of ERISA and the rules, regulations, rulings, and interpretations thereunder, including but not
limited to the U.S. Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 80-26, as amended from time to time. If sufficient funds to repay any such advance are not received by the following business day, the Custodian may, in its
discretion, then or at any time thereafter before such repayment, sell, redeem, or otherwise liquidate any assets of the Fund in order to repay such advance. Any gain realized upon such liquidation, after payment of any related costs and expenses,
will belong to the Plan. The Employer shall reimburse the Custodian on demand for any portion of any such advance and the related costs and expenses not repaid from the proceeds of the liquidation. 

 

	 	7.	The Custodian shall keep such portion of the Fund in cash or cash balances as may be directed from time to time by the applicable Investment Fiduciary. The Custodian will not be liable for any interest on any cash
balances so maintained nor for interest on any cash or cash balances maintained in the Fund pending investment in accordance with appropriate directions. Monies being transferred to and disbursed by the Custodian may be held in non-interest bearing
transaction accounts in financial organizations selected by the Custodian (which may be affiliates of the Custodian) for purposes of collections and processing transfers and disbursements. The Custodian may transfer monies from the Fund to such
accounts before issuance of wire transfer orders or checks, drafts, or other instruments payable from such accounts. The Custodian will not exercise its powers in Plan Section 8.01(B)(1) except pursuant to the instructions of the Investment
Fiduciary transmitted to the Custodian. 

  

					
		  	76	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	8.	Should the Investment Fiduciary instruct the Custodian to use the services of any broker, dealer, employee, or representative of either, or any other person (“Broker”) to render services to the Fund, or should
the Custodian require the services of such persons in order to fulfill its obligations pursuant to the Plan, the applicable Investment Fiduciary will be solely responsible for the selection or designation of such Broker and will be solely
responsible for the acts of such Broker. The Custodian shall fully comply with the written instructions, if of a continuing nature, until revoked. 

  

	 	9.	In connection with payments and disbursements made from the Fund for any purpose, the Custodian shall be responsible for issuing checks or drafts to such parties and for such amounts as the Plan Administrator will
instruct. The Custodian will be fully protected in making such payments pursuant to such instructions from time to time and will be charged with no responsibility whatsoever respecting the purposes or propriety of such payments or the application of
such monies. 

  

	 	10.	The Custodian shall provide any materials received by it relating to voting securities to the applicable Investment Fiduciary, which will be responsible for voting securities or arranging for such securities to be voted
in accordance with the Plan and applicable law. It is understood that the Custodian will exercise the powers described in Plan Section 8.01(B) only pursuant to instructions of the Investment Fiduciary transmitted to the Custodian.

  

	 	11.	The Custodian shall determine or have determined the value of the Fund as of each Valuation Date. The Custodian shall rely exclusively upon, and will not be responsible for, share and unit values established by third
parties, or unit values established by the Custodian in its capacity as a mutual fund recordkeeper, transfer agent, or Custodian to the extent that the Custodian establishes such unit values in reliance on third-party information, including, but not
limited to: 

  

	 	a.	in connection with mutual funds, the net asset value reported to the Custodian by such mutual funds or the transfer or other agents of such mutual funds or any generally recognized pricing service; 

 

	 	b.	in connection with bank collective funds, the unit value as reported by the trustee of such funds or its agent; 

  

	 	c.	in connection with policies and contracts with insurance companies or other financial institutions, the book value or other value ascribed to such policies or contracts by the insurance company or its agent or other
financial organization or its agent; and 

  

	 	d.	in connection with publicly traded securities, the market price of such securities as reported to the public in a generally available form. 

The Custodian will have no liability from the failure or delay of any pricing source to provide a valuation as of any Valuation Date. If
values for any investment of the Fund are not generally available, the Custodian shall rely upon instructions provided to it by the applicable Investment Fiduciary as to valuation procedures. With respect to the portion of the Fund that is invested
by an investment manager or other named fiduciary, the Custodian may conclusively rely upon the value of any securities or other property in that portion of the custodial account as reported to the Custodian by the investment manager or other named
fiduciary, for all purposes hereunder. 
  

	 	12.	All records maintained by the Custodian with respect to the Fund will be held for such period as may be required under applicable law. Upon the expiration of any such required retention period, the Custodian will have
the right to destroy such records. The Custodian will have the right to preserve all records and accounts in original form, electronically, or on microfilm, magnetic tape, or any other similar process pursuant to applicable federal law and
subsequent rules promulgated by the IRS or DOL. 

  

	 	13.	Except as provided below, the Custodian will conclusively presume that the Employer, Trustee, Plan Administrator, or other responsible party has made all filings required by law as of the date required. Should the
Custodian incur any liability by reason of any party’s failure to timely file, the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Custodian, any parent, subsidiary, related corporation, or affiliate of the Custodian, including their respective
directors, managers, officers, employees, and agents harmless for any and all liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), and other obligations, including penalties and interest, incurred by the Custodian.

 Notwithstanding the provisions of Plan Section 5.11, in connection with the disbursement of assets from the Fund to a
Participant, the Custodian shall withhold and remit to the IRS and other applicable taxing authorities the amount of any income tax withholding required by law pursuant to instructions provided by the Plan Administrator. 

 

	 	14.	Except for the disbursement of loan proceeds and reinvestment of loan payments pursuant to instructions received hereunder, under no circumstances will the Custodian have or be allocated any responsibility for the
administration of any Participant loan program in Plan Section 5.16. 

  

	 	B.	Powers of the Custodian – Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, and subject to receipt of instructions from the Adopting Employer, Plan Administrator, or Investment Fiduciary, as appropriate, the
Custodian will have the power, but, in the absence of proper direction as provided in Plan Section 8.01(A) above, not the duty to take any action with respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or advisable to discharge its responsibilities under
this Plan including, but not limited to, the following powers. 

  

	 	1.	To invest all or a portion of the Fund (including idle cash balances) in time deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts, or similar investments bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Custodian’s own
savings department or the savings department of another financial organization; 

  

					
		  	77	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	2.	To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges or subscription rights and to
make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to pay any assessment or charges in connection therewith; and generally to
exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property; 

  

	 	3.	To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own name, in the name of its nominee (as allowed under Department of Labor Regulation section 2550.403a-1(b)), or in bearer form; and 

 

	 	4.	To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted.

  

	8.02	TRUSTEE 

 This Plan Section 8.02 applies when either a financial organization has and/or
one or more individuals have, indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as Trustee with respect to all or a portion of the assets of the Fund. The responsibilities and powers of the Trustee may not be expanded except with its prior
written consent and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, may be further limited by the terms of a separate agreement between the Trustee and the Adopting Employer. Notwithstanding any provision hereof regarding the responsibilities
of or granting powers to the Trustee, a Directed Trustee will have no discretionary authority with respect to the management or administration of the Plan or the Fund, and is subject to the proper and lawful directions of the Plan Administrator, who
has authority with respect to receipt of the Plan’s assets. 
  

	 	A.	Responsibilities of the Trustee – The responsibilities of the Trustee will be limited to the following duties. 

  

	 	1.	To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest, and reinvest the portion of the Fund for which it serves as Trustee, as authorized by the Employer or its designee, without distinction between principal and interest;
provided, however, that nothing in this Plan will require the Trustee to maintain physical custody of stock certificates (or other indicia of ownership) representing assets within the Fund; 

 

	 	2.	To maintain accurate records of contributions, investments, earnings, receipts, disbursements, withdrawals, and other transactions under the trust; 

 

	 	3.	To make disbursements from the portion of the Fund for which it serves as Trustee to Participants or Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator; and 

 

	 	4.	To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement that reflects the value of the investments in the custody of the Trustee as of the end of each Plan Year and as of any other times as the Trustee and Plan Administrator
may agree in writing. 

  

	 	B.	Powers of the Trustee – Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Trustee will have the power, but, in the absence of proper direction, as provided in Plan Section 8.02(A) above, not the duty to take
any action with respect to the portion of the Fund for which it serves as Trustee that it deems necessary or advisable to discharge its responsibilities under this Plan including, but not limited to, the following powers. 

 

	 	1.	To purchase or subscribe for securities or other property and to retain them in trust; to sell any such property at any time held by it for cash or other consideration at such time or times and on such terms and
conditions as may be deemed appropriate; to exchange such property and to grant options for the purchase or exchange thereof, and to convey, partition, or otherwise dispose of, with or without covenants, including covenants of warranty of title, any
securities or other property free of all trusts; to charge the trust for the cost of all securities purchased or received against a payment and to credit the trust with the proceeds received from the securities sold or delivered against payment. For
any trades not settled immediately upon placement, the Trustee will have the right to sell securities from the trust in a reasonably prudent fashion sufficient to recover any funds advanced; 

 

	 	2.	To oppose, or consent to and participate in, any plan of reorganization, consolidation, merger, combination, or other similar plan; to oppose or to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, sale, or other
action by any corporation pursuant to such plan, and to accept and retain any securities or other property issued under any such plan; to deposit any such property with any protective, reorganization or other similar Plan Administrator; to delegate
discretionary power thereto and to pay and agree to pay part of its expenses and compensation and any assessments levied with respect to any such securities or other property so deposited; 

 

	 	3.	To assign, renew, extend, or discharge, or to participate in the assignment, renewal, extension, or discharge of any debt, mortgage, or other lien, upon such terms, including a partial release, as may be deemed
advisable by the Trustee, and to agree to a reduction in the rate of interest thereon or to any other modification or change in the terms thereof or of any guarantee pertaining thereto, in any manner and to any extent that may be deemed in the best
interest of the Fund; to waive any default, whether in the performance of any covenant or condition of any note, bond, or mortgage or in the performance of any guarantee, or to enforce any such default in such manner and to such extent as may be
deemed advisable; to exercise and enforce any and all rights of foreclosure and to exercise and enforce, in any action, suit, or proceeding at law or in equity, any rights or remedies in respect of any debt, mortgage, lien, or guarantee;

  

	 	4.	To exercise all conversion and subscription rights pertaining to any securities or other property; 

  

	 	5.	To collect and receive any and all moneys, securities, or other property of whatsoever kind or nature due or owing or belonging to the Fund and to give full discharge and acquittance therefore; 

  

					
		  	78	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	6.	To exercise, personally or by general or limited power of attorney, any right, including the right to vote or grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise, appurtenant to any assets held by the trust, and the right to
participate in voting trusts with other stockholders. The Plan Administrator will have responsibility for instructing the Trustee as to voting such shares and the tendering of such shares, by proxy or in person, except to the extent such
responsibility is delegated to another person, under the terms of the Plan or under an agreement between the Adopting Employer and an investment manager, in which case such persons will have such responsibility. In no event will the Trustee be
responsible for the voting or tendering of shares of securities held in the trust or for ascertaining or monitoring whether or how proxies are voted or whether the proper number of proxies is received; 

 

	 	7.	To register any securities or other property held by it hereunder in the name of the Trustee or in the names of nominees (as allowed under Department of Labor Regulation section 2550.403a-1(b)), with or without the
addition of words indicating that such securities or other property are held in a fiduciary capacity, to take and hold the same unregistered or in form permitting transferability by delivery, to deposit or arrange for the deposit of securities in a
qualified central depository even though, when so deposited, such securities or other property may be held in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therein by other persons, or to deposit or to arrange for the
deposit of any securities or other property issued by the United States government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank, provided that the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times disclose that all such
securities or other property are part of the Fund; 

  

	 	8.	To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (aside from controversies involving Plan qualification), any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Fund; to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings
whenever, in its judgment, any interest of the Fund so requires, and to represent the Fund in all suits or legal proceedings in any court of law or equity or before any other body or tribunal and to charge against the Fund all reasonable expenses
and attorney’s fees in connection therewith; 

  

	 	9.	To borrow money from others, excluding the Trustee in its corporate capacity or any party-in-interest, for the purposes of the Fund, and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem proper, and for the sum so
borrowed or advanced, the Trustee may issue its promissory note as Trustee and secure the repayment thereof by creating a lien upon any assets of the Fund; 

  

	 	10.	To invest all or part of the Fund in interest bearing deposits with a bank or similar financial institution related to the Trustee if such bank or other institution is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan, as defined in
ERISA, including but not limited to investments in time deposits, savings deposits, certificates of deposit, or time accounts that bear a reasonable interest rate; 

 

	 	11.	To invest and reinvest all or a part of the Fund in any available investments and to dispose of all or any part of the securities or other property that may from time to time or at any time constitute the Fund;

  

	 	12.	To invest and reinvest all or a portion of the Fund pursuant to an agreement between the Adopting Employer and the Trustee establishing a special designated “pooled investment fund” primarily for the purpose
of valuing certain trust assets held by the Trustee in a fiduciary capacity; 

  

	 	13.	To register Fund property in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of a nominee (as allowed under Department of Labor Regulation section 2550.403a-1(b)), or in bearer form, provided the Trustee’s records and
accounts show that such property is an asset of the Fund; 

  

	 	14.	To exercise or dispose of any right it may have as the holder of any security, to convert the same into another security, to acquire any additional security or securities, to make any payments, to exchange any security,
or to do any other act with reference thereto; 

  

	 	15.	To exchange any property for other property upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem proper, and to give or receive money to effect equality in price; 

 

	 	16.	To deposit any security with any protective or reorganization committee, to delegate to that committee such power and authority as the Trustee may deem proper, and to agree to pay out of the Fund that portion of the
expenses and compensation of that committee as the Trustee may deem proper; 

  

	 	17.	To invest in Qualifying Employer Securities if the Adopting Employer designates Qualifying Employer Securities as a permissible investment option under the Adoption Agreement; 

 

	 	18.	To appoint agents as necessary or desirable, including legal counsel who may be counsel for the Employer; 

  

	 	19.	To hold that portion of the Fund as the Trustee may deem necessary for ordinary administration, the transfer of assets to another trust or fiduciary, pending investment instructions, and for the disbursement of funds in
cash, without liability for interest, by depositing the same in any bank (including deposits that bear no interest or a reasonable rate of interest in a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or a State, even where a
bank or financial institution is the Trustee, or otherwise is a Fiduciary of the Plan, subject to the rules and regulations governing such deposits, and without regard to the amount of any such deposit); 

 

	 	20.	To retain insurance contracts that are guaranteed investment contracts; 

  

	 	21.	To invest cash balances held by the Trustee, from time to time, in short-term cash equivalents having ready marketability, including but not limited to interest bearing accounts, money market mutual funds, U.S. Treasury
bills, commercial paper (including such forms thereof, other than the Trustee’s own paper, as may be available through the Trustee’s own trust department), certificates of deposit, and similar types of securities; and 

 

	 	22.	Generally to do all such acts, execute all such instruments, initiate such proceedings, and exercise all such rights and privileges with relation to property constituting the Fund as if the Trustee were the absolute
owner thereof, and, to the extent not inconsistent with the express provisions hereof, the enumeration of any power herein will not be by way of limitation, but will be cumulative and construed as full and complete power in favor of the Trustee. In
addition to the authority specifically herein granted, the Trustee will have such power to do all acts as may be deemed necessary for full and complete management of the Fund and appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Fund, and will further
have all powers and authorities conferred on trustees by the laws of the Trustee’s domiciliary state. 

  

					
		  	79	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	8.03	COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES 

 The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will receive such
reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and the Adopting Employer. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all proper expenses incurred in
carrying out their duties under this Plan, including reasonable legal, accounting, and actuarial expenses. Such compensation will include any earnings on funds retained pursuant to Plan Sections 8.01(A)(7) and 8.02(B)(19) hereof in non-interest
bearing accounts and any such earnings will not become a part of the Fund. The Adopting Employer expressly acknowledges that the ability of the Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, and any affiliated financial organization of the preceding, to
earn income on amounts held in such non-interest bearing accounts has been taken into consideration in establishing the Trustee’s or Custodian’s fees hereunder. If not paid by the Employer, all such compensation and expenses may be charged
against the Fund. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant will not be entitled to compensation even if they serve in the capacity as a Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). 

The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be reimbursed by the Employer or from the Fund for all taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be
levied or assessed under existing or future laws of any jurisdiction upon or in respect of the Fund. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall promptly notify the Employer with regard to any levies or tax assessments that it receives on any
income or property maintained in the Fund and, unless notified to the contrary by the Employer within ninety (90) days, shall pay any such levies or assessments. If the Employer notifies the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) within said period
that it is its opinion or the opinion of counsel that such levies or assessments are invalid or that they should be contested, then the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall take whatever action concerning payment of the levy or assessment as
is indicated in the notice received by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable); provided, however, that the Employer, and not the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), will be responsible for contesting any such levies or assessments or
litigating any such claims. 
  

	8.04	NO OBLIGATION TO QUESTION DATA 

 The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) and Plan Administrator the information which each party deems necessary for the administration of the Plan including, but not limited to, changes in a Participant’s status, eligibility, mailing addresses and other such data as may
be required. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and Plan Administrator will be entitled to act on such information as is supplied to them and will have no duty or responsibility to further verify or question such information. 

 

	8.05	RESIGNATION 

 Any person serving as Trustee or Custodian may resign at any time by giving
thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Adopting Employer. The resignation will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon. If the Adopting Employer fails to appoint a successor
Trustee or Custodian following notice of resignation, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will have the power to appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). 

The Adopting Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) at any time by giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian,
if applicable) and such removal will be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon. The Adopting Employer will have the power to appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). 

In the event the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) is removed, resigns, dies, or becomes incapacitated and the Adopting Employer or Trustee
(or Custodian, if applicable) will not or cannot appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) within a reasonable period of time thereafter, a majority of Participants in the Plan will have the authority to appoint a successor Trustee
(or Custodian, if applicable) but will not be obligated to do so if engaging a majority of Participants would result in unreasonable time, expense, or administrative burden. 

Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable), they shall transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held by such Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as expeditiously as possible to the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) after paying or reserving such reasonable
amount as they will deem necessary to provide for the expense in the settlement of the accounts and the amount of any compensation due them and any sums chargeable against the Fund for which they may be liable. If the Funds as reserved are not
sufficient for such purpose, then they will be entitled to reimbursement from the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) out of the assets in the successor Trustee’s (or Custodian’s, if applicable) hands under this Plan. If the
amount reserved will be in excess of the amount actually needed, the former Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will return such excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). 

Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will thereupon succeed to all of the powers and
responsibilities given to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) by this Plan. 
 Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
Custodian, if applicable) and it is merged with or bought by another organization (or comes under the control of any federal or state agency), that organization shall serve as the successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of this Plan, but
only if it is the type of organization that can so serve under applicable law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or any subsequent assignees may, by prior written notice to the Employer, and
without the need for the Employer’s consent or prior approval, assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Plan to any affiliate (which term includes, without limitation, any parent, subsidiary, or sister entity) of the
Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) or the assignee. 

  

					
		  	80	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or custodian pursuant to Treasury
Regulation section 1.408-2(e), the Adopting Employer will appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) upon notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) has failed to comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.408-2(e) or is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering such statements as are required by forms or regulations. 

 

	8.06	DEGREE OF CARE – LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY 

 The Trustee (or Custodian, if
applicable) will be under no duty to take any action other than its express responsibilities under this Plan unless the responsible party under the terms of the Plan will furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with written instructions;
provided that in no event may the Trustee’s (or Custodian’s, if applicable) responsibilities be expanded except with its prior written consent. Any instructions hereunder may be delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
directly by the responsible party or by other mutually agreed upon parties. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon any instructions received hereunder or any
other notice, request, consent, certificate, or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed. A Directed Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will have no duty to inquire into the purpose or
propriety of any order, instruction, or other communication received hereunder and may conclusively presume that any such order, instruction, or other communication is accurate and complete. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be
responsible for determining that all instructions provided to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) are being given by the appropriate party and are in proper form under the provisions of the Plan and applicable law. The Trustee (or Custodian,
if applicable) may conclusively presume that any instructions received have been duly authorized by the Employer, Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator, Trustee, or Participant, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and applicable law.

 The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be responsible for the validity or effect or the qualification under the Code or the
Plan. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be required to take any action upon receipt of any notice from the IRS or other taxing authority (unless such notice relates to the performance of the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
responsibilities in Plan Sections 8.01(A) or 8.02(A)) except to promptly forward a copy thereof to the Employer. Further, it is specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will have no duty or responsibility with respect
to the determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become a Participant or remain a Participant hereunder, the amount of benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary will be entitled to receive hereunder, whether a
distribution to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate under the terms of the Plan, the size and type of any policy to be purchased from any insurer for any Participant hereunder, or any other similar matters, it being understood that all such
responsibilities under the Plan are vested in the Plan Administrator. 
  

	8.07	INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN 

 Notwithstanding any provision hereof, the
Adopting Employer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), and its affiliates, and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives harmless from any losses,
costs, expenses, fees, liabilities, damages, claims, suits, or actions and appeals thereof resulting from their reliance upon any certificate, notice, confirmation, or instruction purporting to have been delivered by a representative of the Adopting
Employer or the Plan that has been duly identified to the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable) in a manner required or accepted by such Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable) (“Designated Representative”). The Adopting Employer waives any
and all claims of any nature it now has or may have against the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable) and its affiliates, and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives, which arise, directly or
indirectly, from any action that it takes in good faith in accordance with any certificate, notice, confirmation, or instruction from a Designated Representative of the Adopting Employer. The Adopting Employer also hereby agrees to indemnify,
defend, and hold the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), and any parent, subsidiary, related corporation, or affiliates of the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), including their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and
other representatives, harmless from and against any and all loss, costs, damages, liability, expenses, or claims of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to legal expenses, court costs, legal fees, and costs of investigation, including
appeals thereof, arising, directly or indirectly, out of any loss or diminution of the Fund resulting from changes in the market value of the Fund assets; reliance, or action taken in reliance, on instructions from the Adopting Employer or its
Designated Representative; any exercise or failure to exercise investment direction authority by the Adopting Employer or by its Designated Representative; the Trustee’s or Custodian’s refusal on advice of counsel to act in accordance with
any investment direction by the Adopting Employer or its Designated Representative; any other act or failure to act by the Adopting Employer or its Designated Representative; any prohibited transaction or plan disqualification of a Qualified Plan
due to any actions taken or not taken by the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), in reliance on instructions from the Adopting Employer or its Designated Representative; or any other act the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), takes in good
faith hereunder that arises under the Plan or the administration of the Fund. 
 

The Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable), will not be liable to the Adopting Employer for any act, omission, or determination made in
connection with this Agreement except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the preceding, the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable) will not be liable for any losses arising from its compliance with
instructions from the Adopting Employer or its Designated Representative; for executing, failing to execute, failing to timely execute, or for any mistake in the execution of any instructions, unless such action or inaction is by reason of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee (or Custodian, as applicable).
 The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be
accountable only for monies or property actually received by it. If any portion of the Fund is held by another custodian or trustee, the term “Fund” herein will mean only that portion of the Fund from time to time held by the applicable
Trustee or Custodian. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be deemed accountable, responsible, or liable for the acts or omissions of any other custodian or trustee of the Plan. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will have no
duty or responsibility for the determination of the accuracy or sufficiency of the contributions to be made under the Plan, the collection thereof, the transmittal of the same to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), or compliance with any
statute, regulation, or rule applicable to such contributions. A Directed Trustee (or a Custodian, if applicable) will have no discretion as to investment of the Fund or administration of the Plan and will not be deemed a “fiduciary” as
that term is used in ERISA. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) is signing the Adoption Agreement solely to signify its acceptance of appointment as Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and the Employer will have sole responsibility for the
accuracy, completeness, legal sufficiency, and due execution thereof, including consulting with legal counsel and tax advisors as the Employer deems appropriate in connection therewith. 

  

					
		  	81	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 The provisions of this Plan Section 8.07 will survive the termination or amendment of the
Plan.
  

	8.08	MISCELLANEOUS 

  

	 	A.	Governing Law – To the extent not preempted by ERISA, Plan Sections 8.01 and 8.02 will be construed and enforced, to the extent possible, according to the laws of the State in which the Custodian or
Trustee maintains its principle place of business and all provisions hereof will be administered according to the laws of said State and any federal laws, regulations, or rules that may from time to time be applicable. 

 

	 	B.	Necessary Parties – To the extent permitted by law, only the Employer and the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be necessary parties in any application to the courts for an interpretation of Plan
Sections 8.01 or 8.02 or for an accounting by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable), and no other Plan Fiduciary, Participant, Beneficiary, or other person having an interest in the Fund will be entitled to any notice or service of process. Any
final judgment entered in such an action or proceeding will, to the extent permitted by law, be conclusive upon all persons claiming in Plan Sections 8.01 or 8.02. 

 

	 	C.	Force Majeure – The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will not be responsible or liable for the failure or delay in performance of its obligations arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by
circumstances beyond its reasonable control, or that could not be avoided by the exercise of due care, such as an act of God or any mechanical, electronic, or communications failure. 

 

	 	D.	Agents – In performing its obligations under this Plan, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) will be entitled to employ suitable agents, counsel, sub-custodians, and other service providers.

  

	8.09	LIMITED TRUSTEE 

 This section applies where either a financial organization and/or one
or more individuals has/have indicated in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as Limited Trustee with respect to the Fund or where one or more individuals has/have indicated in the Adoption Agreement that they will serve as individual
trustee(s) and a separate Limited Trustee(s) has not been indicated on the Adoption Agreement. At no time will a financial organization that is serving as a Trustee be considered a Limited Trustee without their express authorization shown by its
signature on either the Adoption Agreement or a separate form approved by the financial organization. The responsibilities and powers of the Limited Trustee may not be expanded except with its prior written consent and, notwithstanding any provision
hereof to the contrary, may be further limited by the terms of a separate agreement between the Limited Trustee and the Adopting Employer.
  

	 	A.	Responsibilities of the Limited Trustee – Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the responsibilities of the Limited Trustee will be limited to ensuring the timely collection and deposit of
Employer Contributions. 

  

	 	B.	Compensation and Expenses – The Limited Trustee will receive such reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Limited Trustee and the Adopting Employer. The Limited Trustee will be entitled to
reimbursement by the Employer for all proper expenses incurred in carrying out their duties under this Plan, including reasonable legal, accounting, and actuarial expenses. If not paid by the Employer, all such compensation and expenses may be
charged against the Fund. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant will not be entitled to compensation even if they serve in the capacity as a Limited Trustee. 

 

	 	C.	No Obligation to Question Data – The Plan Administrator and/or Employer shall furnish to the Limited Trustee the information that the Limited Trustee deems necessary for complying with its responsibilities
under the Plan. The Limited Trustee will be entitled to act on such information as is supplied and will have no duty or responsibility to further verify or question such information. 

 

	 	D.	Resignation – Any person serving as Limited Trustee may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Adopting Employer. The resignation will become effective thirty (30) days
after receipt of such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon. The Adopting Employer may remove any Limited Trustee at any time by giving written notice to such Limited Trustee and such removal will be effective thirty (30) days after receipt
of such notice unless a shorter period is agreed upon. The Adopting Employer will have the power and the duty to appoint a successor Limited Trustee. If the Adopting Employer fails to appoint a successor Limited Trustee following notice of
resignation, the Trustee will have the power, but not the duty, to appoint a successor Limited Trustee. In no event will the Trustee become a Limited Trustee unless the Trustee acknowledges the appointment by executing the Limited Trustee section of
the Adoption Agreement. 

 Where a financial organization is serving as Limited Trustee and it is merged with or bought by
another organization (or comes under the control of any federal or state agency), that organization will serve as the successor Limited Trustee of this Plan, but only if it is the type of organization that can so serve under applicable law.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Limited Trustee or any subsequent assignees may, by prior written notice to the Employer, and without the need for the Employer’s consent or prior approval, assign all or any part of its
rights and obligations under this Plan to any affiliate (which term includes, without limitation, any parent, subsidiary, or sister entity) of the Limited Trustee or the assignee. 

 

	 	E.	Degree of Care – Limitations of Liability – The Limited Trustee will be under no duty to take any action other than its express responsibilities under this Plan unless the responsible party under the
terms of the Plan shall furnish the Limited Trustee with written instructions; provided that in no event may the Limited Trustee’s responsibilities be expanded except with its prior written consent. Any instructions hereunder may be delivered
to the Limited Trustee directly by the responsible party or by other mutually agreed upon parties. The Limited Trustee will not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon any instructions received hereunder or any
other notice, request, consent, certificate, or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed. The Limited Trustee will not be responsible for determining that all instructions provided to the
Limited Trustee are being given by the appropriate party and are in proper form under the provisions of the Plan and applicable law. The Limited Trustee may conclusively presume that any instructions received have been duly authorized by the
Employer, Plan Administrator, or Discretionary Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and applicable law. The Limited Trustee will not be responsible for the validity or effect or the qualification under the Code or the Plan.

  

					
		  	82	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	 	F.	Indemnification of Limited Trustee – Notwithstanding any provision hereof, the Adopting Employer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Limited Trustee, and its affiliates, and their respective
directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives harmless from any losses, costs, expenses, fees, liabilities, damages, claims, suits, or actions and appeals thereof resulting from their reliance upon any certificate,
notice, confirmation, or instruction purporting to have been delivered by a representative of the Adopting Employer or the Plan that has been duly identified to the Limited Trustee in a manner required or accepted by such Limited Trustee. The
Adopting Employer waives any and all claims of any nature it now has or may have against the Limited Trustee and its affiliates, and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, and other representatives, which arise, directly
or indirectly, from any action or act the Limited Trustee takes in good faith hereunder that arises under the Plan or the administration of the Fund. 

The Limited Trustee will not be liable to the Adopting Employer for any act, omission, or determination made in connection with this Agreement
except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the preceding, the Limited Trustee will not be liable for any losses arising from its compliance with instructions from the Adopting Employer or its Designated
Representative; for executing, failing to execute, failing to timely execute, or for any mistake in the execution of any instructions, unless such action or inaction is by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Limited Trustee.

 The Limited Trustee is signing the Adoption Agreement solely to signify its acceptance of appointment as Limited Trustee and the Employer
will have sole responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, legal sufficiency, and due execution thereof, including consulting with legal counsel and tax advisors as the Employer deems appropriate in connection therewith. 

The provisions of this Plan Section 8.09 will survive the termination or amendment of the Plan. 

SECTION NINE: ADOPTING EMPLOYER SIGNATURE 

Adoption Agreement Section Nine must contain the signature of an authorized representative of the Adopting Employer evidencing the Employer’s agreement
to be bound by the terms of the Basic Plan Document, Adoption Agreement, and, if applicable, separate trust or custodial agreement. 

  

					
		  	83	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
	

	 	  
 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20224
	 	

 Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan With CODA 

FFN: 31399272703-021 Case: 201201480 EIN: 11-3665754 
 Letter
Serial No: J398094a 
 Date of Submission: 04/02/2012            Comprehensive 

 

					
	 ASCENSUS INC
 415 8TH AVENUE NE

BRAINERD, MN 56401
	 		 	 Contact Person:
   Janell Hayes

Telephone Number:
   513-263-3602

In Reference To: TEGE:EP:7521
 Date: 03/31/2014

 Dear Applicant: 
 In our
opinion, the form of the plan identified above is acceptable under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code for use by employers for the benefit of their employees. This opinion relates only to the acceptability of the form of the plan under the
Internal Revenue Code. It is not an opinion of the effect of other Federal or local statutes. 
 You must furnish a copy of this letter, a copy of the
approved plan, and copies of any subsequent amendments to each employer who adopts this plan. Effective on or after 10/31/2011, interim amendments adopted by the sponsor on behalf of employers must provide the date of adoption by the sponsor. 

This letter considers the changes in qualification requirements contained in the 2010 Cumulative List of Notice 2010-90, 2010-52 I.R.B. 909. 

Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or determination as to whether an employer’s plan qualifies under Code section
401(a). However, an employer that adopts this plan may rely on this letter with respect to the qualification of its plan under Code section 401 (a), as provided for in Rev. Proc. 2011-49, 2011-44 I.R.B. 608, and outlined below. The terms of the plan
must be followed in operation. 
 Except as provided below, our opinion does not apply with respect to the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4), 401(1),
410(b), and 414(s). Our opinion does not apply for purposes of Code section 401(a)(10)(B) and section 401(a)(16) if an employer ever maintained another qualified plan for one or more employees who are covered by this plan. For this purpose, the
employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained another defined contribution plan(s), provided such other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan and no annual
additions have been credited to the account of any participant under such other plan(s) as of any date within the limitation year of this plan. Also, for this purpose, an employer is considered as maintaining another plan, to the extent that the
employer maintains a welfare benefit fund defined in Code section 419(e), which provides postretirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3), or an individual medical account as
defined in Code section 415(1)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the employer, or a simplified employee pension plan. 
 Our
opinion does not apply for purposes of the requirement of section 1.401(a)-1(b)(2) of the regulations applicable to a money purchase plan or target benefit plan where the normal retirement age under the employer’s plan is lower than age 62.

  
 Letter 4334 

 ASCENSUS INC 

FFN: 31399272703-021 
 Page: 2 

 

 This is not a ruling or determination with respect to any language in the plan that reflects Section 3 of the
Defense of Marriage Act, Pub. L. 104-199, 110 Stat. 2419 (DOMA) or U.S. v. Windsor, 133 S. Ct. 2675 (2013), which invalidated that section. 
 Our opinion
applies with respect to the requirements of Code section 410(b) if 100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan. Employers that elect a safe harbor allocation formula and a safe harbor compensation definition can also rely on an
opinion letter with respect to the nondiscriminatory amounts requirement under section 401(a)(4). If this plan includes a CODA or otherwise provides for contributions subject to sections 401(k) and/or 401(m), the opinion letter can be relied on with
respect to the form of the nondiscrimination tests of 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) if the employer uses a safe harbor compensation definition. In the case of plans described in section 401(k)(12) or (13) and/or 401(m)(11) or (12), employers may also rely
on the opinion letter with respect to whether the form of the plan satisfies the requirements of those sections unless the plan provides for the safe harbor contribution to be made under another plan. 

The employer may request a determination (1) as to whether the plan, considered with all related qualified plans and, if appropriate, welfare benefit funds,
individual medical benefit accounts, and simplified employee pension plans, satisfies the requirements of Code section 401(a)(16) as to limitations on benefits and contributions in Code section 415 and the requirements of Code section 401(a)(10)(B)
as to the top-heavy plan requirements in Code section 416; (2) with respect to whether a money purchase or target benefit plan’s normal retirement age which is earlier than age 62 satisfies the requirements of section 401(a)-1(b)(2) of the
Income Tax Regulations; (3) that the plan is a multiple employer plan; (4) whether there has been a partial termination; and (5) to comply with published procedures of the Service (e.g. minimum funding waiver request). The employer may request a
determination letter in these circumstances by filing an application with Employee Plans Determinations on Form 5300, without restating for the Cumulative List in effect when the application is filed. 

If you, the master or prototype sponsor, have any questions concerning the IRS processing of this case, please call the above telephone number. This number is
only for use of the sponsor. Individual participants and/or adopting employers with questions concerning the plan should contact the master or prototype sponsor. The plan’s adoption agreement must include the sponsor’s address and
telephone number for inquiries by adopting employers. 
 If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone number and the most
convenient time for us to call in case we need more information. Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter. 

You should keep this letter as a permanent record. Please notify us if you modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan. 

 

	
	Sincerely Yours,
	
	

	Andrew E. Zuckerman
	Director, Employee Plans Rulings and Agreements

  
 Letter 4334 

 Comprehensive 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan 

Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement 
  

 

	
	EMPLOYER INFORMATION

  

			
	Name of Adopting Employer	  	 Lake Sunapee Bank

			
		
	Address	  	 9 Main Street

 

											
	City	 	 Newport
	  	State	 	 NH
	  	Zip	 	 03773

 

							
	Telephone	  	 603-865-6038
	 	Adopting Employer’s Federal Tax Identification Number	 	 02-0173110

  

			
	Adopting Employer’s Tax Year End (specify month and day)	 	 12/31

 

					
	Type of Business (select one)	  	 ̈ Sole Proprietorship     ̈ Partnership     ̈ C Corporation     ̈ S Corporation     ̈ LLC
			
		  	x Other. (Specify a legal entity recognized under federal income tax laws.) 	  	 Federally Chartered Savings Bank

  

									
	Name of Plan	  	 Lake Sunapee Bank Profit Sharing Stock Ownership
Plan

  

											
	Plan Sequence Number	 	 002
	 	Trust Identification Number (if applicable)	 	  
	 	Account Number	 	 213007

 Related Employers – If the Adopting Employer is part of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
section 414(b) as modified by Code section 415(h)), a group of commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code section 414(c) as modified by Code section 415(h)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of
which the Adopting Employer is a part, or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Adopting Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o), then such Related Employers of the Adopting Employer will participate in this Plan only if listed on a
Related Participating Employer Election Attachment. Failure to include Related Employers of the Adopting Employer may cause a violation of the coverage rules under Code section 410(b). Additions to or deletions from a Related Participating Employer
Election Attachment do not constitute amendments to this Plan. 
  

	
	 SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES

Complete Part A or B

  

											
	Part A.	 	 ̈	 	New Plan Effective Date
			
		 		 	This is the initial adoption of a 401(k) profit sharing plan by the Adopting Employer.
			
		 		 	The Effective Date of this Plan is                     . (Must be on or after January 1, 2007.) 
			
		 		 	If different from the Effective Date above, Elective Deferrals can be made under this Plan effective:
				
		 		 		 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective
Date.)
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 
				
		 		 		 	Roth Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.) The
effective date for Roth Elective Deferrals must be on or after January 1, 2006.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals. 
			
		 		 	NOTE: The Effective Date is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed and may not be earlier than such date. Elective Deferrals, however, cannot be made available
before the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the date specified above for Elective Deferrals. 
			
	Part B.	 	x	 	Existing Plan Amendment or Restatement Date
			
		 		 	This is an amendment or restatement of an existing qualified plan.
			
		 		 	The Initial Plan Document was effective on 01/01/1987.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	This Plan is a frozen Plan effective on                     .
				
		 		 		 	If this Plan is a frozen Plan, no Employer Contributions may be made to the Plan with respect to Compensation earned on or after the Effective Date that the Plan is frozen. In addition, no additional contributions
(e.g., rollover, transfer) may be accepted by the Plan on or after the date that the Plan is frozen. Depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the freezing of the Plan, other Plan provisions may be affected (e.g., vesting, availability of
loans.)
			
		 		 	The Effective Date of this amendment or restatement is 1/1/2015 (except as otherwise provided on a Special Effective Date(s) Attachment, if applicable, or in the Basic Plan Document). (Must be on
or after January 1, 2007.) 
			
		 		 	If different from the Effective Date above, Elective Deferrals, if added by this amendment or restatement, can be made under this Plan effective:

  

					
		  	Page 1 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 
					
	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
			
	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this amendment or restatement.
			
	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this
amendment or restatement.)
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 
	
	Roth Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
			
	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this amendment or restatement.
			
	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this
amendment or restatement.) The effective date for Roth Elective Deferrals must be on or after January 1, 2006.
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals.

 

					
	NOTE: Specifying an amendment or restatement Effective Date as any day other than the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed may result in a
reduction or elimination of accrued benefits, violating Code section 411(d)(6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Effective Dates for certain items (e.g., PPA and other legislative and regulatory guidance) are governed by the terms
specified in the Basic Plan Document. If Elective Deferrals are being made available for the first time as a result of this amendment or restatement, the Elective Deferrals cannot be made available before the later of the date this Adoption
Agreement is signed or the date specified above for Elective Deferrals. If different dates are selected for Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals, the date specified above for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals must be either the same date or an
earlier date than that selected for Roth Elective Deferrals. 

 SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY 

Complete Parts A through F 
  

	
	NOTE: Eligibility requirements selected for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals will also apply to Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if such contributions are made to the Plan. Age and eligibility service requirements
and Entry Dates for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals must be either the same or more liberal than the age and eligibility service requirements for Roth Elective Deferrals. Eligibility requirements selected for Matching Contributions will apply to
Qualified Matching Contributions, if such contributions are made to the Plan. There will be no eligibility requirements and entry will be immediate for Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions. 

  

									
	Part A.	 	Age and Eligibility Service
			
		 	1.	 	Age Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching
Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement, after attaining the
following age (select and complete all that apply):
				
		 		 	x	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals – Age      (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Matching Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions – Age      (not more than 21). 
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no age is specified for a contribution source, there will be no age requirement for such source. 
			
		 	2.	 	Eligibility Service Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving
Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select
and complete all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	No eligibility service required.
				
		 		 		 	If this option is selected, there will be no eligibility service requirement for the following contributions (select all that apply):
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 2 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
				
		 		 	x	 	 After completing 6 consecutive Months of Eligibility Service (not more than 12) beginning on the Employee’s
date of hire.
  
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a
Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service specified above (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	x	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing              consecutive Months of Eligibility
Service (not more than 12) beginning on the Employee’s date of hire, during which time the Employee completes at least              Hours of Service (not more than 1,000).

  
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant
in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service and Hours of Service specified above (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: Employees not meeting the Hours of Service requirement within the period specified above will satisfy the Plan’s service requirement when they complete 1,000 Hours of Service within the
Eligibility Computation Period. If this option is selected and no Hours of Service are specified, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the contributions specified above after completing the
number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service specified above. 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).

 
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the
Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable) (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).

 
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the
Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Other.
				
		 		 		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the following requirements (select and complete all that
apply):

  

					
	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions. (Cannot require more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. (Cannot require more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).)
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.

  

					
		  	Page 3 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		  		  	NOTE: If the requirements are based on Months of Eligibility Service with an hours requirement, Employees not meeting the hours requirement within the initial number of months indicated in the Adoption
Agreement will satisfy the month of eligibility service requirement when they complete 1,000 Hours of Service within the Eligibility Computation Period.	 	
				
		 		  	NOTE: If no eligibility service requirement is selected for any contribution source, there will be no service requirement for such source. If more than one Year of Eligibility Service (Period of
Service, if applicable) is selected in this Section Two, Part A for either Matching Contributions or Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, the immediate 100 percent vesting schedule in Section Four will automatically apply to such
contribution source. Selecting more favorable eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals than for Safe Harbor Contributions requires nondiscrimination testing under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) and 1.401(m)-1(b)(4).
	 	
				
		 	3.	  	Age and Service Waivers	 	
					
		 		  	a.	  	Employees Employed as of the Effective Date	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
as of the Effective Date listed in Section One, Part A, of the Adoption Agreement who has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements listed above be considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date and be
eligible to become a Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
						
		 		  		  		  	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the Effective Date will be
subject to the waiver. If Option 1 is selected but no Employees are specified, all Employees employed on the Effective Date will be subject to the waiver. This waiver may only be used when this Plan is first adopted. 	 	
					
		 		  	b.	  	Employees Employed as of a Specified Date	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
on                      (specify a month, day, and year) who has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements be considered
to have met those requirements and be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
						
		 		  		  		  	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no date is specified, no additional age and eligibility service waivers will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no
contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the specified date will be subject to the waiver. If Option 1 is selected but no Employees are specified, all Employees employed on the specified
date will be subject to the waiver. This age and eligibility service waiver may be used either when this Plan is adopted or when the Plan is subsequently amended (e.g., to add one or more types of contributions, to add a previously excluded
group of Employees). 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 4 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 	c.	 	Mergers and Acquisitions	 	
				
		 		 		 	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
on                      (specify a month, day, and year) who 1) became an Employee as a result of a merger with or acquisition of the prior
employer(s) listed below, and 2) has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements be considered to have met those requirements and be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected
below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
						
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Roth Elective Deferrals.
						
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Matching Contributions.
							
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
						
		 		 		 		 		  	 ̈    Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
					
		 		 		 		 	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):
		 		 		 		 	  
	 	
		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but either no date and/or no Employees are specified, no additional age and eligibility service waivers will apply. If Option
1 is selected but no contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the specified date will be subject to the waiver. This age and eligibility service waiver may be used either when this Plan is
adopted or when a merger or acquisition occurs. Waivers that include only certain Employees from certain prior employers may create testing implications under Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b). 
			
	Part B.	 	Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees	 	
		
		 	An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan unless such Employee is (select all that apply):
			
		 	 ̈	 	Included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two-percent or less
of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the term “Employee representatives” does not include any organization in which more than
half of the members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		 	 ̈	 	A nonresident alien (within the meaning of Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)).
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
			
		 	 ̈	 	An Employee as the result of a transaction described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C). Such Employee will be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the change in the member(s) of the group and ending on the last
day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the change. A transaction described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C) is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade
or business.
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 5 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	 ̈	 	A Leased Employee.	 	
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		 	 ̈	 	A Highly Compensated Employee.
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Incorrectly determined not to be an Employee (e.g., erroneously classified as an independent contractor).
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Other.
			
		 		 	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions and groups of Employees (select all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or
compensation.)
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
			
		 		 	NOTE: A Related Employer of the Adopting Employer will be excluded from the Plan unless such employer signs a Related Participating Employer Election Attachment. 
		
		 	NOTE: Exclusions of Employees (other than statutorily excluded Employees under Code section 410(b)(3) and (4)) may result in the Plan needing to be amended to include enough Employees to pass the
minimum coverage requirements under Code section 410(b). 
			
	Part C.	 	Entry Dates	 	
		
		 	The Entry Dates will be (select all that apply):
				
		 	 ̈	 	Immediately upon meeting age and eligibility service – The day the age and eligibility service requirements in Section Two, Part A, are satisfied.	 	
				
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 6 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
				
	     	 	 ̈	 	Monthly – The first day of each month of the Plan Year.	 	
				
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	 ̈	 	Quarterly – The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the fourth, seventh, and tenth months of the Plan Year.	 	
				
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	x	 	Semi-Annually – The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.	 	
				
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
					
		 		 	x	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	x	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	x	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	 ̈	 	Annually – The first day of the Plan Year. (Refer to the “NOTE” at the end of this Part C for restrictions that may apply.)	 	
			
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	 ̈	 	Other. (Refer to the “NOTE” at the end of this Part C for restrictions that may apply.) 	 	
				
		 		 	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions and dates (select all that apply):	 	
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
		
		 	NOTE: If no Entry Dates are specified for a contribution source, semi-annual Entry Dates will apply to such source. The “Annually” and “Other” Entry Date options can be selected only
if the eligibility requirements and Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee will become a Participant in the Plan by the earlier of 1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee satisfies the age and
eligibility service requirements of Code section 410(a) and ERISA section 202, or 2) six months after the date the Employee satisfies such requirements. 

  

					
		  	Page 7 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
	Part D.	  	Service Required for Eligibility Purposes (Select one.) 
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The Hours of Service method of determining service applies. (May only be selected if one or two Years of Eligibility Service or a fractional year service with hours is required for any source in Part A above.)
(Complete the following.) 
						
		  		 		  	(a)	 	                    	  	Hours of Service (not more than 1,000) will be required to constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.
						
		  		 		  	(b)	 		  	Hours of Service (not more than 500 and less than the number specified in Option 1(a), above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	x	  	Not applicable. Either (1) all sources under the Plan have either a fractional year service requirement with no hours or no service requirement to participate in the Plan or (2) the Elapsed Time method of determining
service applies.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected and the Hours of Service method of determining service applies or if Option 1 is selected and no hours are specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for (a) and (b),
respectively. 
		
	Part E.	  	Eligibility Computation Period
		
		  	An Employee’s Eligibility Computation Periods after their initial Eligibility Computation Period will be (select one):
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Each Plan Year commencing with the Plan Year beginning during their initial Eligibility Computation Period.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	The 12-consecutive month periods commencing on the anniversaries of their Employment Commencement Date.
				
		  	Option 3:	 	x	  	Not applicable. Either (1) all sources under the Plan have either a fractional year service requirement with no hours or no service requirement to participate in the Plan or (2) the Elapsed Time method of determining
service applies.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies and Option 3 will apply if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.

		
	Part F.	  	Participation Following Breaks in Service 
		
		  	Will the rehire hold-out rule described in Plan Section 2.04(C) apply for purposes of determining eligibility (select one)?
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Yes.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	x	  	No.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS 

Complete Parts A through K 
  

									
	Part A.	  	Elective Deferrals
			
		  	1.	  	Authorization of Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan (select one)?
				
		  		  	Option 1:    x	 	Yes. (Complete the following.) 
				
		  		  		 	Will Roth Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan in addition to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals?
				
		  		  		 	Suboption (a):    ̈   Yes.
				
		  		  		 	Suboption (b):   x   No.
				
		  		  		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
				
		  		  	Option 2:     ̈	 	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the relevant portions of the remainder of Part A only if Option 1 is selected. 
			
		  	2.	  	Limits on Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	 a.      If Elective Deferrals are permitted under
the Plan, a Contributing Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have their Compensation reduced by the amount described below. Such amount will be contributed to the Plan by the Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant
(select one):

					
		  		  	        Option 1:	 	x	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from 1 percent to 100 percent in increments of 1 percent.
					
		  		  	        Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
					
		  		  	        Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from      percent to      percent in increments of percent, or an amount of the Contributing
Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
					
		  		  	        Option 4:	 	 ̈	  	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code sections 401(k), 402(g), 404, and 415.
			
		  		  	        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 8 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
				
	             	  	     	  	b.	  	Notwithstanding item (a) above, if Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his or her
Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (select one):
						
		  		  		  	Option 1:	 	   ̈  	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from     percent to      percent in increments of      percent.
						
		  		  		  	Option 2:	 	   ̈	  	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
						
		  		  		  	Option 3:	 	   ̈	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from      percent to      percent in increments of      percent, or an amount of the
Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
						
		  		  		  	Option 4:	 	   ̈	  	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code sections 401(k), 402(g), 404, and 415.
						
		  		  		  	 Option 5:
	 	  x	  	 Not applicable. The provisions of item (a) above will apply.

				
		  		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 5 will apply. 

									
			
	             	  		  	NOTE: A Contributing Participant’s combined Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals during their taxable year will not exceed the limit contained in Code section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of
such taxable year. Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, bonuses will be included in Compensation and will, therefore, be subject to a Participant’s salary reduction agreement. 
			
		  	3.  	  	Separate Deferral Election for Bonuses
			
		  		  	Can a Contributing Participant make a separate deferral election to defer part or all of a bonus that will apply instead of the Contributing Participant’s salary reduction agreement (select one)?
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	Yes.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected or if bonuses are excluded from Compensation for Elective Deferrals in Section 6, item 5 of this Adoption Agreement, Option 2 will apply. Option 1 may only be selected
if the Plan included bonuses in Compensation for Elective Deferrals in Section 6, item 5 of this Adoption Agreement. If Option 1 is selected and a Contributing Participant does not make a separate deferral election for a bonus, the
Participant’s salary reduction agreement will apply to the bonus. 
			
		  	4.	  	Catch-up Contributions
			
		  		  	Will eligible Contributing Participants be permitted to make Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.01(H) (select one)?
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	Yes.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		  	5.	  	Ceasing Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	A Contributing Participant may stop making Elective Deferrals prospectively by revoking a salary reduction agreement (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	Monthly – As of the first day of any month.
					
		  		  	Option 3:	 	    ̈	  	Quarterly – As of the first day of any quarter.
					
		  		  	Option 4:	 	    ̈	  	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 5:	 	    ̈	  	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 6:	 	    ̈	  	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 
		  		  		 		  	  

		  		  		 		  	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
      .
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		  	6.	  	Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	Monthly – As of the first day of any subsequent month.
					
		  		  	Option 3:	 	    ̈	  	Quarterly – As of the first day of any subsequent quarter.
					
		  		  	Option 4:	 	    ̈	  	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 5:	 	    ̈	  	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 6:	 	    ̈	  	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 
		  		  		 		  	  

		  		  		 		  	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
      .
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 9 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
			
		 	7.   	 	Changing Elective Deferral Amounts
			
		 		 	A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to prospectively increase or decrease the amount of their Elective Deferrals (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x  	 	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  	 	Monthly – As of the first day of the month.
				
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈  	 	Quarterly – As of the first day of any quarter.
				
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈  	 	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
				
		 		 	Option 5:     ̈  	 	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.
				
		 		 	Option 6:     ̈  	 	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	8.   	 	Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals
			
		 		 	A Participant who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding calendar year must submit their claim in writing to the Plan Administrator by (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x  	 	March 1.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  	 	Other. (Specify a date not later than April 15.) 
		 		 		 	  
	 	.

													
			
	             	 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Excess Elective Deferrals are not removed by April 15, they will be included in income both when contributed and when distributed and may be
subject to a 10 percent early distribution penalty under Code section 72(t). 
			
		 	9.	 	Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferrals
				
		 		 	a.	 	Will the automatic Elective Deferral enrollment provisions apply (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, the Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) provisions in Plan Section 3.01(E)(1) will apply.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) provisions in Plan Section 3.01(E)(2) will apply.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	x	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Complete item 10 only if Option 1 or 2 is selected. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Tax Character of Elective Deferrals – ACA/EACA
				
		 		 		 	How will amounts withheld from Compensation and contributed to the Plan as automatic Elective Deferrals under either an ACA or EACA be designated for tax purposes (select one)?
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 2 may only be selected if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. 
			
		 	10.	 	ACAs and EACAs
					
		 		 	a.	 	New Employees	 	
				
		 		 		 	For an Employee who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in Section Two of the Adoption Agreement and who fails to provide the Employer a salary reduction agreement, will a portion of such Employee’s
Compensation be automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Employees hired on or after the Effective Date.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Employees who meet the eligibility requirements in Section Two, Part A of the Adoption Agreement on or after the Effective Date.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if an ACA or EACA provision is being added or changed. No portion of an Employee’s Compensation will be withheld until the date the Employee
enters the Plan after having satisfied the eligibility requirements listed in the Adoption Agreement. 
					
		 		 	b.	 	Current Employees	 	
				
		 		 		 	If an ACA or EACA provision is being added to the Plan or an existing ACA or EACA provision is being changed, will automatic enrollment for Elective Deferrals apply to all Employees who have met the eligibility
requirements and who fail to return a salary reduction agreement on or after the Effective Date, including those who met the eligibility requirements in the Adoption Agreement before the Effective Date (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, but only to those Employees who are not Contributing Participants (e.g., are deferring zero-percent).
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, but only to those Employees deferring less than the amount in item (c) below (including zero-percent).
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for all current Employees who have met the eligibility requirements (including Contributing Participants and current Employees who are not Contributing Participants).
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for the following current Employees who have met the eligibility requirements (specify the classification of Employees who will be subject to automatic enrollment):
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.

  

					
		  	Page 10 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: This section should not be completed if the provisions of an existing ACA or EACA are being included on a restated document with no changes made. If no option is selected, Option 5 will apply. If
“No” is selected, the extension to six months for making certain corrective distributions will not apply to a Plan with EACA. 	 	
				
		 	c.	 	Initial Amount of Automatic Elective Deferral	 	
				
		 		 	The following percentage or amount of each Employee’s Compensation will be automatically withheld each payroll and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral if they have met the eligibility requirements and
Option 1 or 2 was selected in item 9(a) above (select and complete one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈       percent.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈   The greater of     percent or the Participant’s Elective Deferral rate in effect before being automatically enrolled.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  $        .	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and three-percent of Compensation will be withheld. Option 3 may not be selected for an EACA. 	 	
				
		 	d.	 	Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferral Increase	 	
				
		 		 	Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees who are automatically enrolled under an ACA or EACA (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes, by      percent per payroll once per year up to a maximum of      percent.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  Yes, by $         per payroll once per year up to a maximum amount of $        .	 	
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Yes, by (specify the amount, frequency, and maximum amount of the automatic Elective Deferral increase):	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will apply. If the Plan intends to operate an EACA, the deferral increase amount above must be based on a percentage of Compensation. 	 	
				
		 	e.	 	Timing of Automatic Elective Deferral Increases	 	
				
		 		 	If automatic increases are selected above, such increases will occur on the following dates (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  First day of each Plan Year.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  First day of each calendar year.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  Other. (Specify the dates that the automatic Elective Deferral increases will occur.) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. For an EACA, Option 4 may only be selected if all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the
IRS. If Option 5 is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in an EACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.414(w)-1(b)(2). 	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If Employees who are automatically enrolled are treated differently from Employees who are not automatically enrolled with regard to automatic increases, special testing may be required under Code
section 401(a)(4). 	 	
			
	11.	 	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA)	 	
				
		 	a.	 	Authorization of QACA	 	
				
		 		 	Will the QACA provisions in Plan Section 3.01(F) apply (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes. 	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x  No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 11 only if Option 1 is selected. If Option 1 is selected, the QACA provisions of the Plan will apply for the Plan
Year and the provisions relating to the ADP or ACP test generally will not apply. Contribution provisions that are selected in addition to the options listed in this Part A, item 11 may subject the Plan to ADP, ACP, and top-heavy
testing. If Option 1 is selected, the Plan generally must satisfy the QACA requirements of Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12), including the notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. If a QACA is eliminated during a Plan Year
under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(g), the Plan will be subject to provisions relating to the ADP and ACP tests, including restrictions on the selection of testing methods (e.g., current vs. prior-year). 	 	
				
		 	b.	 	Tax Character of Elective Deferrals – QACA	 	
				
		 		 	How will amounts withheld from Compensation and contributed to the Plan as automatic Elective Deferrals under a QACA be designated for tax purposes (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈   Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈   Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 2 may only be selected if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 11 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	c.	 	QACA Elective Deferral Rates
				
	     	 		 	i.	 	Standard Percentage
				
		 		 		 	The following percentage of each Eligible Employee’s Compensation will be automatically withheld each payroll and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral if Option 1 was selected in item 11(a) above and if
an Eligible Employee does not timely return a salary reduction agreement (select an option and complete the blanks, if applicable):

  

							
	 	  	 Option 1   ̈
	 	 	 Option
2   ̈

	 Initial Rate
	  	 	3	% 	 	    % (not less than three or more than ten) 
	 Rate Two
	  	 	4	% 	 	    % (not less than four or more than ten) 
	 Rate Three
	  	 	5	% 	 	    % (not less than five or more than ten) 
	 Rate Four
	  	 	6	% 	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Five
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Six
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Seven
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Eight
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 

  

											
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The QACA Elective Deferral rate must be at least three percent of Compensation during the Initial Period and must be at least the minimum percentages
described above for each subsequent period following the Initial Period until the Elective Deferral rate equals six-percent. 	 	
					
	     	 		 	ii.	 	Comparison Percentage	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will the Employer withhold and contribute to the Plan as an Elective Deferral the greater of the standard percentage as described in item (c) above or the Participant’s Elective Deferral rate in effect before being
automatically enrolled in the QACA (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 should be selected if the Plan previously contained an automatic contribution arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding, if no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and the QACA
Elective Deferral rate will be the applicable percent described in item (c)(i) above or, if greater, the Elective Deferral rate in effect for a Participant immediately before being automatically enrolled in the QACA. 	 	
				
		 	d.	 	Timing of QACA Increases	 	
					
		 		 	i.	 	Initial Period	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will QACA rate increases, if applicable, occur during the Initial Period (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the first day of the Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the first day of the calendar year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  Yes, (specify the dates the QACA rate will increase during the Initial Period):	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
						
		 		 		 	Option 6:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 6 will apply. The Employer may increase QACA Elective Deferral rates during the Initial Period but such increases are not required. Option 4 may only be selected if
all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the IRS. If Option 5 is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in a QACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury
Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(j)(2). 	 	
					
		 		 	ii.	 	Subsequent Periods	 	
					
		 		 		 	QACA rate increases following the Initial Period, if applicable, will occur on the following date (select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  First day of each Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  First day of each calendar year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  Other. (Specify the dates the QACA rate will increase after the Initial Period.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 4 may only be selected if all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the IRS. If Option 5
is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in a QACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(j)(2). 	 	
				
		 	e.	 	Participants Entitled to Receive QACA Safe Harbor Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	QACA Safe Harbor Contributions will be made on behalf of (select one):	 	
				
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈  Each Eligible Employee who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.	 	
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  All Eligible Employees.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 12 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 	f.	 	QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution	 		 	
				
		 		 	For the Plan Year, the Employer will make the following QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 11(e) above, in the amount of (select
one):	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Basic Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
								
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to 1%	 	100%	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than 1, but less than or equal to 6%	 	50%	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to     % (not less than one) 	 	    % (not less than 100) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	                                  (if greater
than six, ACP testing will apply)	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If the Plan is intended to also satisfy the QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor CODA rules regarding Matching Contributions, no Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals exceeding six-percent
of Compensation. 	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Other QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Equal to the following percentage. (Specify a QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution formula that is at least as favorable as the QACA Basic Matching Contribution formula.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
						
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	             (not less than three) percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Options 2 or 3, if selected, must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the
Matching Contribution that would be received if the Employer were making contributions under Option 1, but the rate of match cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase. 	 	
				
		 	g.	 	QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: No additional contributions are required to satisfy the QACA requirements. The Employer may, however, make Matching Contributions other than those contributions made under item 11(f) above. To
ensure that the Plan continues to satisfy the safe harbor provisions of a QACA, only the following additional Matching Contributions may be made (see the “NOTE” below for specific contribution limitations). 	 	
				
		 		 	For the Plan Year will the Employer make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 11(e) above (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes. The Employer will make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in the amount of (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Less than or equal to     % (not more than six) 	 	    %	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: The matching percentage for Tier 2 cannot exceed the matching percentage for the base rate. No Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of Compensation.
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	A discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: The Elective Deferrals that are matched will be determined by the Employer for the year, but in no event can a Matching Contribution be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of the
Employee’s Compensation. The total discretionary QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution made to any Eligible Employee cannot exceed four-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year. Matching
Contributions made under the Plan that exceed these limitations will subject the Plan to ACP testing. 	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable. The Employer will not make a QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution unless necessary to do so in order to timely allocate Forfeitures.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 13 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected and no contribution amount is selected, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If the Employer wishes to make Matching Contributions in addition to QACA ACP Test
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, the Matching Contributions section of the Adoption Agreement must be completed. Such contributions will be subject to ACP testing. 	 	
					
		 		 	h.	 	Recipient Plan	 	
					
		 		 		 	The QACA Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to (select one):	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	This Plan.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Other plan. (Specify plan of the Employer.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	12.	 	Automatic Increase for Employees who are Not Automatically Enrolled or for Plans Without Automatic Enrollment	 	
					
		 		 	a.	 	Authorization to Increase Elective Deferrals Automatically	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees who are not automatically enrolled under items 10 or 11 above?	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Contributing Participants whose salary deferral agreements are below      percent of Compensation. Increases will occur by      percent per payroll once per year up to a maximum of
     percent.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Contributing Participants whose salary deferral agreements are below      percent of Compensation. Increases will occur by:	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
							
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	x	 	No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 	 	
					
		 		 	b.	 	Timing of Increasing Elective Deferrals Automatically	 	
					
		 		 		 	If automatic increases are selected in item 12(a) above, such increases will occur on the following dates (select one):	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	First day of each Plan Year.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	First day of each calendar year.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Other. (Specify the dates the automatic Elective Deferral increases will occur.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If Employees who are automatically enrolled are treated differently from Employees who are not automatically enrolled with regard to automatic increases, special testing may be required under Code
section 401(a)(4). 	 	
			
	Part B.	 	Matching Contributions	 	
			
		 	NOTE: Employers that intend to maintain a QACA safe harbor plan or a Safe Harbor CODA plan, as defined in Plan Sections 3.01 or 3.03 that is not subject to ACP testing, must skip this Part B and complete
either Part A, item 11 or Part C. Matching Contributions made under this Part B will be subject to ACP testing. 	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Authorization of Matching Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following types of contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:    x	 	No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part B only if Option 1 is selected. 	 	
				
		 	2.	 	Matching Contributions and Catch-up Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Will Matching Contributions be made in accordance with the Matching Contribution formula specified in items 3 and 4 below, with regard to Catch-up Contributions (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈	 	Yes.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈	 	No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 14 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 	3.	 	Matching Contribution Formula	 	
				
		 		 	If the Employer selected to make Matching Contributions in item 1 above, then the amount of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year will be equal to (select
one):	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Discretionary Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. The amount, the
allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if any, is at the complete and sole discretion of the Employer and may vary. Any Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon
each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective
Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective
Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Multi-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of
Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 3	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 4	 		 	Greater than     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Service Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the number of such Contributing
Participant’s Years of  ̈ Eligibility  ̈ Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) with the Employer as specified in the matching schedule
below.	 	
								
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Years (Periods) of Service
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
								
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 3	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 4	 	Greater than             years (periods)	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 6:	 	 ̈	 	Discretionary Match by Location or Business Classification.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Any Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the
Employer, in its sole discretion, determines for each separate location, or business classification. The amount, the allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if any, is at the complete discretion of the
Employer and may vary for each location or business classification on a separate and individual basis.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 7:	 	 ̈	 	Other formula. (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Qualifying Contributing Participant entitled thereto.)
	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Matching Contribution percentages in Option 1 or Options 3 through 7 above increase as the percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective
Deferral percentage increases (e.g., the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 3 is greater than the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 2), special nondiscrimination testing under Code section 401(a)(4) may be necessary. If
Option 7 is selected, the formula specified can only allow Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable). Matching
Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.02 and
Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 15 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	4.	  	Supplemental Match
			
		 		  	Will the Employer be permitted to make supplemental Matching Contributions, in an amount to be determined at the Employer’s discretion, in addition to the Matching Contributions described in Part B, items 2 and 3
above (select one)?
				
		 		  	Option 1:   ̈	  	Yes.
				
		 		  		  	If Option 1 is selected the supplemental Matching Contributions will be allocated to each Contributing Participant in accordance with the following Matching Contribution formula (select one):
					
		 		  		  	Suboption (a):   ̈	  	Discretionary Match. That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines.
					
		 		  		  	Suboption (b):   ̈	  	Other. (Specify a supplemental Matching Contribution formula.) 
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	                                      
                                         
                                         
                      .
		 		  		  		  	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. Matching Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.02 and Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 
					
		 		  	Option 2:   ̈	  	No.	  	
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

											
		 	5.	  	Matching Contribution Limit
			
		 		  	Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula(s) specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess of $         or      percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any.) 
			
		 	6.	  	Additional Conditions for Receiving Matching Contributions
			
		 		  	A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant, and thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan Year, only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements
described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
				
		 		  	Option 1:   ̈	  	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
					
		 		  		  	 ̈	  	Service Requirement. The Contributing Participant completes at least (complete one):
					
		 		  		  		  	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
					
		 		  		  		  	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s death.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
					
		 		  		  	 ̈	  	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s death.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
						
		 		  		  		  		  	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
				
		 		  	Option 2:   ̈	  	No additional conditions will apply.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

  

					
	Part C.	 	Safe Harbor CODA Contributions
		
		 	 1.      Application of Safe Harbor
CODA

		
		 	  a.     Safe Harbor Provisions

		
		 	  Will the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Plan Section 3.03 apply (select one)?

		
		 	
 Option 1:  x  Yes.

		
		 	  Option
2:   ̈  No.

  

					
		  	Page 16 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part C only if Option 1 is selected. If Option 1 is selected, the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of the Plan will apply for the Plan
Year and the provisions relating to the ADP or ACP test generally will not apply. Contribution provisions that are selected in addition to the options listed in this Part C may subject the Plan to ADP, ACP, and top-heavy testing. If
Option 1 is selected, the Plan generally must satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements of Code sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11), including the notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. If a Safe Harbor CODA is eliminated during
a Plan Year under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(g), the Plan will be subject to provisions relating to the ADP and ACP tests, including restrictions on the selection of testing methods (e.g., current vs. prior-year). 
			
		  	 b.      
	  	Participants Entitled to Receive Safe Harbor CODA Contributions
			
		  		  	Safe Harbor CODA contributions will be made on behalf of (select one):
			
		  		  	Option 1:   ̈  Each Eligible Employee who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.
			
		  		  	Option 2:  x  All Eligible Employees.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

					
	2.	  	ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
		
		  	For the Plan Year, the Employer will make the following ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1(b) above, in the amount of (select
one):
			
		  	Option 1:   ̈	  	Basic Matching Contributions.
			
		  		  	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

					
		  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage
			
	Base Rate	  	Less than or equal to 3%	  	100%
			
	Tier 2	  	Greater than 3, but less than or equal to 5%	  	50%

  

					
		  	Option 2:   ̈	  	Enhanced Matching Contributions.
			
		  		  	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

					
		  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage
			
	Base Rate	  	Less than or equal to     % (not less than three) 	  	    % (not less than 100) 
			
	Tier 2	  	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	  	    %
		  	(if greater than six, ACP testing will apply)	  	

  

					
	 	  	 	  	NOTE: If the Plan is intended to also satisfy the ACP Test Safe Harbor CODA rules regarding Matching
Contributions, no Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals exceeding six-percent
of
Compensation. 
			
		  	Option 3:   ̈	  	Other Enhanced Matching Contribution.
			
		  		  	Equal to the following percentage. (Specify an Enhanced Matching Contribution formula that is at least as favorable as the Basic Matching Contribution formula.)
		  		  	  

		  		  	  

		  		  	                                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                           .
			
		  	Option 4:  x	  	Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  		  	3 (not less than three) percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Options 2 or 3, if selected, must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the Matching
Contribution that would be received if the Employer were making contributions under Option 1, but the rate of match cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase. 

 
  

					
	3.	 	ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
		
		 	NOTE: No additional contributions are required in order to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements. The Employer may, however, make Matching Contributions other than Basic or Enhanced Matching
Contributions. To ensure that the Plan continues to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements, only the following additional Matching Contributions may be made (see the “NOTE” below for specific contribution limitations).

		
		 	For the Plan Year will the Employer make ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1(b) above (select one)?
			
		 	Option 1:  x	  	Yes. The Employer will make ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in the amount of (select all that apply):
			
		 		  	
 ̈       Percentage of
Contribution Match.

			
		 		  	 That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

					
		  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage
			
		  	 Less than or equal to     % (not more than six) 
	  	    %

  

					
		  		  	
  ̈      Two-Tiered Percentage of
Contribution Match.

			
		  		  	 That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

					
		  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage
			
	Base Rate	  	 Less than or equal to     %
	  	    %
			
	Tier 2	  	 Greater than             , but less
than or equal to     %
	  	    %

  

					
		  	Page 17 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 		 		  	NOTE: The matching percentage for Tier 2 cannot exceed the matching percentage for the base rate. No Matching Contributions will be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of
Compensation.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	A discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan
Year.
					
		 		 		 		  	NOTE: The Elective Deferrals that are matched will be determined by the Employer for the year, but in no event can a Matching Contribution be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of the
Employee’s Compensation. In addition, the total discretionary ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution made to any Employee cannot exceed four-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year. For example, the
Employer could not choose a discretionary formula that provided a 25 cent Matching Contribution for every dollar deferred if the match were given on Elective Deferrals up to eight-percent of Compensation (this exceeds the
six-percent limitation on Elective Deferrals that can be matched). Neither could the Employer provide a discretionary dollar-for-dollar Matching Contribution on Elective Deferrals up to six-percent of Compensation (this exceeds the
four-percent absolute limitation on a discretionary ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution). 
				
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈	 	Not applicable. The Employer will not make an ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution unless necessary to do so in order to timely allocate Forfeitures.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected and no contribution amount is selected, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If the Employer wishes to make Matching Contributions in addition to ACP Test Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions, Section Three, Part B, must be completed. Such contributions will be subject to ACP testing. 
				
		 	4.	 	Recipient Plan	 	
				
		 		 	The Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:   x	 	This Plan.	 	
				
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈	 	Other plan. (Specify plan of the Employer.) 
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
			
	Part D.	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Authorization of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions	 	
			
		 		 	Will the Employer make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan on behalf of Qualifying Participants (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:   x  Yes.	 	
				
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈  No.	 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete Part D, items 2 through 5 only if Option 1 is selected. Complete Part D, item 6 if the Plan intends to make Employer Prevailing Wage
Contributions. 
				
		 	2.	 	Contribution Formula (select one) 	 	
				
		 		 	Option 1:   x	 	Discretionary Formula. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year.
				
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈	 	Fixed Formula.      percent of the Compensation of all Qualifying Participants under the Plan for the Plan Year.
				
		 		 	Option 3:    ̈	 	Fixed Percent of Profits Formula.      percent of the Employer’s profits that are in excess of $            .
				
		 		 	Option 4:    ̈	 	Discretionary Formula by Location or Business Classification. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year and that amount may vary for each location or business
classification on a separate and individual basis.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	 3.
	 	 Allocation Formula
	 	
			
		 		 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants as follows (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:   x	 	Pro Rata Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.
					
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈	 	Flat Dollar Formula. In the same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant.	 	
				
		 		 	Option 3:    ̈	 	Integrated Formula. Pursuant to the following integrated allocation formula described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(2) (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    Excess Integrated Formula.	 	
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    Base Integrated Formula.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 	 	
					
		 		 		 	The integration level will be (select one):	 	
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    The Taxable Wage Base.	 	
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    $             (a dollar amount less
than the Taxable Wage Base).	 	
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈          percent (not more than 100) of the Taxable Wage Base.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 18 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Uniform Points Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year bears to the total points of all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.
			
		 		 	Each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year will be computed by adding the points determined under (a), (b) and (c) below (specify a number for each item):
				
		 		 	(a)	 	             points for each year of the Participant’s age.
				
		 		 	(b)	 	             points for each of the Participant’s years of service (Periods of Service, if applicable).
				
		 		 		 	(i)     ̈  Service means eligibility service
				
		 		 		 	(ii)    ̈  Service means vesting service
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If neither item (i) nor item (ii) is selected, item (ii) will apply. 
				
		 		 	(c)	 	             points for each $100 of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
			
	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Age-Weighted Formula. In the manner described below:

  

											
		 		 	  Step 1:	 	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s number of points based upon the following formula:
				
		 		 		 	Points = .01 x Compensation x allocation factor derived from the allocation factor tables set forth in Section Ten of the Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 		 	The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate used to calculate the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution will be (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	   ̈	  	7.5%
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	   ̈	  	8.0%
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (c):	 	   ̈	  	8.5%
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (c) will apply. 

  

											
		 		 	  Step 2:	 	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s allocation through calculation of the following formula:
						
		 		 		 	Allocation =	 	 Points of Qualifying Participant
	  	x     Employer Profit
		 		 		 		 	Total Points of all Qualifying Participants	  	       Sharing Contribution

  

											
		 		 	  Step 3:	 	Make any reallocations as necessary to satisfy either the safe harbor formula for plans with a uniform points allocation or the general test described in Code section 401(a)(4) and the corresponding Treasury
Regulations concerning nondiscrimination in the amount of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. Identify whether the safe harbor or general test will be satisfied (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	   ̈	  	Safe harbor reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8)(b).
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	   ̈	  	General test reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8)(c).
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

											
	Option 6:	 	 ̈	 	New Comparability Formula. As described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(9) (select one):
				
		 		 	Suboption (a):   ̈  	 	Individual Allocation Groups. Each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group.
				
		 		 	Suboption (b):   ̈  	 	Pre-Determined Allocation Groups. (Complete the following.) 
						
		 		 		  		 	1.	 	Qualifying Participants will be divided into the following groups (one or more) with the same allocation ratio. (Specify the groups by category of Qualifying Participant, including both Highly Compensated Employees and
non-Highly Compensated Employees.) 
						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 1:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 2:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 3:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 4:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 5:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

						
		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 6:
		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		  		 		 	  

  

					
		  	Page 19 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If Suboption (b) is selected and no allocation groups are specified, each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group. If more than six allocation groups are needed,
complete a New Comparability Allocation Group(s) Attachment. The groups must be clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definite predetermined allocation formula requirement of Treasury Regulation section
1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The grouping of non-Highly Compensated Employees must be done in a reasonable manner and should reflect a reasonable classification in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-4(b).

  

															
		 		 		 		 	2.	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in each Allocation Group as follows (select one):
								
		 		 		 		 		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Pro Rata Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants in the applicable allocation group for the Plan Year.
								
		 		 		 		 		  	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Flat Dollar Formula. In the same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant in the applicable allocation group.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The amounts allocated will satisfy the minimum gateway requirements set forth in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c) and will not exceed the limits
imposed by Code section 415. 
				
		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈	 	Age and/or service weighted formula (select one):

  

			
	 Option 1:   ̈	 	Contributions will be allocated based on the following Years of Vesting Service:

  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service (identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 

  

			
	 Option 2:   ̈	 	Contributions will be based on the following age of the Participant:

  

					
	 Age (Identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 

  

			
	 Option 3:   ̈	 	Contributions will be based on the following sum of the age of the Participant and Years of Vesting Service:

 

					
	 Sum of Age and Years of Vesting Service (Identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 
		  	 	            	% 

  

															
		 		 	NOTE: If Option 6 is selected and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. If Option 6 is selected, the Employer must provide the Plan Administrator or Trustee, if applicable, written
instructions describing the portion of the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution to be allocated to each allocation group. The instructions must be provided no later than the Employer’s tax return due date, including extensions, of
the year for which the allocation is made. If Option 6 is selected, complete items A and B below. 

  

					
		  	Page 20 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 	A.	 	Interest Rate Assumption and Mortality Table:
			
		 		 	The following assumptions will be used to calculate the equivalent benefit accrual rate:
				
		 		 	1.	 	  Interest Rate. The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate assumption will be (select one):
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	7.5%.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	8.0%.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	8.5%.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 
				
		 		 	2.	 	  Mortality Table. The mortality table will be (select one):
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	UP-1984 Mortality Table.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (1983 GAM).
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1983 IAM).
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table (1971 GAM).
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1971 IAM).
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

											
			
		 	B.	 	Minimum Allocation Requirements
			
		 		 	For purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirements the Plan will use the following method (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:   ̈	 	The Plan will provide benefits that satisfy the broadly available requirements described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(a).
				
		 		 	Option 2:   ̈	 	Suboption (c) of this Option 6 has been selected and the formula, as completed, will provide benefits that satisfy the gradually increasing age and/or service requirements as described in Plan
Section 3.04(B)(10)(b).
				
		 		 	Option 3:   ̈	 	The Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation gateway method identified below (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation of at least 5 percent of the non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code
section 415(c)(3), a definition which satisfies Code section 415(c)(3) will apply).
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation so that each non-Highly Compensated Employee has an allocation rate of at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest allocation rate.
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (c):	 	 ̈	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation equal to the lesser of the amount described in Suboption (a) or Suboption (b) above.
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (d):	 	 ̈	 	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least one-third of the allocation rate of the highest
compensated Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c)(i).
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (e):	 	 ̈	 	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least 5 percent of the non-Highly Compensated
Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code section 415(c)(3), a definition which satisfies Code section 415(c)(3) will apply) in the manner described in Plan
Section 3.04(B)(10)(c)(ii).
						
		 		 		 	Suboption (f):	 	 ̈	 	Reallocate preliminary contributions or hypothetical contributions paid to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals the lesser of the
amount described in Suboption (d) or Suboption (e) above.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3, Suboption (f) will apply. If Option 3 is selected and no suboption is selected, Suboption (f) will apply, if necessary. 
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 5 or Option 6 is chosen the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocation must pass nondiscrimination testing under Code section
401(a)(4). In the case of Self-Employed Individuals, the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and a new comparability or age-weighted allocation method should not be such that a cash or
deferred election is created for a Self-Employed Individual as a result of the allocation method. 

  

					
		  	Page 21 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 	4.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 		 	A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus entitled to share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year, only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements
described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:  	 	 ̈	 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
						
		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	     Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or      months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service
applies.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No additional conditions will apply.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

			
		 	5.	 	Contributions to Non-Highly Compensated Disabled Participants
			
		 		 	Will a non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to an Employer Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(B)(1) (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	6.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions

													
				
		 		 	a.	 	Authorization of Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will the Employer make Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan on behalf of Participants with employment covered under a government contract (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:  	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 6 only if Option 1 is selected. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Contribution Offset
				
		 		 		 	Will the Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions offset any other Employer Profit Sharing Contribution to which the Participant may be entitled to under the Plan (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
				
		 		 		 	Will Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees be entitled to Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions under the Plan (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 22 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																									
	     	 		 	d.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions Designation
				
		 		 		 	For purposes other than eligibility, vesting and allocation (e.g., testing and distribution eligibility), how will Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions be designated under the Plan (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
		
	Part E.	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Qualified Nonelective Contribution Formula
			
		 		 	For each Plan Year, can the Employer contribute an amount to be determined from year to year as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.
			
		 		 	Option 2:    x    No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Regardless of the selection made, the Employer may make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution to correct ADP or ACP testing failures if they otherwise
meet the requirements to correct the failure using a Qualified Nonelective Contribution. 
			
		 	2.	 	Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions
			
		 		 	Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy nondiscrimination tests) will be made (select one):
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Pro Rata. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the applicable
Plan
		 		 	 Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for such Plan Year.

			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    Limited Pro Rata. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation not in excess
of
		 		 	 $         for the applicable Plan Year bears to the limited total
Compensation of all Qualifying Participants entitled to an allocation for such Plan Year.

			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
	     	 	3.	 	Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Participants Eligible for Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy nondiscrimination tests) will be allocated to (select one):
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participants. 
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    All Participants. 
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 		 	A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus eligible to share in the Qualified Nonelective Contribution for any Plan Year (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy
nondiscrimination tests), only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements of Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select
one):

																									
							
	     	 	     	 	     	 	Option 1:     ̈	 		 		 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s death.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	 The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	 The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s death.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 		 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.

  

					
		  	Page 23 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

							
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	No additional conditions will apply.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

  

							
	Part F.	 	Qualified Matching Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula
				
		 		 	a.	 	For each Plan Year, can the Employer contribute an amount to be determined as a Qualified Matching Contribution (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈     No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made with respect to (select all that apply):
				
		 		 		 	 x       Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.

				
		 		 		 	  ̈       Roth
Elective Deferrals.

				
		 		 		 	
 ̈       Nondeductible Employee
Contributions.

				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Qualified Matching Contributions will be made with respect to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula
				
		 		 		 	If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year will be equal to (select
one):

  

					
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.
			
		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible
Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

									
		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
		 		 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	            %

  

					
		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
			
		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible
Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

									
		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to     %	 	            %
		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	            %

  

							
		 	Option 3:    x    	 	Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled
thereto that would be sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test (described in Plan Section 3.13) or the Actual Contribution Percentage test (described in Plan Section 3.14) for the Plan Year, or both.	 	
				
		 	Option 4:     ̈    	 	Other formula. (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled thereto.) 	 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	  
	 	.
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Matching Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.06 and Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 	 	

  

									
		 	2.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Limit
			
		 		 	Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula(s) specified above, no Qualified Matching Contributions in excess of $             or
     percent of a Contributing Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any.) 
			
		 	3.	 	Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Contributing Participants Eligible for Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made on behalf of (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Each Contributing Participant who makes Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) and who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	All Contributing Participants who make Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 24 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 	b.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for purposes of Qualified Matching Contributions, and thus entitled to share in Qualified Matching Contributions for any Plan Year, only if the
Participant has satisfied all of the requirements of Section Two on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
						
		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:    x    	 	No additional conditions will apply.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

  

							
	Part G.	 	Other Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Rollover Contributions
			
		 		 	May an Employee make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to Plan Section 3.07 (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Yes.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	Yes, unless such Employee is part of any excluded class of Employees.
				
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.
				
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈    	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

							
		 		 	a.	 	Direct Rollovers
				
		 		 		 	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
				
		 		 		 	The Plan will accept Direct Rollovers of pre-tax Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items):

  

									
		 		 	1.	 	A qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 
				
		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 1, above, complete the following:
				
		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

					
		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
				
		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

					
		 		 	2.	 	An annuity contract described in Code section 403(b).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 25 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 2, above, complete the following:
					
		 		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

						
		 		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
					
		 		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

						
		 		 		 	3.	 	An eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 
					
		 		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 3 above, complete the following:
					
		 		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

						
		 		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
					
		 		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

  

													
		 		 	b.	 	Indirect Rollovers
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
					
		 		 		 		 	The Plan will accept Indirect Rollovers of pre-tax Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items):
							
		 		 		 		 	1.	 	A qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
							
		 		 		 		 	2.	 	An annuity contract described in Code section 403(b).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
							
		 		 		 		 	3.	 	An eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item. 	 	

  

									
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Indirect Rollover of Earnings on Roth Elective Deferrals
					
		 		 		 		 	Will the Plan accept Indirect Rollover contributions of earnings on Roth Elective Deferrals (select one)?
					
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.
					
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x    No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. Indirect Rollover contributions may only consist of earnings attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals. If
no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Rollover Contributions from IRAs
				
		 		 		 	Will the Plan accept rollover contributions of the pre-tax portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over
(select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions
			
		 		 	May a Contributing Participant make Nondeductible Employee Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.10 (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes, but Nondeductible Employee Contributions will not be mandatory.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    Yes and Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory.
			
		 		 	Option 3:    x    No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 
			
		 		 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions may commence on (must be on or after the Effective Date)
                    .

  

											
		 	3.	 	Top-Heavy Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Minimum Allocation or Benefit
				
		 		 		 	For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) will be made (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	To this Plan (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):    x    	 	The top-heavy minimum will offset Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Part D above.
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    	 	The top-heavy minimum will not offset Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Part D above.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 26 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	To the following plan maintained by the Employer:	 	
					
		 		 		 	(Describe below the extent, if any, to which the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement of Code section 416(c) and Plan Section 3.04(E) will be met in another plan. This should include the name of the other plan, the minimum
benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the Employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan.)	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	In accordance with the following method: (Provide language describing the method that will be used to satisfy Code section 416. Such method must preclude Employer discretion.) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

											
		 		 	b.	 	Participants Entitled to Receive Minimum Allocation	 	
					
		 		 		 	If any minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) is not satisfied with other allowable contribution sources, the remaining minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) will be allocated
to the Individual Accounts of (select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Participants who are not Key Employees.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	All Participants.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
					
		 		 	c.	 	Top-Heavy Ratio	 	
					
		 		 		 	For purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio as described in Plan Section 7.19(B), the Present Value of benefits under a defined benefit plan will be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the following
(select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Not applicable because the Employer has not maintained a defined benefit plan.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	The interest rate and mortality table specified for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	Interest rate of      percent and the following mortality table (specify):	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
	Part H.	 	ADP Testing Method
		
		 	The testing method used for purposes of the ADP test under this Plan will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Prior-Year Testing Method.
			
		 		 	Initial Plan Year ADP
			
		 		 	If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees will be (select
one):
			
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    3 percent.
			
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    Such first Plan Year’s ADP.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x    	 	Current-Year Testing Method.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C
above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2
is selected or the current-year testing method currently applies for an existing Plan, the current-year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current-year testing method for the preceding five Plan
Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS)) for changing from the current-year testing method. The current-year testing method may be selected for the ADP test even if prior-year testing is selected for the ACP test. However, if different testing methods for the
ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test, or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.

		
	Part I.	 	ACP Testing Method
		
		 	The testing method used for purposes of the ACP test under this Plan will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Prior-Year Testing Method.
			
		 		 	Initial Plan Year ACP
			
		 		 	If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or both, the ACP for Participants who are
non-Highly Compensated Employees will be (select one):
			
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    3 percent.
			
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    Such first Plan Year’s ACP.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x    	 	Current-Year Testing Method.

  

					
		  	Page 27 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C
above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2
is selected or the current-year testing method currently applies for an existing Plan, the current-year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current-year testing method for the preceding five Plan
Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS)) for changing from the current-year testing method. The current-year testing method may be selected for the ACP test even if prior-year testing is selected for the ADP test. However, if different testing methods for the
ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test, or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.
	 	
			
	Part J.	 	Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
			
		 	May an Employee make Deemed IRA Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.15 (select one)?	 	
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.	 	
			
		 	Option 2:    x    No.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part J only if Option 1 is selected. 	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Participants Eligible to Make Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	The following Participants will be eligible to make Deemed IRA Contributions (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	All Participants.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Other. (Specify.) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	2.	 	Type of Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Deemed IRA Contributions may include (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Traditional IRA.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Roth IRA.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	Both Traditional and Roth IRA.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 	 	
					
		 	3.	 	Deposits Held	 		 	
				
		 		 	Deemed IRA Contribution deposits will be held (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	As part of the Fund established pursuant to Plan Section 7.01.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	In a separate individual trust or custodial account.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If neither the Trustee nor the Custodian named in Section 8 of the Plan meet the requirements under Code section 408(a)(2) to hold IRA assets, the
Plan Sponsor must either appoint a separate Trustee or Custodian for the Deemed IRA accounts under the Plan or the Deemed IRA accounts must be held in a separate individual trust or custodial account. 	 	
			
	Part K.	 	Benefit Accrual in the Case of Death or Disability Resulting from Qualified Military Service	 	
			
		 	Will the benefit accrual provisions under Code section 414(u)(9) apply to individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of death or Disability while performing qualified military service as defined in Code
section 414(u) (select one)?	 	
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.	 	
			
		 	Option 2:    x    No.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.	 	

 
  

	
	SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES
	Complete Parts A through L

  

			
	Part A.	 	Vesting Schedule for Matching Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Matching Contributions (including ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions), if
applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as follows.

  

																	
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS OF

SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	 	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Matching 
	 	Option 1 x	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	
Option 4  ̈ (Complete if chosen)
	 	
Option 5  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	             %	 	            %
	 1
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	             %	 	            %
	 2
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	             % (not less than 20%)	 	            %
	 3
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	             % (not less than 40%)	 	      100%
	 4
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	             % (not less than 60%)	 	      100%
	 5
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	             % (not less than 80%)	 	      100%
	 6
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	       100%	 	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 28 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

			
	Part B.	 	Vesting Schedule for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as follows.

  

																	
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS OF

SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Profit Sharing
	  	Option 1 x	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	
Option 4  ̈ (Complete if chosen)
	  	
Option 5  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %	  	            %
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %	  	            %
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	            % (not less than 20%)	  	            %
	 3
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	            % (not less than 40%)	  	      100%
	 4
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	            % (not less than 60%)	  	      100%
	 5
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	            % (not less than 80%)	  	      100%
	 6
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	      100%	  	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. A Participant with accrued benefits derived from Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions who has not completed at least one Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise selected by the
Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA). In addition, all Employer Profit Sharing Contributions made to the Plan for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, that were previously
subject to a less favorable vesting schedule will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise selected by the Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of PPA. Please list the pre-PPA vesting
schedules, if applicable, on a Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Document Provisions Attachment. 

  

			
	Part C.	 	Vesting Schedule for QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if applicable, made to the Plan pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as
follows.

  

											
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS
OF
 SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 QACA
	  	Option 1  ̈	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	
Option 3  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section
Three will be Vested in accordance with the vesting provisions for Matching Contributions selected above. Even if the Plan does not allow for Matching Contributions, the Employer must indicate a vesting schedule for Matching Contributions
above that will apply or the default vesting schedule (100 percent vesting) will apply to QACA ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. 

  

							
	Part D.	 	Measuring Period for Vesting	 	
			
		 	Years of Vesting Service will be measured over the following 12-consecutive month period (select one):	 	
				
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The Plan Year.	 	
				
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	The 12-consecutive month period commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12-month period commencing on the anniversaries of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.	 	
				
		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	Other. (Specify.) 	 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies and Option 4 will apply if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
	 	

  

									
	Part E.	 	Service Required for Vesting Purposes (Select one.) 
			
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The Hours of Service method of determining service applies. (Complete the following.) 
					
		 		 	(a)	 	1000	 	Hours of Service (not more than 1,000) will be required to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.
					
		 		 	(b)	 	500	 	Hours of Service (not more than 500 but less than the number specified in Option 1(a), above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected and the Hours of Service method of determining service applies or if Option 1 is selected and no hours are specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for items (a) and (b),
respectively. 

  

					
	Part F.	 	Exclusion of Service for Vesting
		
		 	All of an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) with the Employer are counted to determine the Vested percentage in the Participant’s Individual Account except (select all
that apply):
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) before the Employee reaches age 18.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 29 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
	Part G.	 	Vesting Following Breaks in Service
		
		 	Will the rehire hold-out rule specified in Plan Section 4.01(D)(2) apply for purposes of determining the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account (select one)?
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

									
	Part H.	 	Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances	 		 	
		
		 	Will an Employee be fully Vested under the following circumstances (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?
					
		 	1.	 	The Employee dies.	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
					
		 	2.	 	The Employee incurs a Disability.	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
					
		 	3.	 	The Employee satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age (if applicable).	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
		
		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item. 

  

					
	Part I.	 	Vesting in the Case of Disability Resulting from Qualified Military Service
		
		 	Will vesting service be credited to individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of Disability while performing qualified military service as defined in Code section 414(u) (select one)?
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
			
		 	Option 3:    x 	 	Not applicable. Individuals become 100 percent Vested upon Disability under the terms of the Plan.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Regardless of which option is selected, individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of death while performing qualified military service
must be credited with Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable). 

  

							
	Part J.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Matching Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants specified below in the ratio that each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan
Year.
			
		 		 	The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such Forfeitures will be (select one):
				
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈ 	 	Qualifying Contributing Participants as defined for Matching Contributions in Section Three, Part B, item 6 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	Qualifying Participants as defined for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions in Section Three, Part D, item 4 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈ 	 	All Participants.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

					
	Part K.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Allocated to the Individual Accounts of non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Qualifying Contributing Participant. The allocation to such Participants’ Matching Contribution account will be in the ratio that each applicable
Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all applicable Qualifying Contributing Participants for such Plan Year.
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

							
	Part L.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants specified below in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B) (for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions).
			
		 		 	The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such Forfeitures will be (select one):
				
		 		 	Suboption (a):    x 	 	Qualifying Participants as defined for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions in Section Three, Part D, item 4 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	All Participants.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

					
		  	Page 30 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS
	Complete Parts A through F

  

	
	NOTE: Distribution options selected for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals will apply to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions, and Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, unless otherwise limited under the Code and other legislative and regulatory guidance. Distribution options selected for
Matching Contributions will apply to ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, as applicable. Distribution options selected for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will apply to Employer Prevailing Wage
Contributions designated as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable.

  

											
	Part A.	 	Eligibility for Distributions
			
		 	1.	 	Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
				
		 		 	a.	 	Individual Account Balances Less Than or Equal to the Cashout Level
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Cashout Level for Terminated Participants
					
		 		 		 		 	For purposes of applying the cashout rules in Plan Section 4.01(C)(1), the cashout level will be (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	
Option 1:     ̈ 

	 	$5,000.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	$1,000.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	$200.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	$             (specify an amount less than $1,000).
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 5:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The cashout distribution provisions in Plan Section 4.01(C)(1) will not apply.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. A cashout level exceeding $1,000 will subject the Plan to the automatic rollover requirements of Code section 401(a)(31)(B) as described in Plan
Section 5.01(B). If Option 5 is selected you may skip item (ii) below because the value of the Vested portion of the Participant’s Individual Account must remain in the Plan until the Participant is entitled to, and requests (if required), a
distribution.
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Rollovers Included in Involuntary Cashouts
					
		 		 		 		 	Will rollover contributions be included in determining the value of a Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of Plan Sections 5.01 and 5.04 (select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the Plan may be subject to the automatic rollover rules pertaining to cashout amounts described in Plan Section 5.01 even if
the cashout amount is $1,000 or less.
				
		 		 	b.	 	Individual Account Balances Exceeding Cashout Level
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Employee Has Not Reached Normal Retirement Age
					
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee who has not reached Normal Retirement Age be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to the following types of contributions upon incurring a Termination of Employment
(select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions. (Select all that apply.)
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Matching Contributions (if applicable).
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if applicable).
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with regard to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Severance from Employment
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals on account of Severance from Employment pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(A)(2) (select
one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
			
		 	2.	 	Distributions During Employment
				
		 		 	a.	 	In-Service Withdrawals
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	In-Service Availability for Elective Deferrals In General
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals (select all that
apply)?
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Yes, if he or she has attained age 59.5. (Must be at least age 59 1⁄2. If no age is specified, age 59 1⁄2 will apply.) 
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Yes, if he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If either box is selected above, select whether in-service distributions will be available from Pre-Tax and/or Roth Elective Deferrals (select all that
apply).
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Roth Elective Deferrals.

  

					
		  	Page 31 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a Participant is permitted to request an in-service distribution upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, he or she must also be at least age
59 1⁄2 to be eligible for the distribution. If in-service distributions are permitted and neither Pre-Tax nor Roth Elective Deferrals is selected, in-service
distributions will be permitted from both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	In-Service Availability for Elective Deferrals Due to Deemed Severance from Employment
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment but has incurred a Deemed Severance from Employment be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to
Elective Deferrals (select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
					
		 		 		 	iii.	 	In-Service Availability for Employer Contributions

													
						
		 		 		 		 	(A)	 	Will a Participant be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (select one)?
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions (select all that apply and complete the table below):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x    Matching Contributions.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with respect to all Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

 

					
	 	  	 Matching

Contributions
	  	
Employer Profit
Sharing
Contributions

	Upon attainment of age 59 1⁄2.	  	ü	  	
	Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age.	  	ü	  	ü
	Upon attainment of age (specify an age other than age 59 1⁄2):	  		  	
	Upon reaching a Vested percentage equal to 100 percent.	  		  	
	After contributions have been allocated to the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least two):	  		  	
	After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least five unless the applicable contributions have been allocated to the Plan for at least two years as specified in the box above):	  		  	
	After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (a) and attaining age (b).	  	 (a)
 (b)
	  	 (a)
 (b)

	After becoming 100 percent Vested, participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (a) and attaining age (b).	  	 (a)
 (b)
	  	 (a) 0
 (b) 59.5

  

																	
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: Place an “x” or enter the specific criteria (e.g., age, years of participation) in each box, as applicable. A Participant need only satisfy the criteria in one of the rows to be eligible
for an in-service distribution. If Option 1 applies and no selections or entries are made in the table above, Plan Section 5.01(C)(1) will apply in determining whether a Participant is entitled to an in-service distribution.
						
		 		 		 		 	(B)	 	The maximum number of in-service withdrawals that may be taken while a Participant is employed by the Employer is (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	x    	 	Unlimited. (Select all that apply.) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Other. (Select and complete all that apply.) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions. (Specify the actual number that applies (e.g., one per Plan Year).)	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	 .

									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. (Specify the actual number that applies (e.g., one per Plan Year).) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If in-service withdrawals are available under the Plan and no limits are specified above, a Participant may request an unlimited number of in-service withdrawals.	 	
					
		 		 	b.	 	Hardship Withdrawals	 	
						
		 		 		 	i.	 	Hardship Availability for Elective Deferrals	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a hardship distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals, not including any earnings attributable (select one)?	 	

																	
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following Elective Deferrals (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 32 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and hardship distributions will be available from both Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals. Hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals will result in
a suspension of an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b).
						
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Hardship Availability for Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a hardship distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (select all that
apply)?

																	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account attributable to such contributions (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who has participated in the Plan for              or more years and has
attained age              (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account attributable to such contributions and has participated in the Plan for
             or more years and has attained age              (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Matching Contributions.
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	x	 	 No.
	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no box is selected, an Employee will be entitled to request a hardship distribution with respect to all Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. If an Employee will be
entitled to request a hardship distribution, complete the following:

																			
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	How will hardship be defined for purposes of this section (select all that apply)?
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈ 	 	The definition of hardship described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(a) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, therefore an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, except that an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and
Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈ 	 	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, including the requirement that an Employee’s Elective
Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (b) will apply to the option selected in item (b)(ii) above with regard to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. Even if
Suboption (a) or (b) is selected above, removal of Elective Deferrals on account of hardship under Section Five, Part A, item (2)(b)(i) above will result in a six month suspension of an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, if applicable).
					
		 		 		 	iii.	 	Hardship Availability Due to Beneficiary Hardship
					
		 		 		 		 	If the Plan permits hardship distributions, will hardship distributions also be permitted because of a hardship incurred by the Primary Beneficiary of an Employee (select
one)?

																			
										
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.	 		 		 		 	
										
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.	 		 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 33 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																			
			
		 	3.	 	Miscellaneous Distribution Issues
				
		 		 	a.	 	Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to rollover contributions at any time (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions will apply according to Plan Sections 5.01(A)(1) and
5.01(D)(1)(a).
				
		 		 	b.	 	Withdrawals of Elective Transfer Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to elective transfer contributions at any time subject to the restrictions of Plan Section 5.01(D) (select
one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions will apply according to Plan Sections 5.01(A)(1) and
5.01(D)(1)(a).
				
		 		 	c.	 	Disability
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to the following contribution sources (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions. (Select all that apply.) 
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 		 	x    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 1 applies and no contribution source is selected, distributions will be permitted from all contribution sources.
				
		 		 	d.	 	Qualified Reservist Distributions
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a qualified reservist distribution (as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(3)) of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
				
		 		 	e.	 	Permissible Withdrawals of EACA or QACA Elective Deferrals

																			
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Authorization of Permissible Withdrawals
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals and the earnings attributable to such Elective Deferrals during the period described in item (ii)
below (select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes, for all automatically enrolled Participants.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Yes, but only for automatically enrolled Participants who have no other Elective Deferrals in the Plan.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item (e) only if Option 1 or 2 is selected.
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Permissible Withdrawal Period
					
		 		 		 		 	A Participant’s election to make a permissible withdrawal must be made within (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	30 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	45 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	90 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	             (specify a number between 30 and 90) days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 4 is selected and no number is specified, 30 days will apply.
		
	Part B.	 	Form of Distribution
			
		 	1.	 	Involuntary Cashout Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
			
		 		 	Involuntary cashout distributions of $1,000 or less that are Eligible Rollover Distributions and are made to terminated Participants that do not elect a form of distribution will, pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(B)(1), be
(select one):

																			
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Paid in a lump sum distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Paid in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement account (as defined in Code sections 408(a) and 408(b)).
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 34 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																			
		 	2.	 	Voluntary Distributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Lump Sum
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a payment of the Vested portion of their Individual Account in a lump sum, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply.
				
		 		 	b.	 	Partial Payments
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a non-recurring partial payment from the Vested portion of their Individual Account, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply. Partial payments may be made from the Plan either prior to Termination of Employment or to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) even if
Option 2 applies.
				
		 		 	c.	 	Installment Payments
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a series of regularly scheduled recurring payments from the Vested portion of their Individual Account, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply.
				
		 		 	d.	 	Annuity Contracts
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to apply the Vested portion of their Individual Account toward the purchase of an annuity contract, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply.
			
		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 must be selected for at least one of items (a) through (d) in Part B, item 2 above. If this Plan is restating a Prior Plan Document, the forms of distribution under this Plan must
generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan Document.

  

							
	Part C.	 	Timing of Distributions
			
		 	1.	 	Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement Age
			
		 		 	If a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or attains Normal Retirement Age, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions will commence as soon as administratively feasible following (select
one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The date the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	The next valuation date after the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution or the Participant requests a distribution and incurs
             (not more than five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is later.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section
5.10.
			
		 	2.	 	Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment
			
		 		 	If a Participant has a Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions will commence as soon as administratively feasible following (select
one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The date the Participant requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	The next valuation date after the Participant requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant requests a distribution.
				
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant requests a distribution or the Participant requests a distribution and incurs              (not more than
five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is later.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section
5.10.

  

					
		  	Page 35 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
	Part D.	 	Beneficiary Required Minimum Distributions
			
		 	1.	 	Election to Apply Five-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries
			
		 		 	Will Designated Beneficiaries be required to take distributions according to the five-year rule (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes. If the Participant dies before distributions have begun and there is a Designated Beneficiary, distribution to the Designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2),
but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the
Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse have begun, this election will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the
Participant.
				
		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 in Part D, item 1 above is selected, Option 2 in Part D, item 2 must be selected.
				
		 		 		 	If applicable, this item 1 will apply to (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈ 	 	All distributions.
					
		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	The following distributions (specify):
		 		 		 		 	  
	 	
		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.
			
		 	2.	 	Election to Permit Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect Five-Year Rule
			
		 		 	Will Participants or Designated Beneficiaries be permitted to elect, on an individual basis, whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule applies (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a
Designated Beneficiary.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No. Distributions will be made in accordance with Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) and, if applicable, item 1 above.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
	Part E.	 	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor
			
		 	1.	 	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor
			
		 		 	Will the safe harbor provisions of Plan Section 5.10(E) apply (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
			
		 	2.	 	Survivor Annuity Percentage (Complete only if Option 2 is selected in item 1 above or if certain Plan assets (e.g., transfer contributions) are subject to the Retirement Equity Act annuity
requirements.)
			
		 		 	The survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be a percentage equal to      percent (at least 50, but not more than 100) of the amount paid to the Participant
before their death.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no percentage is specified, the survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be equal to 50 percent.
		
	Part F.	 	Loans
		
		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a loan pursuant to Plan Section 5.16 (select one)?
		
		 	Option 1:    x  Yes.
		
		 	Option 2:     ̈   No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

	
	NOTE: Generally, Code section 411(d)(6) prohibits the elimination of protected benefits. Protected benefits include the timing of payout options. If the Plan is restating a Prior Plan Document that permitted a
distribution option described above that involves the timing of a distribution, the selections must generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan Document. Certain forms of distributions (e.g., redundant forms of distribution) may,
however, be eliminated. Refer to Code section 411(d)(6) and the corresponding Treasury Regulation for details pertaining to the elimination of otherwise protected benefits. Note that ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, Disability, an event described in Code section 401(k)(10), or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age
59 1⁄2.

  

					
		  	Page 36 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS
	Complete Parts A through J

  

																	
	Part A.	 	Compensation for Allocation and Other General Purposes
		
		 	NOTE: Compensation for ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions follows the definition of Compensation applicable to Elective Deferrals. Compensation for ACP Test
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions follow the definition of Compensation applicable to Matching Contributions. If the Safe Harbor CODA or QACA provisions of the Plan apply, such definitions must
be reasonable definitions within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2), must not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(3) and must permit each Participant to
elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions available to the Participant under the Plan.
			
		 	1.	 	Base Definition
			
		 		 	 Compensation will mean all of each Participant’s (Select one for each contribution source. If a contribution source
listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such source.):
  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective

Deferrals
	 	 Matching
Contributions
	 	 Employer
Profit Sharing

Contributions
	 	 
		 		 	Not applicable.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 	W-2 Wages.	 	ü	 	ü	 	ü	 	
		 		 	3401(a) Wages.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 	415 Safe-Harbor Compensation.	 		 		 		 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, W-2 wages will apply to such source.
			
		 	2.	 	Determination Period
			
		 		 	 Compensation will be determined over the following applicable period (Select one for each contribution source. If a
contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such source.):
  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective

Deferrals
	 	 Matching
Contributions
	 	 Employer
Profit Sharing

Contributions
	 	 
		 		 	Not applicable.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 	Plan Year.	 	ü	 	ü	 	ü	 	
		 		 	Calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 	Consecutive 12-month period, beginning on (specify month and day)             .	 		 		 		 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Plan Year will apply to such source.
			
		 	3.	 	Pre-Entry Date Compensation
			
		 		 	 Unless a different definition of Compensation is required by either the Code or ERISA, for the Plan Year in which an Employee
enters the Plan, the Employee’s Compensation that will be taken into account for purposes of the Plan will be (Select one for each contribution source. If a contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not
applicable” for such source.):
  

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective

Deferrals
	 	 Matching
Contributions
	 	 Employer
Profit Sharing

Contributions
	 	 
		 		 	Not applicable.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 	Compensation from Entry Date.	 	ü	 	ü	 	ü	 	
		 		 	Compensation for the full Determination Period.	 		 		 		 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Compensation from Entry Date will apply to such source.
			
		 	4.	 	Inclusion in Compensation
				
		 		 	a.	 	Elective Deferrals
				
		 		 		 	Will Compensation include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125 (cafeteria plans), 132(f)(4)
(transportation fringe benefits), 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans), 408(k) (salary deferral SEP plans), 403(b) (tax sheltered annuity plans), 414(h) (governmental pick-up plans), and 457 (deferred compensation plans of state and local governments and
tax-exempt organizations) (select “Yes” or “No” for each of the following contribution sources)?
						
		 		 		 	Elective Deferrals.	 	x  Yes         ̈  No	 	
						
		 		 		 	Matching Contributions.	 	x  Yes         ̈  No	 	
						
		 		 		 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	x  Yes         ̈  No	 	
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a contribution source, “Yes” will apply for such contribution source, if applicable.

  

					
		  	Page 37 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 		 	b.	 	Deemed 125 Compensation
				
		 		 		 	Will Compensation include deemed Code section 125 compensation (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈  Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	x  No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	5.	 	Exclusion from Compensation
				
		 		 	a.	 	General Exclusions
				
		 		 		 	Compensation will exclude the following (select all that apply, if a contribution source is not available under the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such source):

  

									
	 	 	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions
	a.	 	Not applicable.	  		  		  	
	b.	 	Bonuses.	  		  		  	
	c.	 	Overtime.	  		  		  	
	d.	 	Commissions.	  		  		  	
	e.	 	Differential Wage Payments.	  		  		  	
	f.	 	Reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash & noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits.	  		  		  	
	g.	 	Other. (Specify.) 	  		  		  	
					
		 	Imputed Income, severance	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü

  

									
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a contribution source, such item will be included in Compensation for such contribution source, if applicable. No exclusions from Compensation other than item (f) above are
permitted with respect to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions if the integrated allocation formula in Section Three, Part D, item 3 is selected. If any items are excluded other than item (f) above, the definition of Compensation may not be a safe
harbor alternative definition of compensation and may be subject to nondiscrimination testing under Code section 414(s).
				
		 		 	b.	 	Post-Severance Compensation
				
		 		 		 	In addition to any adjustments to Compensation selected above, will Compensation exclude the following (Select “Yes” or “No” for each of the following compensation sources.)?
					
		 		 		 	Leave cashouts paid after Severance from Employment.	  	 ̈ Yes            x No
					
		 		 		 	Deferred compensation paid after Severance from Employment.	  	 ̈ Yes            x No
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a compensation source, “Yes” will apply for the source, if applicable.

  

					
	Part B.	 	Disability
		
		 	For purposes of this Plan, Disability will mean (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:  x	  	The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months.
			
		 	Option 2:   ̈	  	The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity in the Employee’s trade or profession for which the Employee is best qualified through training or experience.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
	Part C.	 	Highly Compensated Employee
			
		 	1.	 	Top Paid Group Election
			
		 		 	For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee under the Plan, will the top paid group election apply (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈  Yes.
			
		 		 	Option 2:    x  No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Calendar Year Data Election
			
		 		 	If the Plan Year is a non-calendar year, for purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than a five-percent owner) under the Plan, will the calendar year data election apply (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:    x  Yes.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the Plan Year is a calendar year, the Highly Compensated Employee determination will be based on the prior calendar year. 

  

					
		  	Page 38 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
	Part D.	 	Method of Determining Service
			
		 	1.	 	Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan will be determined on the basis of (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. An Employee will generally be credited for the aggregate of all time periods commencing with the Employee’s first day of employment and ending on the date a Break in Service begins.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	 	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.
			
		 	2.	 	Service for purposes of determining if a Participant is a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing Participant (and therefore eligible to receive an Employer Contribution) will be determined on the basis of
(select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. Each Qualifying Participant will share in Employer Contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date a Break in Service
begins.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	 	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.
			
		 	3.	 	Service for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested percentage will be determined on the basis of (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. An Employee will generally be credited for the aggregate of all time periods commencing with the Employee’s first day of employment and ending on the date a Break in Service begins.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	 	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		 		 		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	 	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 39 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
	Part E.	 	Limitation Year Means (Select one.) 
			
		 	
Option 1:    
x
	 	 The Plan Year.

			
		 	 Option
2:     ̈
	 	 The calendar year.

			
		 	 Option
3:     ̈
	 	Other 12-consecutive month period. (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 

													
		 		 	  

		 		 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
           .
		
		 	     NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
		
	 Part F.
	 	      Plan Year Means (Select one.)

			
		 	      Option 1:    x
	 	The 12-consecutive month period which coincides with the Adopting Employer’s tax year.
			
		 	      Option 2:     ̈
	 	The calendar year.
			
		 	      Option 3:     ̈
	 	The 52/53 week period ending on the last              (specify day of the week) nearest
             (specify month and day) of each year. 
			
		 	      Option 4:     ̈
	 	Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 

													
	                	 		 	  

		 		 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
       .
		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

 
 If the initial Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan
Year), specify such Plan Year’s beginning and ending dates.

													
	                	 	  

		 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                   
.

													
		
	Part G.	 	Predecessor Employer Service
		
		 	In addition to the service credited when an Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service with a predecessor employer will be credited for the following purposes where the Employer does not maintain the
plan of a predecessor employer (select all that apply):
		
		 	x   Eligibility.
		
		 	x   Vesting.
		
		 	x   Allocation of Contributions.
		
		 	Name of Predecessor Employer(s):
		 	 First Brandon Bank, First Community Bank, McCrillis and Eldredge Insurance, Inc., The Nashua Bank, The Randolph

National Bank

													
	                	 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                   .
		
		 	If service with a predecessor is taken into account for one or more of the items listed above, specify any additional limitations on crediting service that apply (e.g., limitations by business classification, length
of service):

													
	                	 	  

		 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                   
.

													
		
	Part H.	 	Required Beginning Date
		
		 	For purposes of determining when minimum distributions must begin to be made to each Participant, the Required Beginning Date will mean (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈	  	April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1⁄2.
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈	  	April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2, except that
distributions to a Participant (other than a five-percent owner) with respect to benefits accrued after              (specify month, day, and year) must commence by
April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or the calendar year in which the
Participant retires.
			
		 	Option 3:    x	  	The later of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or retires
except that distributions to a five-percent owner must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Option 3 above may only be selected if (i) it corresponds to an amendment previously made to the Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulation section
1.411(d)-4, Q&A-10(b), or (ii) it does not eliminate an age 70 1⁄2 distribution option, as described in the preceding Treasury
regulation, because either (A) the Plan is a new plan or (B) Suboption (a) below is checked or the Plan already offers a pre-retirement distribution option at least as generous as Suboption (a) below. 

  

					
		  	Page 40 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

  

							
		 		 	                    (If Option 3 is selected, choose one or more of the following suboptions.)
				
		 		 	                    Suboption (a):    
x	  	Any Participant (other than a five-percent owner of the Employer) attaining age 70 1⁄2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the
calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1⁄2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1⁄2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. An election to defer distributions will
be deemed made by a Participant who does not request a minimum distribution by April 1 of the year following the year in which the Participant attains age
70 1⁄2.
				
		 		 	                    Suboption (b):    
x	  	Any Participant (other than a five-percent owner) attaining age 70 1⁄2 in years before 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by
April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant retires. There is (select one):
				
		 		 		  	(i)     ̈  a new annuity starting date upon recommencement.
				
		 		 		  	(ii)   x  no new annuity starting date upon recommencement.
				
		 		 		  	NOTE: If neither item (i) nor item (ii) is selected, item (ii) will apply. 
			
		 		 	                     NOTE:
If no suboption(s) is selected, Suboptions (a) and (b) will apply. Suboption (b) above may only be

                    selected if it corresponds to
an amendment previously made to the Plan pursuant to IRS Notice 97-75

                    Q&As 7 and 8.

													
		
	Part I.	 	Retirement Age
			
		 	1.	 	Early Retirement Age
			
		 		 	The Early Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈	  	An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the Plan.
				
		 		 	Option 2:    x	  	A Participant satisfies the Plan’s Early Retirement Age conditions by attaining age 55 and completing 5 Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Normal Retirement Age
			
		 		 	The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select and complete one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x	  	Age 65 (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code section 411(a)(8)).
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈	  	The later of age              (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code section 411(a)(8)) or the
             (not to exceed fifth) anniversary of the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and age 59 1⁄2 will apply. 
		
	Part J.	 	Valuation Date
		
		 	The Plan Valuation Date will be (select one):

  

							
		  	Option 1:     ̈	 		  	 Daily.

				
		  	Option 2:    x	 		  	The last day of the Plan Year and each other date designated by the Plan Administrator which is selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
				
		  	 Option
3:     ̈
	 		  	 The last day of each Plan quarter.

				
		  	 Option
4:     ̈
	 		  	 The last day of each month.

				
		  	 Option
5:     ̈
	 		  	Other. (Specify one or more dates that are selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, including the last day of the Plan Year.) 
		  		 		  	  

		  		 		  	                                      
                                         
                                         
                                         
     .
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 
 SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS

 Complete Parts A and B 
  

													
	Part A.	 	Life Insurance
		
		 	Will life insurance investments be permitted under the Plan (select one)?
			
		 	
Option 1:    
 ̈
	  	 Yes.

			
		 	 Option
2:    x
	  	 No.

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
		
	 Part B.
	 	 Participant
Direction

  

							
			
		 	 1.
	 	Authorization
			
		 		 	Will a Participant be responsible for directing any or all of the investment of their Plan assets pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(B) (select one)?
			
		 		 	 Option
1:    x  Yes.

			
		 		 	 Option
2:     ̈  No.

			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of Part B only if Option 1 is selected. 

  

					
		  	Page 41 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
			
		 	 2.
	 	Accounts Subject to Participant Direction
			
		 		 	A Participant will be responsible for directing the following portions of their Individual Account (select one):
			
		 		 	 Option
1:     ̈  The entire Individual Account.

			
		 		 	 Option
2:    x  Those accounts that the Plan Administrator may designate from time to time in a uniform and

                   
        nondiscriminatory manner.

			
		 		 	 Option
3:     ̈  The following accounts (select all that apply):

 

							
		 	  ̈
	 	Elective Deferral account.
			
		 	  ̈
	 	Matching Contribution account.
			
		 	  ̈
	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contribution account.
			
		 	  ̈
	 	Rollover contribution account.
			
		 	  ̈
	 	Transfer contribution account.
			
		 	  ̈
	 	Other. (Specify one or more of the accounts that may, in part, comprise a Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan. Do not list any restrictions on Participant direction that would be deemed to
restrict any benefits, rights, or features in a discriminatory manner prohibited under Code section 401(a)(4).) 
		 		 	  

		 		 	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
 .

  

							
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The Participant direction option selected for Elective Deferrals will apply to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, ADP Test
Safe Harbor Contributions, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, and Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable. The Participant direction option selected for Matching
Contributions will apply to ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, as applicable. The Participant direction options selected for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will apply to Employer
Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable. 
				
		 	3.	 		 	Frequency of Investment Changes
				
		 		 		 	A Participant may make changes to the investments within their Individual Account with the following frequency (select one):
				
		 		 		 	 Option
1:    x  In accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Plan Administrator or

                  
         other Fiduciary.

				
		 		 		 	 Option
2:     ̈  Daily.

				
		 		 		 	 Option
3:     ̈  Monthly.

				
		 		 		 	 Option
4:     ̈  Quarterly.

				
		 		 		 	 Option
5:     ̈  Other. (Specify one or more uniform and nondiscriminatory periods.)

			
		 	  

		 	                                      
                                         
                                         
                                       .

  

							
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The Plan’s Valuation Dates must be at least as often as the frequency selected above. 
				
		 	4.	 		 	ERISA 404(c) Compliance
				
		 		 		 	Does the Adopting Employer intend to operate this Plan in compliance with the requirements pertaining to Participant direction of investment in ERISA section 404(c) as set forth in Plan Section 7.22(B) (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x  Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 42 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
	Complete Parts A and B (as applicable)

  

											
	Part A.	 	Trustee
			
		 	1.	 	Trustee Appointment
				
		 		 	a.	 	Trustee (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Financial Organization as Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	Individual Trustee(s).
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable, a Trustee is not required to be named for this Plan (select one).

  

													
	    	 	 Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	Plan assets are invested solely in annuity contracts or insurance policies provided by an Insurer.
					
	    	 	    	 	  	 	Name of Insurer	 	  

	    	 	    	 	  	 	Address	 	  

	    	 	    	 	  	 	Telephone	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

					
	    	 	    	 	  	 	Signature	 	  

				
	    	 	 Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	This Plan is exempt from the trust requirements under ERISA section 403 (e.g., the Plan covers one or more self-employed individuals as defined in Code section 401(c)(1)).
		
	    	 	 NOTE: If Suboption (b) is selected, a Custodian must be named in Part B below. 

  

													
		 		 	b.	 	Type of Trustee
				
		 		 		 	Will the Trustee of this Plan be a Directed or Discretionary Trustee (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Directed Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	  	Discretionary Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	Not applicable, Option 3 was selected in Part 1(a) above.
				
		 		 	c.	 	Trustee Signature
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If you are an individual Trustee and no Limited Trustee(s) is named in Part A, item 3 below you will also be deemed to be a Limited Trustee.

  

											
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen R. Theroux

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

						
		 	 Name
	 	  
	 	Title	 	 President / Chief Executive Officer
	 	
		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 		 
		 	 Signature
	 	  
	 

  

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen W. Ensign

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Executive Chairman

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

			
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Leonard C. Cashman

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Board Director

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		  	Page 43 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	2.	 	Trust Agreement
			
		 		 	If a Trustee is designated in Part A, item 1 above, which trust agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Trust provisions contained in Plan Section Eight.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Separate executed trust agreement attached hereto.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the attached trust agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the Prototype Document Sponsor listed in Section Nine
below. If Option 2 is selected and a Limited Trustee is named below, the separate trust agreement will not replace Plan Section 8.09. 
			
		 	3.	 	Limited Trustee
			
		 		 	The Limited Trustee appointed solely for the purposes of ensuring the timely collection and deposit of Employer Contributions will be:
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	The individual Trustee(s) named above.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	The party(ies) named below.

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		  	Page 44 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		 	NOTE: A Trustee, including a Limited Trustee, must be an individual, individuals, or corporation. A corporate Trustee must be a bank, trust company, broker, dealer, or clearing agency as defined in Labor
Regulation section 2550.403(a)-1(b). 

  

			
	Part B.	 	Custodian (Both a Custodian and Trustee may be appointed for the Plan. This Part B must be completed if the Plan is exempt from the Trustee requirements under ERISA section 403 and neither a Trustee nor an Insurer
is appointed in Part A, item 1 above.)

  

									
		 	1.	 	Custodian Appointment
				
		 		 	Financial Organization	 	 Ascensus Trust Company

				
		 		 	Address	 	 1126 Westrac Drive, Fargo, ND 58103

		 		 	Name (type or print)	 	 Lyman S. Edds
	 	

		 		 	Signature	 	  
	 
		 		 		 		 

  

									
		 	2.	 	Custodial Agreement
			
		 		 	If a Custodian is designated in Part B, item 1 above, which custodial agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Custodial provisions contained in Plan Section Eight.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	  	Separate executed custodial agreement attached hereto.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected and the separate custodial agreement is being used in place of a trust agreement under Code section 401(f), the attached
custodial agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the Prototype Document Sponsor listed in Section Nine below. 

  

					
		  	Page 45 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION NINE: EMPLOYER SIGNATURE 

 

			
	 Prototype Document Sponsor
	 	
		
	Name of Prototype Document Sponsor	 	 Ascensus, Inc.

			
		
	Address 	 	 415 8th Avenue NE, Brainerd, MN 56401

			
		
	Telephone 	 	 218-825-5000

  

							
	 Plan Administrator
  

	  ̈
	 	Check here and provide the applicable information below if someone other than the Adopting Employer will be the Plan Administrator.

 

													
		 	Name of Plan Administrator	 	  

			
		 	Address	 	  

							
		 	City	 	  
	 	State	 	  
	 	Zip	 	  

			
		 	Telephone	 	  

			
		 	Name (type or print) 	 	  

 

											
		 	Signature of Plan Administrator	 	  
	 	Date Signed	 	  

  

			
	 Check the applicable box if there is an attachment(s) that applies to this Plan other
than a separate trust or custodial agreement.

		
	  ̈
	 	 Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Document Provisions Attachment.

		
	  ̈
	 	 Other Plan Information Attachment. (If this box is checked, please describe the attachment(s).)

		 	  

		 	  

 

			
		
	  ̈
	 	 Special Effective Date(s) Attachment.

		
	  ̈
	 	 New Comparability Allocation Group(s) Attachment.

		
	  ̈
	 	 Related Participating Employer Election Attachment.

 Authorized Employer Signature 

I am an authorized representative of the Adopting Employer named above and I state the following: 

 

	1.	I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of adopting this Plan; 

 

	2.	I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan; 

  

	3.	I understand that the Prototype Document Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan; and 

 

	4.	I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement, the corresponding Basic Plan Document and, if applicable, any separate trust or custodial agreement used in lieu of the trust or custodial agreement contained in the
Basic Plan Document. 

  

							
	Signature of Adopting Employer	 	  
	    	Date Signed	 	  

				
	Type Name	 	  
	    	Title	 	  

 NOTE: The Adopting Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that
the Plan is qualified under Code section 401 only to the extent provided in Revenue Procedure 2011-49. The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are
specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Revenue Procedure 2011-49. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made
to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document #03.  

  

					
		  	Page 46 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION TEN: ALLOCATION FACTOR TABLES 

Employers selecting the age-weighted formula in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of allocating Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will use the following
tables in determining the allocation factor.
  

													
	Age Related Allocation Factors*	 	  	 	 	  	 	 
	 Participant’s Current Age
	  	7.5%	 	  	Interest Rate
8.0%	 	  	8.5%	 
	1	  	 	0.991	  	  	 	0.714	  	  	 	0.515	  
	2	  	 	1.066	  	  	 	0.771	  	  	 	0.559	  
	3	  	 	1.146	  	  	 	0.833	  	  	 	0.606	  
	4	  	 	1.232	  	  	 	0.899	  	  	 	0.658	  
	5	  	 	1.324	  	  	 	0.971	  	  	 	0.714	  
	6	  	 	1.423	  	  	 	1.049	  	  	 	0.775	  
	7	  	 	1.530	  	  	 	1.133	  	  	 	0.840	  
	8	  	 	1.645	  	  	 	1.223	  	  	 	0.912	  
	9	  	 	1.768	  	  	 	1.321	  	  	 	0.989	  
	10	  	 	1.901	  	  	 	1.427	  	  	 	1.074	  
	11	  	 	2.043	  	  	 	1.541	  	  	 	1.165	  
	12	  	 	2.197	  	  	 	1.665	  	  	 	1.264	  
	13	  	 	2.361	  	  	 	1.798	  	  	 	1.371	  
	14	  	 	2.539	  	  	 	1.942	  	  	 	1.488	  
	15	  	 	2.729	  	  	 	2.097	  	  	 	1.614	  
	16	  	 	2.934	  	  	 	2.265	  	  	 	1.751	  
	17	  	 	3.154	  	  	 	2.446	  	  	 	1.900	  
	18	  	 	3.390	  	  	 	2.641	  	  	 	2.062	  
	19	  	 	3.644	  	  	 	2.853	  	  	 	2.237	  
	20	  	 	3.918	  	  	 	3.081	  	  	 	2.427	  
	21	  	 	4.212	  	  	 	3.327	  	  	 	2.634	  
	22	  	 	4.527	  	  	 	3.594	  	  	 	2.857	  
	23	  	 	4.867	  	  	 	3.881	  	  	 	3.100	  
	24	  	 	5.232	  	  	 	4.192	  	  	 	3.364	  
	25	  	 	5.624	  	  	 	4.527	  	  	 	3.650	  
	26	  	 	6.046	  	  	 	4.889	  	  	 	3.960	  
	27	  	 	6.500	  	  	 	5.280	  	  	 	4.297	  
	28	  	 	6.987	  	  	 	5.703	  	  	 	4.662	  
	29	  	 	7.511	  	  	 	6.159	  	  	 	5.058	  
	30	  	 	8.075	  	  	 	6.652	  	  	 	5.488	  
	31	  	 	8.680	  	  	 	7.184	  	  	 	5.954	  
	32	  	 	9.331	  	  	 	7.758	  	  	 	6.461	  
	33	  	 	10.031	  	  	 	8.379	  	  	 	7.010	  
	34	  	 	10.783	  	  	 	9.049	  	  	 	7.606	  
	35	  	 	11.592	  	  	 	9.773	  	  	 	8.252	  
	36	  	 	12.462	  	  	 	10.555	  	  	 	8.953	  
	37	  	 	13.396	  	  	 	11.400	  	  	 	9.714	  
	38	  	 	14.401	  	  	 	12.311	  	  	 	10.540	  
	39	  	 	15.481	  	  	 	13.296	  	  	 	11.436	  
	40	  	 	16.642	  	  	 	14.360	  	  	 	12.408	  
	41	  	 	17.890	  	  	 	15.509	  	  	 	13.463	  
	42	  	 	19.232	  	  	 	16.750	  	  	 	14.607	  
	43	  	 	20.674	  	  	 	18.090	  	  	 	15.849	  
	44	  	 	22.225	  	  	 	19.537	  	  	 	17.196	  
	45	  	 	23.892	  	  	 	21.100	  	  	 	18.658	  
	46	  	 	25.684	  	  	 	22.788	  	  	 	20.244	  
	47	  	 	27.610	  	  	 	24.611	  	  	 	21.964	  
	48	  	 	29.681	  	  	 	26.580	  	  	 	23.831	  
	49	  	 	31.907	  	  	 	28.706	  	  	 	25.857	  
	50	  	 	34.300	  	  	 	31.002	  	  	 	28.055	  
	51	  	 	36.872	  	  	 	33.483	  	  	 	30.439	  
	52	  	 	39.638	  	  	 	36.161	  	  	 	33.027	  
	53	  	 	42.611	  	  	 	39.054	  	  	 	35.834	  
	54	  	 	45.806	  	  	 	42.178	  	  	 	38.880	  
	55	  	 	49.242	  	  	 	45.553	  	  	 	42.185	  
	56	  	 	52.935	  	  	 	49.197	  	  	 	45.770	  
	57	  	 	56.905	  	  	 	53.133	  	  	 	49.661	  
	58	  	 	61.173	  	  	 	57.383	  	  	 	53.882	  
	59	  	 	65.761	  	  	 	61.974	  	  	 	58.462	  
	60	  	 	70.693	  	  	 	66.932	  	  	 	63.431	  
	61	  	 	75.995	  	  	 	72.286	  	  	 	68.823	  
	62	  	 	81.695	  	  	 	78.069	  	  	 	74.673	  
	63	  	 	87.822	  	  	 	84.315	  	  	 	81.020	  
	64	  	 	94.408	  	  	 	91.060	  	  	 	87.907	  
	65	  	 	101.489	  	  	 	98.345	  	  	 	95.379	  

  

	*	Based on the UP 1984 Mortality Table Testing Age 65 

  

					
		  	Page 47 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 Comprehensive 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan 

Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement 
  

 

	
	EMPLOYER INFORMATION

  

			
	Name of Adopting Employer	  	 Lake Sunapee Bank

			
		
	Address	  	 9 Main Street

 

											
	City	 	 Newport
	  	State	 	 NH
	  	Zip	 	 03773

 

							
	Telephone	  	 603-865-6038
	 	Adopting Employer’s Federal Tax Identification Number	 	 02-0173110

  

			
	Adopting Employer’s Tax Year End (specify month and day)	 	 12/31

 

					
	Type of Business (select one)	  	 ̈ Sole Proprietorship     ̈ Partnership     ̈ C Corporation     ̈ S Corporation     ̈ LLC
			
		  	x Other. (Specify a legal entity recognized under federal income tax laws.) 	  	 Federally Chartered Savings Bank

  

									
	Name of Plan	  	 Lake Sunapee Bank Profit Sharing Stock Ownership
Plan

  

											
	Plan Sequence Number	 	 002
	 	Trust Identification Number (if applicable)	 	  
	 	Account Number	 	 213007

 Related Employers – If the Adopting Employer is part of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
section 414(b) as modified by Code section 415(h)), a group of commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code section 414(c) as modified by Code section 415(h)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of
which the Adopting Employer is a part, or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Adopting Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o), then such Related Employers of the Adopting Employer will participate in this Plan only if listed on a
Related Participating Employer Election Attachment. Failure to include Related Employers of the Adopting Employer may cause a violation of the coverage rules under Code section 410(b). Additions to or deletions from a Related Participating Employer
Election Attachment do not constitute amendments to this Plan. 
  

	
	 SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES

Complete Part A or B

  

											
	Part A.	 	 ̈	 	New Plan Effective Date
			
		 		 	This is the initial adoption of a 401(k) profit sharing plan by the Adopting Employer.
			
		 		 	The Effective Date of this Plan is                     . (Must be on or after January 1, 2007.) 
			
		 		 	If different from the Effective Date above, Elective Deferrals can be made under this Plan effective:
				
		 		 		 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective
Date.)
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 
				
		 		 		 	Roth Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.) The
effective date for Roth Elective Deferrals must be on or after January 1, 2006.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals. 
			
		 		 	NOTE: The Effective Date is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed and may not be earlier than such date. Elective Deferrals, however, cannot be made available
before the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the date specified above for Elective Deferrals. 
			
	Part B.	 	x	 	Existing Plan Amendment or Restatement Date
			
		 		 	This is an amendment or restatement of an existing qualified plan.
			
		 		 	The Initial Plan Document was effective on 01/01/1987.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	This Plan is a frozen Plan effective on                     .
				
		 		 		 	If this Plan is a frozen Plan, no Employer Contributions may be made to the Plan with respect to Compensation earned on or after the Effective Date that the Plan is frozen. In addition, no additional contributions
(e.g., rollover, transfer) may be accepted by the Plan on or after the date that the Plan is frozen. Depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the freezing of the Plan, other Plan provisions may be affected (e.g., vesting, availability of
loans.)
			
		 		 	The Effective Date of this amendment or restatement is 1/1/2015 (except as otherwise provided on a Special Effective Date(s) Attachment, if applicable, or in the Basic Plan Document). (Must be on
or after January 1, 2007.) 

  

					
		  	Page 1 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 	If different from the Effective Date above, Elective Deferrals, if added by this amendment or restatement, can be made under this Plan effective:

  

					
	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
			
	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this amendment or restatement.
			
	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this
amendment or restatement.)
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 
	
	Roth Elective Deferrals (Select one.) 
			
	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this amendment or restatement.
			
	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date of this
amendment or restatement.) The effective date for Roth Elective Deferrals must be on or after January 1, 2006.
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals.

 

					
	NOTE: Specifying an amendment or restatement Effective Date as any day other than the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed may result in a
reduction or elimination of accrued benefits, violating Code section 411(d)(6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Effective Dates for certain items (e.g., PPA and other legislative and regulatory guidance) are governed by the terms
specified in the Basic Plan Document. If Elective Deferrals are being made available for the first time as a result of this amendment or restatement, the Elective Deferrals cannot be made available before the later of the date this Adoption
Agreement is signed or the date specified above for Elective Deferrals. If different dates are selected for Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals, the date specified above for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals must be either the same date or an
earlier date than that selected for Roth Elective Deferrals. 

 SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY 

Complete Parts A through F 
  

	
	NOTE: Eligibility requirements selected for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals will also apply to Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if such contributions are made to the Plan. Age and eligibility service requirements
and Entry Dates for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals must be either the same or more liberal than the age and eligibility service requirements for Roth Elective Deferrals. Eligibility requirements selected for Matching Contributions will apply to
Qualified Matching Contributions, if such contributions are made to the Plan. There will be no eligibility requirements and entry will be immediate for Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions. 

  

									
	Part A.	 	Age and Eligibility Service
			
		 	1.	 	Age Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching
Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement, after attaining the
following age (select and complete all that apply):
				
		 		 	x	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals – Age      (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Matching Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	x	 	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions – Age 21 (not more than 21). 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions – Age      (not more than 21). 
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no age is specified for a contribution source, there will be no age requirement for such source. 
			
		 	2.	 	Eligibility Service Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving
Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select
and complete all that apply):
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	No eligibility service required.
				
		 		 		 	If this option is selected, there will be no eligibility service requirement for the following contributions (select all that apply):
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 2 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
				
		 		 	x	 	 After completing 6 consecutive Months of Eligibility Service (not more than 12) beginning on the Employee’s
date of hire.
  
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a
Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service specified above (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	x	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	x	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing              consecutive Months of Eligibility
Service (not more than 12) beginning on the Employee’s date of hire, during which time the Employee completes at least              Hours of Service (not more than 1,000).

  
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant
in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service and Hours of Service specified above (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: Employees not meeting the Hours of Service requirement within the period specified above will satisfy the Plan’s service requirement when they complete 1,000 Hours of Service within the
Eligibility Computation Period. If this option is selected and no Hours of Service are specified, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the contributions specified above after completing the
number of consecutive Months of Eligibility Service specified above. 
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).

 
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the
Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable) (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	 After completing 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).

 
 If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the
Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) (select all that apply):

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	Other.
				
		 		 		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the following requirements (select and complete all that
apply):

  

					
	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions. (Cannot require more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. (Cannot require more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).)
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.
		
	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions. (Cannot require more than 1 Year of Eligibility Service (Period of Service, if applicable).) 
		  	  

		  	  
	 	.

  

					
		  	Page 3 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		  		  	NOTE: If the requirements are based on Months of Eligibility Service with an hours requirement, Employees not meeting the hours requirement within the initial number of months indicated in the Adoption
Agreement will satisfy the month of eligibility service requirement when they complete 1,000 Hours of Service within the Eligibility Computation Period.	 	
				
		 		  	NOTE: If no eligibility service requirement is selected for any contribution source, there will be no service requirement for such source. If more than one Year of Eligibility Service (Period of
Service, if applicable) is selected in this Section Two, Part A for either Matching Contributions or Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, the immediate 100 percent vesting schedule in Section Four will automatically apply to such
contribution source. Selecting more favorable eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals than for Safe Harbor Contributions requires nondiscrimination testing under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) and 1.401(m)-1(b)(4).
	 	
				
		 	3.	  	Age and Service Waivers	 	
					
		 		  	a.	  	Employees Employed as of the Effective Date	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
as of the Effective Date listed in Section One, Part A, of the Adoption Agreement who has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements listed above be considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date and be
eligible to become a Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
						
		 		  		  		  	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the Effective Date will be
subject to the waiver. If Option 1 is selected but no Employees are specified, all Employees employed on the Effective Date will be subject to the waiver. This waiver may only be used when this Plan is first adopted. 	 	
					
		 		  	b.	  	Employees Employed as of a Specified Date	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
on                      (specify a month, day, and year) who has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements be considered
to have met those requirements and be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
						
		 		  		  		  	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no date is specified, no additional age and eligibility service waivers will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no
contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the specified date will be subject to the waiver. If Option 1 is selected but no Employees are specified, all Employees employed on the specified
date will be subject to the waiver. This age and eligibility service waiver may be used either when this Plan is adopted or when the Plan is subsequently amended (e.g., to add one or more types of contributions, to add a previously excluded
group of Employees). 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 4 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

															
		 		  	c.	  	Mergers and Acquisitions	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will an Employee listed below (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a Related Employer of the Adopting Employer that does not participate in the Plan) and employed
on                                  (specify a month, day, and year) who 1) became
an Employee as a result of a merger with or acquisition of the prior employer(s) listed below, and 2) has not otherwise met the age and eligibility service requirements be considered to have met those requirements and be eligible to become a
Participant in the Plan in relation to the contribution source(s) selected below, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		  		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
						
		 		  		  		  	Employees subject to the waiver (define classifications and prior employers):	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Not applicable.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but either no date and/or no Employees are specified, no additional age and eligibility service waivers will apply. If Option 1
is selected but no contribution source(s) is specified, all contribution sources available in the Plan on the specified date will be subject to the waiver. This age and eligibility service waiver may be used either when this Plan is adopted or when
a merger or acquisition occurs. Waivers that include only certain Employees from certain prior employers may create testing implications under Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b).	 	
			
	Part B.	 	Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees	 	
			
		 	An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan unless such Employee is (select all that apply):	 	
				
		 	 ̈	  	 Included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives,
if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two-percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the
term “Employee representatives” does not include any organization in which more than half of the members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

 
 If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all
that apply):
	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	 ̈	  	 A nonresident alien (within the meaning of Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code
section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)).
  

If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
				
		 	 ̈	  	 An Employee as the result of a transaction described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C). Such Employee will be excluded during the
period beginning on the date of the change in the member(s) of the group and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the change. A transaction described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C) is an asset or stock acquisition,
merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.
  

If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		 		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 5 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		  	 ̈	  	A Leased Employee.
			
		  		  	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	 ̈	  	A Highly Compensated Employee.
			
		  		  	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	 ̈	  	Incorrectly determined not to be an Employee (e.g., erroneously classified as an independent contractor).
			
		  		  	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	 ̈	  	Other.
			
		  		  	If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions and groups of Employees (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)

		  		  		  	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  		 	.
		  		  		  	  
	 	
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.) 
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.) 
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.)
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on time, service, or compensation.) 
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
			
		  		  	NOTE: A Related Employer of the Adopting Employer will be excluded from the Plan unless such employer signs a Related Participating Employer Election Attachment. 
		
		  	NOTE: Exclusions of Employees (other than statutorily excluded Employees under Code section 410(b)(3) and (4)) may result in the Plan needing to be amended to include enough Employees to pass the minimum
coverage requirements under Code section 410(b). 
		
	Part C.	  	Entry Dates
		
		  	The Entry Dates will be (select all that apply):
			
		  	 ̈	  	Immediately upon meeting age and eligibility service – The day the age and eligibility service requirements in Section Two, Part A, are satisfied.
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 6 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		  	 ̈	  	Monthly – The first day of each month of the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	 ̈	  	Quarterly – The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the fourth, seventh, and tenth months of the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	x	  	Semi-Annually – The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
				
		  		  	x	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		  		  	x	  	Matching Contributions.
				
		  		  	x	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		  		  	x	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.
				
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
			
		  	 ̈	  	Annually – The first day of the Plan Year. (Refer to the “NOTE” at the end of this Part C for restrictions that may apply.) 
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.	 	
			
		  	 ̈	  	Other. (Refer to the “NOTE” at the end of this Part C for restrictions that may apply.) 
			
		  		  	If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions and dates (select all that apply):
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Matching Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Safe Harbor/QACA Safe Harbor Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		  		  	 ̈	  	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (Define Entry Date(s).) 	 	
		  		  		  	  

		  		  		  	  
	 	.
			
		  	NOTE: If no Entry Dates are specified for a contribution source, semi-annual Entry Dates will apply to such source. The “Annually” and “Other” Entry Date options can be selected only
if the eligibility requirements and Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee will become a Participant in the Plan by the earlier of 1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee satisfies the age and
eligibility service requirements of Code section 410(a) and ERISA section 202, or 2) six months after the date the Employee satisfies such requirements. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 7 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
	Part D.	  	Service Required for Eligibility Purposes (Select one.) 
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	The Hours of Service method of determining service applies. (May only be selected if one or two Years of Eligibility Service or a fractional year service with hours is required for any source in Part A above.)
(Complete the following.) 
						
		  		 		  	(a)	 	                    	  	Hours of Service (not more than 1,000) will be required to constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.
						
		  		 		  	(b)	 		  	Hours of Service (not more than 500 and less than the number specified in Option 1(a), above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	x	  	Not applicable. Either (1) all sources under the Plan have either a fractional year service requirement with no hours or no service requirement to participate in the Plan or (2) the Elapsed Time method of determining
service applies.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected and the Hours of Service method of determining service applies or if Option 1 is selected and no hours are specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for (a) and (b),
respectively. 
		
	Part E.	  	Eligibility Computation Period
		
		  	An Employee’s Eligibility Computation Periods after their initial Eligibility Computation Period will be (select one):
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Each Plan Year commencing with the Plan Year beginning during their initial Eligibility Computation Period.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	The 12-consecutive month periods commencing on the anniversaries of their Employment Commencement Date.
				
		  	Option 3:	 	x	  	Not applicable. Either (1) all sources under the Plan have either a fractional year service requirement with no hours or no service requirement to participate in the Plan or (2) the Elapsed Time method of determining
service applies.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies and Option 3 will apply if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.

		
	Part F.	  	Participation Following Breaks in Service 
		
		  	Will the rehire hold-out rule described in Plan Section 2.04(C) apply for purposes of determining eligibility (select one)?
				
		  	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Yes.
				
		  	Option 2:	 	x	  	No.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS 

Complete Parts A through K 
  

									
	Part A.	  	Elective Deferrals
			
		  	1.	  	Authorization of Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan (select one)?
				
		  		  	Option 1:    x	 	Yes. (Complete the following.) 
				
		  		  		 	Will Roth Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan in addition to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals?
				
		  		  		 	Suboption (a):    ̈   Yes.
				
		  		  		 	Suboption (b):   x   No.
				
		  		  		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
				
		  		  	Option 2:     ̈	 	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the relevant portions of the remainder of Part A only if Option 1 is selected. 
			
		  	2.	  	Limits on Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	 a.      If Elective Deferrals are permitted under
the Plan, a Contributing Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have their Compensation reduced by the amount described below. Such amount will be contributed to the Plan by the Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant
(select one):

					
		  		  	        Option 1:	 	x	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from 1 percent to 100 percent in increments of 1 percent.
					
		  		  	        Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
					
		  		  	        Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from      percent to      percent in increments of percent, or an amount of the Contributing
Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
					
		  		  	        Option 4:	 	 ̈	  	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code sections 401(k), 402(g), 404, and 415.
			
		  		  	        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 8 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
				
	             	  	     	  	b.	  	Notwithstanding item (a) above, if Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his or her
Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (select one):
						
		  		  		  	Option 1:	 	   ̈  	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from     percent to      percent in increments of      percent.
						
		  		  		  	Option 2:	 	   ̈	  	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
						
		  		  		  	Option 3:	 	   ̈	  	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from      percent to      percent in increments of      percent, or an amount of the
Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than $         and not more than $        .
						
		  		  		  	Option 4:	 	   ̈	  	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code sections 401(k), 402(g), 404, and 415.
						
		  		  		  	 Option 5:
	 	  x	  	 Not applicable. The provisions of item (a) above will apply.

				
		  		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 5 will apply. 

									
			
	             	  		  	NOTE: A Contributing Participant’s combined Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals during their taxable year will not exceed the limit contained in Code section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of
such taxable year. Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, bonuses will be included in Compensation and will, therefore, be subject to a Participant’s salary reduction agreement. 
			
		  	3.  	  	Separate Deferral Election for Bonuses
			
		  		  	Can a Contributing Participant make a separate deferral election to defer part or all of a bonus that will apply instead of the Contributing Participant’s salary reduction agreement (select one)?
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	Yes.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected or if bonuses are excluded from Compensation for Elective Deferrals in Section 6, item 5 of this Adoption Agreement, Option 2 will apply. Option 1 may only be selected
if the Plan included bonuses in Compensation for Elective Deferrals in Section 6, item 5 of this Adoption Agreement. If Option 1 is selected and a Contributing Participant does not make a separate deferral election for a bonus, the
Participant’s salary reduction agreement will apply to the bonus. 
			
		  	4.	  	Catch-up Contributions
			
		  		  	Will eligible Contributing Participants be permitted to make Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.01(H) (select one)?
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	Yes.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		  	5.	  	Ceasing Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	A Contributing Participant may stop making Elective Deferrals prospectively by revoking a salary reduction agreement (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	Monthly – As of the first day of any month.
					
		  		  	Option 3:	 	    ̈	  	Quarterly – As of the first day of any quarter.
					
		  		  	Option 4:	 	    ̈	  	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 5:	 	    ̈	  	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 6:	 	    ̈	  	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 
		  		  		 		  	  

		  		  		 		  	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
       .
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		  	6.	  	Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	 	   x	  	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	 	    ̈	  	Monthly – As of the first day of any subsequent month.
					
		  		  	Option 3:	 	    ̈	  	Quarterly – As of the first day of any subsequent quarter.
					
		  		  	Option 4:	 	    ̈	  	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 5:	 	    ̈	  	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.
					
		  		  	Option 6:	 	    ̈	  	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 
		  		  		 		  	  

		  		  		 		  	                                    
                                         
                                         
                                         
       .
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 9 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 	7.	  	Changing Elective Deferral Amounts	 	
				
		 		  	A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to prospectively increase or decrease the amount of their Elective Deferrals (select one):	 	
						
		 		  	Option 1:	  	x	  	As of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Monthly – As of the first day of the month.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Quarterly – As of the first day of any quarter.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Semi-Annually – As of the first day of the Plan Year and first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	Annually – No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 6:	  	 ̈	  	Other. (Specify one or more dates occurring at least once per year, established in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 	 	
		 		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
				
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	8.   	  	Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals	 	
				
		 		  	A Participant who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding calendar year must submit their claim in writing to the Plan Administrator by (select one):	 	
						
		 		  	Option 1:	  	x	  	March 1.	 	
						
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Other. (Specify a date not later than April 15.) 	 	
		 		  		  		  	  
	 	.
				
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Excess Elective Deferrals are not removed by April 15, they will be included in income both when contributed and when distributed and may be
subject to a 10 percent early distribution penalty under Code section 72(t). 	 	

													
				
		 	9.	  	Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferrals	 	
					
		 		  	a.	  	Will the automatic Elective Deferral enrollment provisions apply (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, the Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) provisions in Plan Section 3.01(E)(1) will apply.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) provisions in Plan Section 3.01(E)(2) will apply.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	x	  	No.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Complete item 10 only if Option 1 or 2 is selected. 	 	
					
		 		  	b.	  	Tax Character of Elective Deferrals – ACA/EACA	 	
					
		 		  		  	How will amounts withheld from Compensation and contributed to the Plan as automatic Elective Deferrals under either an ACA or EACA be designated for tax purposes (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 2 may only be selected if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. 	 	
				
		 	10.	  	ACAs and EACAs	 	
					
		 		  	a.	  	New Employees	 	
					
		 		  		  	For an Employee who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in Section Two of the Adoption Agreement and who fails to provide the Employer a salary reduction agreement, will a portion of such Employee’s
Compensation be automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, for Employees hired on or after the Effective Date.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, for Employees who meet the eligibility requirements in Section Two, Part A of the Adoption Agreement on or after the Effective Date.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	No.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if an ACA or EACA provision is being added or changed. No portion of an Employee’s Compensation will be withheld until the date the Employee
enters the Plan after having satisfied the eligibility requirements listed in the Adoption Agreement. 	 	
					
		 		  	b.	  	Current Employees	 	
					
		 		  		  	If an ACA or EACA provision is being added to the Plan or an existing ACA or EACA provision is being changed, will automatic enrollment for Elective Deferrals apply to all Employees who have met the eligibility
requirements and who fail to return a salary reduction agreement on or after the Effective Date, including those who met the eligibility requirements in the Adoption Agreement before the Effective Date (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, but only to those Employees who are not Contributing Participants (e.g., are deferring zero-percent).	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, but only to those Employees deferring less than the amount in item (c) below (including zero-percent).	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, for all current Employees who have met the eligibility requirements (including Contributing Participants and current Employees who are not Contributing Participants).	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, for the following current Employees who have met the eligibility requirements (specify the classification of Employees who will be subject to automatic enrollment):	 	
		 		  		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	No.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 10 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: This section should not be completed if the provisions of an existing ACA or EACA are being included on a restated document with no changes made. If no option is selected, Option 5 will apply. If
“No” is selected, the extension to six months for making certain corrective distributions will not apply to a Plan with EACA. 	 	
					
		 		  	c.	  	Initial Amount of Automatic Elective Deferral	 	
					
		 		  		  	The following percentage or amount of each Employee’s Compensation will be automatically withheld each payroll and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral if they have met the eligibility requirements and
Option 1 or 2 was selected in item 9(a) above (select and complete one):	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	         percent.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	The greater of          percent or the Participant’s Elective Deferral rate in effect before being automatically enrolled.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	$            .	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and three-percent of Compensation will be withheld. Option 3 may not be selected for an EACA. 	 	
					
		 		  	d.	  	Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferral Increase	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees who are automatically enrolled under an ACA or EACA (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, by          percent per payroll once per year up to a maximum of          percent.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, by $             per payroll once per year up to a maximum amount of $            .	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, by (specify the amount, frequency, and maximum amount of the automatic Elective Deferral increase):	 	
		 		  		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  		  	  
	 	.
							
		 		  		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	No.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will apply. If the Plan intends to operate an EACA, the deferral increase amount above must be based on a percentage of Compensation. 	 	
					
		 		  	e.	  	Timing of Automatic Elective Deferral Increases	 	
					
		 		  		  	If automatic increases are selected above, such increases will occur on the following dates (select one):	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	First day of each Plan Year.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	First day of each calendar year.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	Other. (Specify the dates that the automatic Elective Deferral increases will occur.) 	 	
		 		  		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  		  	  
	 	.
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. For an EACA, Option 4 may only be selected if all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the
IRS. If Option 5 is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in an EACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.414(w)-1(b)(2). 	 	
			
		 		  	NOTE: If Employees who are automatically enrolled are treated differently from Employees who are not automatically enrolled with regard to automatic increases, special testing may be required under Code
section 401(a)(4). 
				
		 	11.	  	Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA)	 	
					
		 		  	a.	  	Authorization of QACA	 	
					
		 		  		  	Will the QACA provisions in Plan Section 3.01(F) apply (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes. 	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	No.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 11 only if Option 1 is selected. If Option 1 is selected, the QACA provisions of the Plan will apply for the Plan
Year and the provisions relating to the ADP or ACP test generally will not apply. Contribution provisions that are selected in addition to the options listed in this Part A, item 11 may subject the Plan to ADP, ACP, and top-heavy
testing. If Option 1 is selected, the Plan generally must satisfy the QACA requirements of Code sections 401(k)(13) and 401(m)(12), including the notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. If a QACA is eliminated during a Plan Year
under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(g), the Plan will be subject to provisions relating to the ADP and ACP tests, including restrictions on the selection of testing methods (e.g., current vs. prior-year). 	 	
					
		 		  	b.	  	Tax Character of Elective Deferrals – QACA	 	
					
		 		  		  	How will amounts withheld from Compensation and contributed to the Plan as automatic Elective Deferrals under a QACA be designated for tax purposes (select one)?	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		  		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
					
		 		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 2 may only be selected if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 11 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	c.	 	QACA Elective Deferral Rates
				
	     	 		 	i.	 	Standard Percentage
				
		 		 		 	The following percentage of each Eligible Employee’s Compensation will be automatically withheld each payroll and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral if Option 1 was selected in item 11(a) above and if
an Eligible Employee does not timely return a salary reduction agreement (select an option and complete the blanks, if applicable):

  

							
	 	  	 Option 1   ̈
	 	 	 Option
2   ̈

	 Initial Rate
	  	 	3	% 	 	    % (not less than three or more than ten) 
	 Rate Two
	  	 	4	% 	 	    % (not less than four or more than ten) 
	 Rate Three
	  	 	5	% 	 	    % (not less than five or more than ten) 
	 Rate Four
	  	 	6	% 	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Five
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Six
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Seven
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 
	 Rate Eight
	  	 	N/A	  	 	    % (not less than six or more than ten) 

  

											
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The QACA Elective Deferral rate must be at least three percent of Compensation during the Initial Period and must be at least the minimum percentages
described above for each subsequent period following the Initial Period until the Elective Deferral rate equals six-percent. 	 	
					
	     	 		 	ii.	 	Comparison Percentage	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will the Employer withhold and contribute to the Plan as an Elective Deferral the greater of the standard percentage as described in item (c) above or the Participant’s Elective Deferral rate in effect before being
automatically enrolled in the QACA (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 should be selected if the Plan previously contained an automatic contribution arrangement. Notwithstanding the preceding, if no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and the QACA
Elective Deferral rate will be the applicable percent described in item (c)(i) above or, if greater, the Elective Deferral rate in effect for a Participant immediately before being automatically enrolled in the QACA. 	 	
				
		 	d.	 	Timing of QACA Increases	 	
					
		 		 	i.	 	Initial Period	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will QACA rate increases, if applicable, occur during the Initial Period (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the first day of the Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the first day of the calendar year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  Yes, on the Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  Yes, (specify the dates the QACA rate will increase during the Initial Period):	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
						
		 		 		 	Option 6:	 	 ̈  No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 6 will apply. The Employer may increase QACA Elective Deferral rates during the Initial Period but such increases are not required. Option 4 may only be selected if
all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the IRS. If Option 5 is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in a QACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury
Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(j)(2). 	 	
					
		 		 	ii.	 	Subsequent Periods	 	
					
		 		 		 	QACA rate increases following the Initial Period, if applicable, will occur on the following date (select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈  First day of each Plan Year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈  First day of each calendar year.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈  Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈  The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈  Other. (Specify the dates the QACA rate will increase after the Initial Period.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 4 may only be selected if all Contributing Participants share a common annual review date, except as otherwise provided by the IRS. If Option 5
is selected, increases of automatic Elective Deferrals in a QACA must satisfy the uniformity rules in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(j)(2). 	 	
				
		 	e.	 	Participants Entitled to Receive QACA Safe Harbor Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	QACA Safe Harbor Contributions will be made on behalf of (select one):	 	
				
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈  Each Eligible Employee who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.	 	
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  All Eligible Employees.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 12 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 	f.	 	QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution	 		 	
				
		 		 	For the Plan Year, the Employer will make the following QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 11(e) above, in the amount of (select
one):	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Basic Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
								
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to 1%	 	100%	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than 1, but less than or equal to 6%	 	50%	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to     % (not less than one) 	 	    % (not less than 100) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	                                  (if greater
than six, ACP testing will apply)	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If the Plan is intended to also satisfy the QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor CODA rules regarding Matching Contributions, no Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals exceeding six-percent
of Compensation. 	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Other QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Equal to the following percentage. (Specify a QACA Enhanced Matching Contribution formula that is at least as favorable as the QACA Basic Matching Contribution formula.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
						
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	QACA Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	             (not less than three) percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Options 2 or 3, if selected, must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the
Matching Contribution that would be received if the Employer were making contributions under Option 1, but the rate of match cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase. 	 	
				
		 	g.	 	QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: No additional contributions are required to satisfy the QACA requirements. The Employer may, however, make Matching Contributions other than those contributions made under item 11(f) above. To
ensure that the Plan continues to satisfy the safe harbor provisions of a QACA, only the following additional Matching Contributions may be made (see the “NOTE” below for specific contribution limitations). 	 	
				
		 		 	For the Plan Year will the Employer make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 11(e) above (select one)?	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes. The Employer will make QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in the amount of (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Less than or equal to     % (not more than six) 	 	    %	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: The matching percentage for Tier 2 cannot exceed the matching percentage for the base rate. No Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of Compensation.
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	A discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: The Elective Deferrals that are matched will be determined by the Employer for the year, but in no event can a Matching Contribution be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of the
Employee’s Compensation. The total discretionary QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution made to any Eligible Employee cannot exceed four-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year. Matching
Contributions made under the Plan that exceed these limitations will subject the Plan to ACP testing. 	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable. The Employer will not make a QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution unless necessary to do so in order to timely allocate Forfeitures.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 13 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected and no contribution amount is selected, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If the Employer wishes to make Matching Contributions in addition to QACA ACP Test
Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, the Matching Contributions section of the Adoption Agreement must be completed. Such contributions will be subject to ACP testing. 	 	
					
		 		 	h.	 	Recipient Plan	 	
					
		 		 		 	The QACA Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to (select one):	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	This Plan.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Other plan. (Specify plan of the Employer.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	12.	 	Automatic Increase for Employees who are Not Automatically Enrolled or for Plans Without Automatic Enrollment	 	
					
		 		 	a.	 	Authorization to Increase Elective Deferrals Automatically	 	
					
		 		 		 	Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees who are not automatically enrolled under items 10 or 11 above?	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Contributing Participants whose salary deferral agreements are below      percent of Compensation. Increases will occur by      percent per payroll once per year up to a maximum of
     percent.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Yes, for Contributing Participants whose salary deferral agreements are below      percent of Compensation. Increases will occur by:	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
							
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	x	 	No.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 	 	
					
		 		 	b.	 	Timing of Increasing Elective Deferrals Automatically	 	
					
		 		 		 	If automatic increases are selected in item 12(a) above, such increases will occur on the following dates (select one):	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	First day of each Plan Year.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	First day of each calendar year.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s initial deferral date.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	The Contributing Participant’s annual review date.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Other. (Specify the dates the automatic Elective Deferral increases will occur.) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If Employees who are automatically enrolled are treated differently from Employees who are not automatically enrolled with regard to automatic increases, special testing may be required under Code
section 401(a)(4). 	 	
			
	Part B.	 	Matching Contributions	 	
			
		 	NOTE: Employers that intend to maintain a QACA safe harbor plan or a Safe Harbor CODA plan, as defined in Plan Sections 3.01 or 3.03 that is not subject to ACP testing, must skip this Part B and complete
either Part A, item 11 or Part C. Matching Contributions made under this Part B will be subject to ACP testing. 	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Authorization of Matching Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following types of contributions (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:    x	 	No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part B only if Option 1 is selected. 	 	
				
		 	2.	 	Matching Contributions and Catch-up Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Will Matching Contributions be made in accordance with the Matching Contribution formula specified in items 3 and 4 below, with regard to Catch-up Contributions (select one)?	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈	 	Yes.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈	 	No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 14 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 	3.	 	Matching Contribution Formula	 	
				
		 		 	If the Employer selected to make Matching Contributions in item 1 above, then the amount of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year will be equal to (select
one):	 	
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Discretionary Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. The amount, the
allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if any, is at the complete and sole discretion of the Employer and may vary. Any Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon
each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective
Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective
Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Multi-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of
Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.	 	
									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
									
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 		 	Less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 3	 		 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to     %	 	    %	 	
									
		 		 		 		 	Tier 4	 		 	Greater than     %	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Service Match.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the number of such Contributing
Participant’s Years of  ̈ Eligibility  ̈ Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) with the Employer as specified in the matching schedule
below.	 	
								
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Years (Periods) of Service
	 	 Matching Percentage
	 	 
								
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 3	 	Greater than             , but less than or equal to              years (periods)	 	    %	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	Tier 4	 	Greater than             years (periods)	 	    %	 	
						
		 		 	Option 6:	 	 ̈	 	Discretionary Match by Location or Business Classification.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Any Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the
Employer, in its sole discretion, determines for each separate location, or business classification. The amount, the allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if any, is at the complete discretion of the
Employer and may vary for each location or business classification on a separate and individual basis.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 7:	 	 ̈	 	Other formula. (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Qualifying Contributing Participant entitled thereto.)
	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Matching Contribution percentages in Option 1 or Options 3 through 7 above increase as the percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective
Deferral percentage increases (e.g., the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 3 is greater than the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 2), special nondiscrimination testing under Code section 401(a)(4) may be necessary. If
Option 7 is selected, the formula specified can only allow Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable). Matching
Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.02 and
Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 15 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

															
	                 	 	4.  	  	Supplemental Match
			
		 		  	Will the Employer be permitted to make supplemental Matching Contributions, in an amount to be determined at the Employer’s discretion, in addition to the Matching Contributions described in Part B, items 2 and 3
above (select one)?
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	   ̈  	  	Yes.
					
		 		  		  		  	If Option 1 is selected the supplemental Matching Contributions will be allocated to each Contributing Participant in accordance with the following Matching Contribution formula (select one):
							
		 		  		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	   ̈  	  	Discretionary Match. That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines.
							
		 		  		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	   ̈  	  	Other. (Specify a supplemental Matching Contribution formula.) 
		 		  		  		  		  		  	  

		 		  		  		  		  		  	                                      
                                         
                                         
  	 	.
		 		  		  		  		  		  	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. Matching Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.02 and Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 

													
					
	                 	 		  	Option 2:	  	   ̈  	  	No.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	5.  	  	Matching Contribution Limit
			
		 		  	Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula(s) specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess of $         or      percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any.) 
			
		 	6.  	  	Additional Conditions for Receiving Matching Contributions
			
		 		  	A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant, and thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan Year, only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements
described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	   ̈  	  	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈  	  	 Service Requirement. The Contributing Participant completes at least (complete one):

 
              (not more than
1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or              (not more than 12) months of service if the Elapsed
Time method of determining service applies.

						
		 		  		  		  		  	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s death.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
						
		 		  		  		  	 ̈  	  	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s death.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		  		  		  		  	 ̈  	  	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
							
		 		  		  		  		  		  	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
					
		 		  	Option 2:	  	   ̈  	  	No additional conditions will apply.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

													
		
	Part C.    	 	Safe Harbor CODA Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Application of Safe Harbor CODA
			
		 		 	a.    Safe Harbor Provisions
			
		 		 	       Will the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Plan Section 3.03 apply (select one)?
					
		 		 	       Option 1:	 	  x  	 	Yes.
					
		 		 	       Option 2:	 	   ̈  	 	No.

  

					
		  	Page 16 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part C only if Option 1 is selected. If Option 1 is selected, the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of the Plan will apply
for the Plan Year and the provisions relating to the ADP or ACP test generally will not apply. Contribution provisions that are selected in addition to the options listed in this Part C may subject the Plan to ADP, ACP, and top-heavy
testing. If Option 1 is selected, the Plan generally must satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements of Code sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11), including the notice requirement, for the entire Plan Year. If a Safe Harbor CODA is
eliminated during a Plan Year under Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3(g), the Plan will be subject to provisions relating to the ADP and ACP tests, including restrictions on the selection of testing methods (e.g., current vs.
prior-year). 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Participants Entitled to Receive Safe Harbor CODA Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Safe Harbor CODA contributions will be made on behalf of (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Each Eligible Employee who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	All Eligible Employees.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
			
		 		 	For the Plan Year, the Employer will make the following ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1(b) above, in the amount of (select
one):

															
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Basic Matching Contributions.
					
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
							
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to 3%	 	100%
							
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than 3, but less than or equal to 5%	 	50%
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Enhanced Matching Contributions.	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
							
		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to         % (not less than three) 	 	        % (not less than 100) 
							
		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than         , but less than or equal to         %	 	        %
							
		 		 		 		 		 	(if greater than six, ACP testing will apply)	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If the Plan is intended to also satisfy the ACP Test Safe Harbor CODA rules regarding Matching Contributions, no Matching Contributions may be made on Elective Deferrals exceeding six-percent of
Compensation. 
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Other Enhanced Matching Contribution.
					
		 		 		 		 	Equal to the following percentage. (Specify an Enhanced Matching Contribution formula that is at least as favorable as the Basic Matching Contribution
formula.)

															
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.

															
					
		 		 	Option 4:	 	x	 	Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.
					
		 		 		 		 	3 (not less than three) percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Options 2 or 3, if selected, must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the
Matching Contribution that would be received if the Employer were making contributions under Option 1, but the rate of match cannot increase as Elective Deferrals increase. 

  

					
		 	3.	 	ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
			
		 		 	NOTE: No additional contributions are required in order to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements. The Employer may, however, make Matching Contributions other than Basic or Enhanced Matching Contributions. To
ensure that the Plan continues to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements, only the following additional Matching Contributions may be made (see the “NOTE” below for specific contribution limitations). 
			
		 		 	For the Plan Year will the Employer make ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1(b) above (select one)?

  

											
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Yes. The Employer will make ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions in the amount of (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

															
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Less than or equal to         % (not more than six) 	 	        %

  

											
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals determined by the rate of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

															
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to         %	 	        %
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Tier 2	 	Greater than         , but less than or equal to         %	 	        %

  

					
		  	Page 17 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
						
		 		 		 		 		  	NOTE: The matching percentage for Tier 2 cannot exceed the matching percentage for the base rate. No Matching Contributions will be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of Compensation. 
						
		 		 		 		 	x	  	A discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 		 		  	NOTE: The Elective Deferrals that are matched will be determined by the Employer for the year, but in no event can a Matching Contribution be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six-percent of the Employee’s
Compensation. In addition, the total discretionary ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution made to any Employee cannot exceed four-percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year. For example, the Employer could
not choose a discretionary formula that provided a 25 cent Matching Contribution for every dollar deferred if the match were given on Elective Deferrals up to eight-percent of Compensation (this exceeds the six-percent limitation on
Elective Deferrals that can be matched). Neither could the Employer provide a discretionary dollar-for-dollar Matching Contribution on Elective Deferrals up to six-percent of Compensation (this exceeds the four-percent absolute
limitation on a discretionary ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution). 

									
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	  ̈
	  	Not applicable. The Employer will not make an ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution unless necessary to do so in order to timely allocate Forfeitures.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected and no contribution amount is selected, the Employer may make a discretionary contribution that matches each Contributing
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. If the Employer wishes to make Matching Contributions in addition to ACP Test Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions, Section Three, Part B, must be completed. Such contributions will be subject to ACP testing. 

  

									
		 	4.	 	Recipient Plan
			
		 		 	The Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	This Plan.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Other plan. (Specify plan of the Employer.) 

											
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.

									
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
		
	Part D.	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Authorization of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 		 	Will the Employer make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan on behalf of Qualifying Participants (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Yes.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete Part D, items 2 through 5 only if Option 1 is selected. Complete Part D, item 6 if the Plan intends to make Employer Prevailing Wage
Contributions. 

  

									
		 	2.	 	Contribution Formula (select one) 
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Discretionary Formula. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Fixed Formula.      percent of the Compensation of all Qualifying Participants under the Plan for the Plan Year.
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Fixed Percent of Profits Formula.      percent of the Employer’s profits that are in excess of $         .
					
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Discretionary Formula by Location or Business Classification. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year and that amount may vary for each location or business classification on a
separate and individual basis.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

													
		 	3.	 	Allocation Formula
			
		 		 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants as follows (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1: 	 	x	 	Pro Rata Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Flat Dollar Formula. In the same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant.
					
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Integrated Formula. Pursuant to the following integrated allocation formula described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(2) (select one):
							
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	Excess Integrated Formula.
							
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	Base Integrated Formula.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
					
		 		 		 		 	The integration level will be (select one):
							
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	The Taxable Wage Base.
							
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	$          (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base).
							
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (c):	 	 ̈	 	     percent (not more than 100) of the Taxable Wage Base.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 18 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Uniform Points Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year bears to the total points of all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.
					
		 		 		 		 	Each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year will be computed by adding the points determined under (a), (b) and (c) below (specify a number for each item):
						
		 		 		 		 	(a)	 	             points for each year of the Participant’s age.
						
		 		 		 		 	(b)	 	             points for each of the Participant’s years of service (Periods of Service, if applicable).
						
		 		 		 		 		 	(i)     ̈  Service means eligibility service
						
		 		 		 		 		 	(ii)    ̈  Service means vesting service
						
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If neither item (i) nor item (ii) is selected, item (ii) will apply. 
						
		 		 		 		 	(c)	 	             points for each $100 of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

  

															
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Age-Weighted Formula. In the manner described below:
						
		 		 		 		 	Step 1:	 	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s number of points based upon the following formula:
						
		 		 		 		 		 	Points = .01 x Compensation x allocation factor derived from the allocation factor tables set forth in Section Ten of the Adoption Agreement.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate used to calculate the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution will be (select one):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	   ̈	  	7.5%
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	   ̈	  	8.0%
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (c):	 	   ̈	  	8.5%
						
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (c) will apply. 

  

															
		 		 		 		 	Step 2:	 	Determine each Qualifying Participant’s allocation through calculation of the following formula:
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Allocation =	 	 Points of Qualifying Participant
	  	x Employer Profit
		 		 		 		 		 		 	Total Points of all Qualifying Participants	  	   Sharing Contribution

  

															
		 		 		 		 	Step 3:	 	Make any reallocations as necessary to satisfy either the safe harbor formula for plans with a uniform points allocation or the general test described in Code section 401(a)(4) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations
concerning nondiscrimination in the amount of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. Identify whether the safe harbor or general test will be satisfied (select one):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):	 	   ̈	  	Safe harbor reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8)(b).
								
		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):	 	   ̈	  	General test reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8)(c).
						
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

															
		 		 	Option 6:	 	 ̈	 	New Comparability Formula. As described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(9) (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):   ̈  	 	Individual Allocation Groups. Each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group.
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):   ̈  	 	Pre-Determined Allocation Groups. (Complete the following.) 
								
		 		 		 		 		  		 	1.	 	Qualifying Participants will be divided into the following groups (one or more) with the same allocation ratio. (Specify the groups by category of Qualifying Participant, including both Highly Compensated Employees and
non-Highly Compensated Employees.) 
								
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 1:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 2:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 3:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 4:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

								
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 5:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

  

					
		  	Page 19 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

															
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Allocation Group 6:
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	  

							
		 		 		 		 		  		 	NOTE: If Suboption (b) is selected and no allocation groups are specified, each Qualifying Participant will constitute a separate allocation group. If more than six allocation groups are
needed, complete a New Comparability Allocation Group(s) Attachment. The groups must be clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definite predetermined allocation formula requirement of Treasury
Regulation section 1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The grouping of non-Highly Compensated Employees must be done in a reasonable manner and should reflect a reasonable classification in accordance with Treasury Regulation
section 1.410(b)-4(b). 

  

																			
		 		 		 		 		  		 	2.	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in each Allocation Group as follows (select one):
										
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Pro Rata Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants in the applicable allocation group for the Plan Year.
										
		 		 		 		 		  		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Flat Dollar Formula. In the same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant in the applicable allocation group.
							
		 		 		 		 		  		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The amounts allocated will satisfy the minimum gateway requirements set forth in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c) and will not exceed the limits
imposed by Code section 415. 
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈	 	Age and/or service weighted formula (select one):

  

																	
		 		 		 		 		  		 	 Option 1:   ̈	 	Contributions will be allocated based on the following Years of Vesting Service:

  

					
	 Years of Vesting Service (identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 

  

															
		 		 		 		 		  		 	 Option 2:   ̈	 	Contributions will be based on the following age of the Participant:

  

					
	 Age (Identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 

  

															
		 		 		 		 		  		 	 Option 3:   ̈	 	Contributions will be based on the following sum of the age of the Participant and Years of Vesting Service:

 

					
	 Sum of Age and Years of Vesting Service (Identify categories)
	  	Allocation Rate	 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 
		  	 	    	% 

 
  

																			
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If Option 6 is selected and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. If Option 6 is selected, the Employer must provide the Plan Administrator or Trustee, if applicable, written
instructions describing the portion of the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution to be allocated to each allocation group. The instructions must be provided no later than the Employer’s tax return due date, including extensions, of
the year for which the allocation is made. If Option 6 is selected, complete items A and B below. 

  

					
		  	Page 20 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
	                                	 	A.   	 	Interest Rate Assumption and Mortality Table:
			
		 		 	The following assumptions will be used to calculate the equivalent benefit accrual rate:
				
		 		 	1.	 	Interest Rate. The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate assumption will be (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	   ̈  	 	7.5%.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	   ̈	 	8.0%.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	  	   ̈	 	8.5%.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 
				
		 		 	2.	 	Mortality Table. The mortality table will be (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	   ̈	 	UP-1984 Mortality Table.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	   ̈	 	1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (1983 GAM).
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	  	   ̈	 	1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1983 IAM).
						
		 		 		 	Option 4:	  	   ̈	 	1971 Group Annuity Mortality Table (1971 GAM).
						
		 		 		 	Option 5:	  	   ̈	 	1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1971 IAM).
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	B.	 	Minimum Allocation Requirements
			
		 		 	For purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirements the Plan will use the following method (select one):
				
		 		 	Option 1:    ̈	  	The Plan will provide benefits that satisfy the broadly available requirements described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(a).
				
		 		 	Option 2:    ̈	  	Suboption (c) of this Option 6 has been selected and the formula, as completed, will provide benefits that satisfy the gradually increasing age and/or service requirements as described in Plan Section
3.04(B)(10)(b).
				
		 		 	Option 3:    ̈	  	The Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation gateway method identified below (select one):

							
				
	                                      
                            	 	Suboption (a):	 	   ̈  	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation of at least 5 percent of the non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code section
415(c)(3), a definition which satisfies Code section 415(c)(3) will apply).
				
		 	Suboption (b):	 	   ̈	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation so that each non-Highly Compensated Employee has an allocation rate of at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest allocation rate.
				
		 	Suboption (c):	 	   ̈  	 	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation equal to the lesser of the amount described in Suboption (a) or Suboption (b) above.
				
		 	Suboption (d):	 	   ̈	 	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least one-third of the allocation rate of the highest
compensated Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10)(c)(i).
				
		 	Suboption (e):	 	   ̈	 	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least 5 percent of the non-Highly Compensated
Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code section 415(c)(3), a definition which satisfies Code section 415(c)(3) will apply) in the manner described in Plan
Section 3.04(B)(10)(c)(ii).
				
		 	Suboption (f):  	 	   ̈	 	Reallocate preliminary contributions or hypothetical contributions paid to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals the lesser of the
amount described in Suboption (d) or Suboption (e) above.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3, Suboption (f) will apply. If Option 3 is selected and no suboption is selected, Suboption (f) will apply, if necessary. 
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 5 or Option 6 is chosen the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocation must pass nondiscrimination testing under Code section
401(a)(4). In the case of Self-Employed Individuals, the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and a new comparability or age-weighted allocation method should not be such that a cash or
deferred election is created for a Self-Employed Individual as a result of the allocation method. 

  

					
		  	Page 21 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 	4.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 		 	A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus entitled to share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year, only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements
described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
						
		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	 No additional conditions will apply.

			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

			
		 	5.	 	Contributions to Non-Highly Compensated Disabled Participants
			
		 		 	Will a non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to an Employer Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(B)(1) (select one)?
							
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.	 		 	
							
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.	 		 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	6.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions

											
				
		 		 	a.	 	Authorization of Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will the Employer make Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan on behalf of Participants with employment covered under a government contract (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 6 only if Option 1 is selected. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Contribution Offset
				
		 		 		 	Will the Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions offset any other Employer Profit Sharing Contribution to which the Participant may be entitled to under the Plan (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
				
		 		 		 	Will Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees be entitled to Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions under the Plan (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 22 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 		 	d.	 	Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions Designation
				
		 		 		 	For purposes other than eligibility, vesting and allocation (e.g., testing and distribution eligibility), how will Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions be designated under the Plan (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

															
			
	Part E.	 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Qualified Nonelective Contribution Formula	 	
			
		 		 	For each Plan Year, can the Employer contribute an amount to be determined from year to year as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution (select one)?
								
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.	 		 		 	
								
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.	 		 		 	
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Regardless of the selection made, the Employer may make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution to correct ADP or ACP testing failures if they otherwise
meet the requirements to correct the failure using a Qualified Nonelective Contribution. 
				
		 	2.	 	Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions	 	
			
		 		 	Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy nondiscrimination tests) will be made (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Pro Rata. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the applicable Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for such Plan Year.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Limited Pro Rata. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation not in excess of $             for the applicable Plan Year bears to the
limited total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants entitled to an allocation for such Plan Year.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

															
			
		 	3.	 	Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Participants Eligible for Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Nonelective Contributions (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy nondiscrimination tests) will be allocated to (select one):
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participants.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	All Participants.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Nonelective Contributions
				
		 		 		 	A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus eligible to share in the Qualified Nonelective Contribution for any Plan Year (other than those, if any, allocated pursuant to Plan Section 3.05 to satisfy
nondiscrimination tests), only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements of Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select
one):
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	However, the condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.

  

					
		  	Page 23 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

							
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	No additional conditions will apply.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

  

							
	Part F.	 	Qualified Matching Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula
				
		 		 	a.	 	For each Plan Year, can the Employer contribute an amount to be determined as a Qualified Matching Contribution (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈     No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made with respect to (select all that apply):
				
		 		 		 	 x       Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.

				
		 		 		 	  ̈       Roth
Elective Deferrals.

				
		 		 		 	
 ̈       Nondeductible Employee
Contributions.

				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Qualified Matching Contributions will be made with respect to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula
				
		 		 		 	If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year will be equal to (select
one):

  

					
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.
			
		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible
Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

									
		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
		 		 		 	Less than or equal to               %	 	            %

  

					
		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
			
		 		 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible
Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

  

									
		 		 		 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Percentage
		 		 	 Base Rate	 	Less than or equal to             %	 	            %
		 		 	 Tier 2	 	Greater than           , but less than or equal to           %	 	            %

  

					
		 	Option 3:    x    	 	Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled
thereto that would be sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test (described in Plan Section 3.13) or the Actual Contribution Percentage test (described in Plan Section 3.14) for the Plan Year, or
both.

  

							
				
		 	Option 4:     ̈    	 	Other formula. (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled thereto.) 	 	
		 		 	  
	 	

									
		 		 	  
	 	.	 	

 
  

							
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Matching Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution,
if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.06 and Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 	 	

  

									
		 	2.	 	Qualified Matching Contribution Limit
			
		 		 	Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula(s) specified above, no Qualified Matching Contributions in excess of $             or
     percent of a Contributing Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any.) 
			
		 	3.	 	Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Contributing Participants Eligible for Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made on behalf of (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Each Contributing Participant who makes Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) and who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	All Contributing Participants who make Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 24 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 		 	b.	 	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Matching Contributions
				
		 		 		 	A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for purposes of Qualified Matching Contributions, and thus entitled to share in Qualified Matching Contributions for any Plan Year, only if the
Participant has satisfied all of the requirements of Section Two on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	The following additional condition(s) apply (select all that apply):
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least (complete one):
						
		 		 		 		 		 	             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             (not more than 12) months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s death.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least (complete one):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	             Hours of Service during the Plan Year, if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies; or
             months of service, if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:    x    	 	No additional conditions will apply.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the option for a service requirement is selected and no hours or months of service are specified, zero hours or months of service will apply.

  

							
	Part G.	 	Other Contributions
			
		 	1.	 	Rollover Contributions
			
		 		 	May an Employee make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to Plan Section 3.07 (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Yes.
				
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	Yes, unless such Employee is part of any excluded class of Employees.
				
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.
				
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈    	 	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

							
		 		 	a.	 	Direct Rollovers
				
		 		 		 	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
				
		 		 		 	The Plan will accept Direct Rollovers of pre-tax Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items):

  

									
		 		 	1.	 	A qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 
				
		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 1, above, complete the following:
				
		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

					
		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
				
		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

					
		 		 	2.	 	An annuity contract described in Code section 403(b).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 25 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
		 		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 2, above, complete the following:
					
		 		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

						
		 		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
					
		 		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

						
		 		 		 	3.	 	An eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for this item, “Yes” will apply. 
					
		 		 		 		 	If “Yes” is selected in item 3 above, complete the following:
					
		 		 		 		 	 Direct Rollover of Roth Elective Deferrals or Nondeductible Employee Contributions – Will the Plan
accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?

						
		 		 		 		 	 Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	 Roth Elective Deferrals.
	 	 ̈   Yes           x  No
					
		 		 		 		 	 NOTE: “Yes” to Roth Elective Deferrals may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth
Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item, “No” will apply for such item. 

  

													
		 		 	b.	 	Indirect Rollovers
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
					
		 		 		 		 	The Plan will accept Indirect Rollovers of pre-tax Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items):
							
		 		 		 		 	1.	 	A qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
							
		 		 		 		 	2.	 	An annuity contract described in Code section 403(b).	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
							
		 		 		 		 	3.	 	An eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.	 	x  Yes             ̈  No
						
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item. 	 	

  

									
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Indirect Rollover of Earnings on Roth Elective Deferrals
					
		 		 		 		 	Will the Plan accept Indirect Rollover contributions of earnings on Roth Elective Deferrals (select one)?
					
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.
					
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x    No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. Indirect Rollover contributions may only consist of earnings attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals. If
no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
				
		 		 	c.	 	Rollover Contributions from IRAs
				
		 		 		 	Will the Plan accept rollover contributions of the pre-tax portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over
(select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions
			
		 		 	May a Contributing Participant make Nondeductible Employee Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.10 (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes, but Nondeductible Employee Contributions will not be mandatory.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    Yes and Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory.
			
		 		 	Option 3:    x    No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 
			
		 		 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions may commence on (must be on or after the Effective Date)
                    .

  

											
		 	3.	 	Top-Heavy Contributions
				
		 		 	a.	 	Minimum Allocation or Benefit
				
		 		 		 	For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, any minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) will be made (select one):
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	To this Plan (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):    x    	 	The top-heavy minimum will offset Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Part D above.
						
		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    	 	The top-heavy minimum will not offset Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, made pursuant to Part D above.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 26 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	To the following plan maintained by the Employer:	 	
					
		 		 		 	(Describe below the extent, if any, to which the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement of Code section 416(c) and Plan Section 3.04(E) will be met in another plan. This should include the name of the other plan, the minimum
benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the Employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan.)	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	In accordance with the following method: (Provide language describing the method that will be used to satisfy Code section 416. Such method must preclude Employer discretion.) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

											
		 		 	b.	 	Participants Entitled to Receive Minimum Allocation	 	
					
		 		 		 	If any minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) is not satisfied with other allowable contribution sources, the remaining minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) will be allocated
to the Individual Accounts of (select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Participants who are not Key Employees.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	All Participants.	 	
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
					
		 		 	c.	 	Top-Heavy Ratio	 	
					
		 		 		 	For purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio as described in Plan Section 7.19(B), the Present Value of benefits under a defined benefit plan will be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the following
(select one):	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    	 	Not applicable because the Employer has not maintained a defined benefit plan.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    	 	The interest rate and mortality table specified for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.	 	
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    	 	Interest rate of      percent and the following mortality table (specify):	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
					
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
	Part H.	 	ADP Testing Method
		
		 	The testing method used for purposes of the ADP test under this Plan will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Prior-Year Testing Method.
			
		 		 	Initial Plan Year ADP
			
		 		 	If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees will be (select
one):
			
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    3 percent.
			
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    Such first Plan Year’s ADP.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x    	 	Current-Year Testing Method.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C
above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2
is selected or the current-year testing method currently applies for an existing Plan, the current-year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current-year testing method for the preceding five Plan
Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS)) for changing from the current-year testing method. The current-year testing method may be selected for the ADP test even if prior-year testing is selected for the ACP test. However, if different testing methods for the
ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test, or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.

		
	Part I.	 	ACP Testing Method
		
		 	The testing method used for purposes of the ACP test under this Plan will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    	 	Prior-Year Testing Method.
			
		 		 	Initial Plan Year ACP
			
		 		 	If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or both, the ACP for Participants who are
non-Highly Compensated Employees will be (select one):
			
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈    3 percent.
			
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈    Such first Plan Year’s ACP.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x    	 	Current-Year Testing Method.

  

					
		  	Page 27 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C
above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the QACA provisions of Section Three, Part A or the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2
is selected or the current-year testing method currently applies for an existing Plan, the current-year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current-year testing method for the preceding five Plan
Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS)) for changing from the current-year testing method. The current-year testing method may be selected for the ACP test even if prior-year testing is selected for the ADP test. However, if different testing methods for the
ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test, or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.
	 	
			
	Part J.	 	Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
			
		 	May an Employee make Deemed IRA Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.15 (select one)?	 	
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.	 	
			
		 	Option 2:    x    No.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part J only if Option 1 is selected. 	 	
				
		 	1.	 	Participants Eligible to Make Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	The following Participants will be eligible to make Deemed IRA Contributions (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	All Participants.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Other. (Specify.) 	 	
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
				
		 	2.	 	Type of Deemed IRA Contributions	 	
				
		 		 	Deemed IRA Contributions may include (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Traditional IRA.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Roth IRA.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	Both Traditional and Roth IRA.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. 	 	
					
		 	3.	 	Deposits Held	 		 	
				
		 		 	Deemed IRA Contribution deposits will be held (select one):	 	
					
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	As part of the Fund established pursuant to Plan Section 7.01.	 	
					
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	In a separate individual trust or custodial account.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If neither the Trustee nor the Custodian named in Section 8 of the Plan meet the requirements under Code section 408(a)(2) to hold IRA assets, the
Plan Sponsor must either appoint a separate Trustee or Custodian for the Deemed IRA accounts under the Plan or the Deemed IRA accounts must be held in a separate individual trust or custodial account. 	 	
			
	Part K.	 	Benefit Accrual in the Case of Death or Disability Resulting from Qualified Military Service	 	
			
		 	Will the benefit accrual provisions under Code section 414(u)(9) apply to individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of death or Disability while performing qualified military service as defined in Code
section 414(u) (select one)?	 	
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.	 	
			
		 	Option 2:    x    No.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.	 	

 SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES 

Complete Parts A through L 
  

			
	Part A.	 	Vesting Schedule for Matching Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Matching Contributions (including ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions), if
applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as follows.

  

																	
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS OF

SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	 	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Matching 
	 	Option 1 x	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	
Option 4  ̈ (Complete if chosen)
	 	
Option 5  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	             %	 	            %
	 1
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	             %	 	            %
	 2
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	             % (not less than 20%)	 	            %
	 3
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	             % (not less than 40%)	 	      100%
	 4
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	             % (not less than 60%)	 	      100%
	 5
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	             % (not less than 80%)	 	      100%
	 6
	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	       100%	 	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 28 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

			
	Part B.	 	Vesting Schedule for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as follows.

  

																	
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS OF

SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Profit Sharing
	  	Option 1 x	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	
Option 4  ̈ (Complete if chosen)
	  	
Option 5  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %	  	            %
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %	  	            %
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	            % (not less than 20%)	  	            %
	 3
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	            % (not less than 40%)	  	      100%
	 4
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	            % (not less than 60%)	  	      100%
	 5
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	            % (not less than 80%)	  	      100%
	 6
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	      100%	  	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. A Participant with accrued benefits derived from Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions who has not completed at least one Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise selected by the
Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA). In addition, all Employer Profit Sharing Contributions made to the Plan for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, that were previously
subject to a less favorable vesting schedule will be subject to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2007, unless otherwise selected by the Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of PPA. Please list the pre-PPA vesting
schedules, if applicable, on a Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Document Provisions Attachment. 

  

			
	Part C.	 	Vesting Schedule for QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions
		
		 	A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if applicable, made to the Plan pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as
follows.

  

											
	 YEARS OF VESTING
 SERVICE (PERIODS
OF
 SERVICE, IF APPLICABLE)
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 QACA
	  	Option 1  ̈	 	 	Option 2  ̈	 	 	
Option 3  ̈ (Complete if chosen)

	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	            %
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	      100%
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section
Three will be Vested in accordance with the vesting provisions for Matching Contributions selected above. Even if the Plan does not allow for Matching Contributions, the Employer must indicate a vesting schedule for Matching Contributions
above that will apply or the default vesting schedule (100 percent vesting) will apply to QACA ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. 

  

							
	Part D.	 	Measuring Period for Vesting	 	
			
		 	Years of Vesting Service will be measured over the following 12-consecutive month period (select one):	 	
				
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The Plan Year.	 	
				
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	The 12-consecutive month period commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12-month period commencing on the anniversaries of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.	 	
				
		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	Other. (Specify.) 	 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	  
	 	.
				
		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.	 	
			
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply if the Hours of Service method of determining service applies and Option 4 will apply if the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
	 	

 
  

									
	Part E.	 	Service Required for Vesting Purposes (Select one.) 
			
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	The Hours of Service method of determining service applies. (Complete the following.) 
					
		 		 	(a)	 	1000	 	Hours of Service (not more than 1,000) will be required to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.
					
		 		 	(b)	 	500	 	Hours of Service (not more than 500 but less than the number specified in Option 1(a), above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The Elapsed Time method of determining service applies.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected and the Hours of Service method of determining service applies or if Option 1 is selected and no hours are specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for items (a) and (b),
respectively. 

  

					
	Part F.	 	Exclusion of Service for Vesting
		
		 	All of an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) with the Employer are counted to determine the Vested percentage in the Participant’s Individual Account except (select all
that apply):
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) before the Employee reaches age 18.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan.
			
		 	 ̈	 	Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable) during a period for which the Employee made no mandatory Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 29 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

					
	Part G.	 	Vesting Following Breaks in Service
		
		 	Will the rehire hold-out rule specified in Plan Section 4.01(D)(2) apply for purposes of determining the Vested portion of a Participant’s Individual Account (select one)?
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

									
	Part H.	 	Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances	 		 	
		
		 	Will an Employee be fully Vested under the following circumstances (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items)?
					
		 	1.	 	The Employee dies.	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
					
		 	2.	 	The Employee incurs a Disability.	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
					
		 	3.	 	The Employee satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age (if applicable).	 	x  Yes	 	         ̈  No        
		
		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item. 

  

					
	Part I.	 	Vesting in the Case of Disability Resulting from Qualified Military Service
		
		 	Will vesting service be credited to individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of Disability while performing qualified military service as defined in Code section 414(u) (select one)?
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
			
		 	Option 3:    x 	 	Not applicable. Individuals become 100 percent Vested upon Disability under the terms of the Plan.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Regardless of which option is selected, individuals who are unable to be reemployed on account of death while performing qualified military service
must be credited with Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable). 

  

							
	Part J.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Matching Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	 Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants specified below in the ratio that each Participant’s Compensation
for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.
  

The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such Forfeitures will be (select one):

				
		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈ 	 	Qualifying Contributing Participants as defined for Matching Contributions in Section Three, Part B, item 6 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	Qualifying Participants as defined for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions in Section Three, Part D, item 4 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈ 	 	All Participants.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

					
	Part K.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Allocated to the Individual Accounts of non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Qualifying Contributing Participant. The allocation to such Participants’ Matching Contribution account will be in the ratio that each applicable
Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all applicable Qualifying Contributing Participants for such Plan Year.
			
		 	Option 2:    x 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

							
	Part L.	 	Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
		
		 	Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:    x 	 	 Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants specified below in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B) (for
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions).
  
 The Participants entitled to receive
allocations of such Forfeitures will be (select one):

				
		 		 	Suboption (a):    x 	 	Qualifying Participants as defined for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions in Section Three, Part D, item 4 of this Adoption Agreement.
				
		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	All Participants.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the
Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3). 

  

					
		  	Page 30 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS
	Complete Parts A through F

  

	
	NOTE: Distribution options selected for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals will apply to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions, and Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable, unless otherwise limited under the Code and other legislative and regulatory guidance. Distribution options selected for
Matching Contributions will apply to ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, as applicable. Distribution options selected for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will apply to Employer Prevailing Wage
Contributions designated as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable. 

  

											
	Part A.	 	Eligibility for Distributions
			
		 	1.	 	Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
				
		 		 	a.	 	Individual Account Balances Less Than or Equal to the Cashout Level
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Cashout Level for Terminated Participants
					
		 		 		 		 	For purposes of applying the cashout rules in Plan Section 4.01(C)(1), the cashout level will be (select one):
						
		 		 		 		 	
Option 1:     ̈ 

	 	$5,000.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	$1,000.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:     ̈ 	 	$200.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 4:     ̈ 	 	$              (specify an amount less than $1,000).
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 5:     ̈ 	 	Not applicable. The cashout distribution provisions in Plan Section 4.01(C)(1) will not apply.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. A cashout level exceeding $1,000 will subject the Plan to the automatic rollover requirements of Code section 401(a)(31)(B) as described in Plan
Section 5.01(B). If Option 5 is selected you may skip item (ii) below because the value of the Vested portion of the Participant’s Individual Account must remain in the Plan until the Participant is entitled to, and requests (if required), a
distribution. 
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Rollovers Included in Involuntary Cashouts
					
		 		 		 		 	Will rollover contributions be included in determining the value of a Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of Plan Sections 5.01 and 5.04 (select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the Plan may be subject to the automatic rollover rules pertaining to cashout amounts described in Plan Section 5.01 even if
the cashout amount is $1,000 or less. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Individual Account Balances Exceeding Cashout Level
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	Employee Has Not Reached Normal Retirement Age
					
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee who has not reached Normal Retirement Age be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to the following types of contributions upon incurring a Termination of Employment
(select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions. (Select all that apply.) 
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Matching Contributions (if applicable). 
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if applicable). 
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with regard to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Severance from Employment
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals on account of Severance from Employment pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(A)(2) (select
one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Distributions During Employment
				
		 		 	a.	 	In-Service Withdrawals
					
		 		 		 	i.	 	In-Service Availability for Elective Deferrals In General
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals (select all that
apply)?

											
						
		 		 		 		 	x     	 	Yes, if he or she has attained age 59.5. (Must be at least age 59 1⁄2. If no age is specified, age 59 1⁄2 will apply.) 
						
		 		 		 		 	x    	 	Yes, if he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If either box is selected above, select whether in-service distributions will be available from Pre-Tax and/or Roth Elective Deferrals (select all that apply). 
						
		 		 		 		 	x    	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈    	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.

  

					
		  	Page 31 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

											
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If a Participant is permitted to request an in-service distribution upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, he or she must also be at least age
59 1⁄2 to be eligible for the distribution. If in-service distributions are permitted and neither Pre-Tax nor Roth Elective Deferrals is selected, in-service
distributions will be permitted from both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. 
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	In-Service Availability for Elective Deferrals Due to Deemed Severance from Employment
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment but has incurred a Deemed Severance from Employment be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to
Elective Deferrals (select one)?
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes.
						
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
					
		 		 		 	iii.	 	In-Service Availability for Employer Contributions

													
						
		 		 		 		 	(A)	 	Will a Participant be entitled to request an in-service distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (select one)?
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions (select all that apply and complete the table below):
							
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x    Matching Contributions.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.
						
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with respect to all Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

					
	 	  	 Matching
Contributions
	  	
Employer Profit
Sharing
Contributions

	Upon attainment of age 59 1⁄2.	  	ü	  	
	Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age.	  	ü	  	ü
	Upon attainment of age (specify an age other than age 59 1⁄2):	  		  	
	Upon reaching a Vested percentage equal to 100 percent.	  		  	
	After contributions have been allocated to the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least two):	  		  	
	After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least five unless the applicable contributions have been allocated to the Plan for at least two years as specified in the box
above):	  		  	
	After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (a) and attaining age (b).	  	 (a)
 (b)
	  	 (a)
 (b)

	After becoming 100 percent Vested, participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (a) and attaining age (b).	  	 (a)
 (b)
	  	 (a) 0
 (b)
59.5

  

																	
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: Place an “x” or enter the specific criteria (e.g., age, years of participation) in each box, as applicable. A Participant need only satisfy the criteria in one of the rows to be eligible
for an in-service distribution. If Option 1 applies and no selections or entries are made in the table above, Plan Section 5.01(C)(1) will apply in determining whether a Participant is entitled to an in-service distribution. 	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 (B)
	 	The maximum number of in-service withdrawals that may be taken while a Participant is employed by the Employer is (select all that apply):	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	x	 	Unlimited. (Select all that apply.) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Other. (Select and complete all that apply.) 	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions. (Specify the actual number that applies (e.g., one per Plan Year).) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. (Specify the actual number that applies (e.g., one per Plan Year).) 	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
							
		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If in-service withdrawals are available under the Plan and no limits are specified above, a Participant may request an unlimited number of in-service withdrawals.	 	
					
		 		 	b.	 	Hardship Withdrawals	 	
						
		 		 		 	i.	 	Hardship Availability for Elective Deferrals	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a hardship distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals, not including any earnings attributable (select one)?	 	

																	
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:    x 	 	Yes, with respect to the following Elective Deferrals (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	x    Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Roth Elective Deferrals.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 32 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈ 	 	No.	 		 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and hardship distributions will be available from both Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals. Hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals will result in
a suspension of an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b). 
						
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Hardship Availability for Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a hardship distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (select all that
apply)?

																	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions (select all that apply):	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account attributable to such contributions (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who has participated in the Plan for              or more years and has
attained age              (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Yes, with respect to the following contributions and only with respect to an Employee who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account attributable to such contributions and has participated in the Plan for
             or more years and has attained age              (select all that apply):
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	x	 	 No.
	 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no box is selected, an Employee will be entitled to request a hardship distribution with respect to all Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. If an Employee will be
entitled to request a hardship distribution, complete the following:

																			
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	How will hardship be defined for purposes of this section (select all that apply)?	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (a):     ̈ 	 	The definition of hardship described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(a) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, therefore an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (b):     ̈ 	 	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, except that an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and
Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Suboption (c):     ̈ 	 	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, including the requirement that an Employee’s Elective
Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Matching Contributions.	 	
										
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (b) will apply to the option selected in item (b)(ii) above with regard to Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. Even if Suboption
(a) or (b) is selected above, removal of Elective Deferrals on account of hardship under Section Five, Part A, item (2)(b)(i) above will result in a six month suspension of an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee
Contributions, if applicable). 
					
		 		 		 	iii.	 	Hardship Availability Due to Beneficiary Hardship
					
		 		 		 		 	If the Plan permits hardship distributions, will hardship distributions also be permitted because of a hardship incurred by the Primary Beneficiary of an Employee (select one)?

																			
										
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈ 	 	Yes.	 		 		 		 	
										
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:    x 	 	No.	 		 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 33 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
	    	 	3.	 	Miscellaneous Distribution Issues
				
		 	    	 	a.	 	Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to rollover contributions at any time (select one)?
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.	 	
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions will apply according to Plan Sections 5.01(A)(1) and 5.01(D)(1)(a).

				
		 		 	b.	 	Withdrawals of Elective Transfer Contributions
				
		 		 		 	Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to elective transfer contributions at any time subject to the restrictions of Plan Section 5.01(D) (select
one)?
							
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes.	 	
							
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.	 	
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions will apply according to Plan Sections 5.01(A)(1) and 5.01(D)(1)(a).

					
		 		 	c.	 	Disability	 	
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to the following contribution sources (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes, with respect to the following contributions. (Select all that apply.) 
							
		 		 		 		  		  	x	 	Elective Deferrals.
							
		 		 		 		  		  	x	 	Matching Contributions.
							
		 		 		 		  		  	x	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 1 applies and no contribution source is selected, distributions will be permitted from all contribution sources. 
				
		 		 	d.	 	Qualified Reservist Distributions
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a qualified reservist distribution (as described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(3)) of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

													
				
	    	 		 	e.	 	Permissible Withdrawals of EACA or QACA Elective Deferrals
					
		 	    	 		 	i.	 	Authorization of Permissible Withdrawals
					
		 		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a distribution of their Individual Account attributable to Elective Deferrals and the earnings attributable to such Elective Deferrals during the period described in item (ii)
below (select one)?
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	 	Yes, for all automatically enrolled Participants.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	 	Yes, but only for automatically enrolled Participants who have no other Elective Deferrals in the Plan.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:	  	 ̈	 	No.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item (e) only if Option 1 or 2 is selected. 
					
		 		 		 	ii.	 	Permissible Withdrawal Period
					
		 		 		 		 	A Participant’s election to make a permissible withdrawal must be made within (select one):
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	 	30 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	 	45 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 3:	  	 ̈	 	90 days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
							
		 		 		 		 	Option 4:	  	 ̈	 	             (specify a number between 30 and 90) days following the date the first automatic contribution was made.
					
		 		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 4 is selected and no number is specified, 30 days will apply. 

													
		
	Part B.	 	Form of Distribution
			
		 	1.	 	Involuntary Cashout Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
			
		 		 	Involuntary cashout distributions of $1,000 or less that are Eligible Rollover Distributions and are made to terminated Participants that do not elect a form of distribution will, pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(B)(1), be
(select one):
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 		  	x	  	Paid in a lump sum distribution.
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 		  	 ̈	  	Paid in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement account (as defined in Code sections 408(a) and 408(b)).
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

  

					
		  	Page 34 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																									
	     	 	2.	 	Voluntary Distributions
				
		 	     	 	a.	 	Lump Sum
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a payment of the Vested portion of their Individual Account in a lump sum, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Partial Payments
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a non-recurring partial payment from the Vested portion of their Individual Account, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply. Partial payments may be made from the Plan either prior to Termination of Employment or to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) even if
Option 2 applies.
				
		 		 	c.	 	Installment Payments
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to request a series of regularly scheduled recurring payments from the Vested portion of their Individual Account, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:    x    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply. 
				
		 		 	d.	 	Annuity Contracts
				
		 		 		 	Will a Participant be entitled to apply the Vested portion of their Individual Account toward the purchase of an annuity contract, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)?
				
		 		 		 	Option 1:     ̈    Yes.
				
		 		 		 	Option 2:    x    No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 		 	NOTE: Option 1 must be selected for at least one of items (a) through (d) in Part B, item 2 above. If this Plan is restating a Prior Plan Document, the forms of distribution under this Plan must
generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan Document. 
		
	Part C.	 	Timing of Distributions
			
		 	1.	 	Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement Age
			
		 		 	If a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or attains Normal Retirement Age, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions will commence as soon as administratively feasible following (select
one):
			
		 		 	Option 1:    x    The date the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a
distribution.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    The next valuation date after the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests
a
		 		 	 distribution.

			
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased
		 		 	 Participant) requests a distribution.

			
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈    The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased
		 		 	 Participant) requests a distribution or the Participant requests a distribution and incurs
             (not more than five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is later.

			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section 5.10.

																									
			
	     	 	2.	 	Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment
			
		 		 	If a Participant has a Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions will commence as soon as administratively feasible following (select
one):
			
		 		 	Option 1:    x    The date the Participant requests a distribution.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈    The next valuation date after the Participant requests a distribution.
			
		 		 	Option 3:     ̈    The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant requests a distribution.
			
		 		 	Option 4:     ̈    The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant requests a distribution or the
		 		 	 Participant requests a distribution and incurs
            (not more than five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is later.

			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section 5.10.

  

					
		  	Page 35 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

															
			
	Part D.	 	Beneficiary Required Minimum Distributions	 	
			
		 	1.	  	Election to Apply Five-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries
			
		 		  	Will Designated Beneficiaries be required to take distributions according to the five-year rule (select one)?
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Yes. If the Participant dies before distributions have begun and there is a Designated Beneficiary, distribution to the Designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2),
but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the
Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse have begun, this election will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the
Participant.
								
		 		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	No.	  		 		 	
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 in Part D, item 1 above is selected, Option 2 in Part D, item 2 must be selected. 
						
		 		  		  		  	If applicable, this item 1 will apply to (select one):	 	
								
		 		  		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	 ̈	 	All distributions.	 	
								
		 		  		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	 	The following distributions (specify):	 	
		 		  		  		  		  		 	  

		 		  		  		  		  		 	  
	 	.
						
		 		  		  		  	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 	 	
				
		 	2.	  	Election to Permit Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect Five-Year Rule	 	
			
		 		  	Will Participants or Designated Beneficiaries be permitted to elect, on an individual basis, whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule applies (select one)?
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a
Designated Beneficiary.
					
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No. Distributions will be made in accordance with Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) and, if applicable, item 1 above.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
	Part E.	 	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor	 	
				
		 	1.	  	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor	 	
				
		 		  	Will the safe harbor provisions of Plan Section 5.10(E) apply (select one)?	 	
								
		 		  	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes.	  		 		 	
								
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.	  		 		 	
				
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	
			
		 	2.	  	 Survivor Annuity Percentage (Complete only if Option 2 is selected in item 1 above or if certain Plan assets (e.g.,
transfer contributions) are subject to the Retirement Equity Act annuity requirements.) 
  

The survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be a percentage equal to
             percent (at least 50, but not more than 100) of the amount paid to the Participant before their death.

			
		 		  	NOTE: If no percentage is specified, the survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be equal to 50 percent. 

							
				
	Part F.	  	Loans	  		  	
		
		  	Will a Participant be entitled to request a loan pursuant to Plan Section 5.16 (select one)?
				
		  	Option 1:	  	x	  	Yes.
				
		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
	
	NOTE: Generally, Code section 411(d)(6) prohibits the elimination of protected benefits. Protected benefits include the timing of payout options. If the Plan is restating a Prior Plan Document that
permitted a distribution option described above that involves the timing of a distribution, the selections must generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan Document. Certain forms of distributions (e.g., redundant forms of
distribution) may, however, be eliminated. Refer to Code section 411(d)(6) and the corresponding Treasury Regulation for details pertaining to the elimination of otherwise protected benefits. Note that ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions and QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, Disability, an event described in Code section 401(k)(10), or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, the
attainment of age 59 1⁄2. 

  

					
		  	Page 36 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS 

Complete Parts A through J 
  

			
	Part A.	  	Compensation for Allocation and Other General Purposes
		
		  	NOTE: Compensation for ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions follows the definition of Compensation applicable to Elective Deferrals. Compensation for ACP Test Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions follow the definition of Compensation applicable to Matching Contributions. If the Safe Harbor CODA or QACA provisions of the Plan apply, such definitions must
be reasonable definitions within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2), must not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.414(s)-1(d)(3) and must permit each
Participant to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of Matching Contributions available to the Participant under the Plan. 

  

			
	1.	  	Base Definition
		
		  	Compensation will mean all of each Participant’s (Select one for each contribution source. If a contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such
source.):

  

									
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions	  	 
	 Not applicable.
	  		  		  		  	
	 W-2 Wages.
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü	  	
	 3401(a) Wages.
	  		  		  		  	
	 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation.
	  		  		  		  	
	
	 NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, W-2 wages will apply
to such source. 

  

			
	2.	  	Determination Period
		
		  	Compensation will be determined over the following applicable period (Select one for each contribution source. If a contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such
source.):

  

									
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions	  	 
	 Not applicable.
	  		  		  		  	
	 Plan Year.
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü	  	
	 Calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.
	  		  		  		  	
	 Consecutive 12-month period, beginning on (specify month and day)
                    .
	  		  		  		  	
	
	 NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Plan Year will
apply to such source. 

  

			
	3.	  	Pre-Entry Date Compensation
		
		  	Unless a different definition of Compensation is required by either the Code or ERISA, for the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the Employee’s Compensation that will be taken into account for purposes of the Plan
will be (Select one for each contribution source. If a contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such
source.):

  

									
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions	  	 
	 Not applicable.
	  		  		  		  	
	 Compensation from Entry Date.
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü	  	
	 Compensation for the full Determination Period.
	  		  		  		  	
	
	 NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Compensation from
Entry Date will apply to such source. 

 
  

					
	4.	  	Inclusion in Compensation
			
		  	a.	  	Elective Deferrals
			
		  		  	Will Compensation include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125 (cafeteria plans), 132(f)(4) (transportation fringe
benefits), 402(e)(3) (401(k) plans), 408(k) (salary deferral SEP plans), 403(b) (tax sheltered annuity plans), 414(h) (governmental pick-up plans), and 457 (deferred compensation plans of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations)
(select “Yes” or “No” for each of the following contribution sources)?

 

							
	 Elective Deferrals.
	  	x  Yes	  	 ̈  No	  	
	 Matching Contributions.
	  	x  Yes	  	 ̈  No	  	
	 Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
	  	x  Yes	  	 ̈  No	  	
	
	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a contribution source, “Yes” will apply for such contribution source, if applicable. 

  

					
		  	Page 37 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 		 	b.	 	Deemed 125 Compensation
				
		 		 		 	Will Compensation include deemed Code section 125 compensation (select one)?
					
		 		 		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈  Yes.
					
		 		 		 	Option 2:	  	x  No.
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	5.	 	Exclusion from Compensation
				
		 		 	a.	 	General Exclusions
				
		 		 		 	Compensation will exclude the following (select all that apply, if a contribution source is not available under the Plan, select “Not applicable” for such source):

  

									
	 	 	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions
	a.	 	Not applicable.	  		  		  	
	b.	 	Bonuses.	  		  		  	
	c.	 	Overtime.	  		  		  	
	d.	 	Commissions.	  		  		  	
	e.	 	Differential Wage Payments.	  		  		  	
	f.	 	Reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash & noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits.	  		  		  	
	g.	 	Other. (Specify.) 	  		  		  	
					
		 	Imputed Income, severance	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü

  

									
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a contribution source, such item will be included in Compensation for such contribution source, if applicable. No exclusions from Compensation other than item (f) above
are permitted with respect to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions if the integrated allocation formula in Section Three, Part D, item 3 is selected. If any items are excluded other than item (f) above, the definition of Compensation
may not be a safe harbor alternative definition of compensation and may be subject to nondiscrimination testing under Code section 414(s). 
				
		 		 	b.	 	Post-Severance Compensation
				
		 		 		 	In addition to any adjustments to Compensation selected above, will Compensation exclude the following (Select “Yes” or “No” for each of the following compensation sources.)?
					
		 		 		 	Leave cashouts paid after Severance from Employment.	  	 ̈ Yes            x No
					
		 		 		 	Deferred compensation paid after Severance from Employment.	  	 ̈ Yes            x No
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If a box is not selected for a compensation source, “Yes” will apply for the source, if applicable. 

  

					
	Part B.	 	Disability
		
		 	For purposes of this Plan, Disability will mean (select one):
			
		 	Option 1:  x	  	The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months.
			
		 	Option 2:   ̈	  	The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity in the Employee’s trade or profession for which the Employee is best qualified through training or experience.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
	Part C.	 	Highly Compensated Employee
			
		 	1.	 	Top Paid Group Election
			
		 		 	For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee under the Plan, will the top paid group election apply (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:     ̈  Yes.
			
		 		 	Option 2:    x  No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Calendar Year Data Election
			
		 		 	If the Plan Year is a non-calendar year, for purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than a five-percent owner) under the Plan, will the calendar year data election apply (select one)?
			
		 		 	Option 1:    x  Yes.
			
		 		 	Option 2:     ̈  No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the Plan Year is a calendar year, the Highly Compensated Employee determination will be based on the prior calendar year. 

  

					
		  	Page 38 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
	Part D.	  	Method of Determining Service
			
		  	1.	  	Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan will be determined on the basis of (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. An Employee will generally be credited for the aggregate of all time periods commencing with the Employee’s first day of employment and ending on the date a Break in Service begins.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		  	2.	  	Service for purposes of determining if a Participant is a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing Participant (and therefore eligible to receive an Employer Contribution) will be determined on the basis of
(select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. Each Qualifying Participant will share in Employer Contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date a Break in Service
begins.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 
			
		  	3.	  	Service for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested percentage will be determined on the basis of (select one):
					
		  		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time. An Employee will generally be credited for the aggregate of all time periods commencing with the Employee’s first day of employment and ending on the date a Break in Service begins.
					
		  		  	Option 2:	  	x	  	Hours of Service. An Employee will be credited for Hours of Service determined on the basis of (select one):
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (a):	  	x	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (b):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the day.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (c):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the week.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (d):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – semi-monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the
semi-monthly payroll period.
							
		  		  		  		  	Suboption (e):	  	 ̈	  	Equivalency – months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service during the month.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 2 applies and no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 39 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

							
	Part E.	 	Limitation Year Means (Select one.) 
				
		 	Option 1:	 	x	  	The Plan Year.
				
		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	The calendar year.
				
		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	Other 12-consecutive month period. (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 

 
			
	  

	  
	 	.

							
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
		
	Part F.	 	Plan Year Means (Select one.) 
				
		 	Option 1:	 	x	  	The 12-consecutive month period which coincides with the Adopting Employer’s tax year.
				
		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	  	The calendar year.
				
		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	The 52/53 week period ending on the last              (specify day of the week) nearest             
(specify month and day) of each year.
				
		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	  	Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.) 

 

			
	  

	  
	 	.

 
	
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
	
	If the initial Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan Year), specify such Plan Year’s beginning and ending dates.

 

			
	  

	  
	 	.

  

					
	Part G.	 	Predecessor Employer Service
		
		 	In addition to the service credited when an Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service with a predecessor employer will be credited for the following purposes where the Employer does not maintain the
plan of a predecessor employer (select all that apply):
			
		 	x	 	Eligibility.
			
		 	x	 	Vesting.
			
		 	x	 	Allocation of Contributions.
		
		 	Name of Predecessor Employer(s):
		
		 	 First Brandon Bank, First Community Bank, McCrillis and Eldredge Insurance, Inc., The Nashua Bank, The Randolph National Bank

 

  

			
	  
	 	.

			
		
		 	If service with a predecessor is taken into account for one or more of the items listed above, specify any additional limitations on crediting service that apply (e.g., limitations by business classification, length of
service):

  

			
	  

	  
	 	.

  

							
	Part H.	 	Required Beginning Date
		
		 	For purposes of determining when minimum distributions must begin to be made to each Participant, the Required Beginning Date will mean (select one):
				
		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1⁄2.
				
		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2, except that distributions to a
Participant (other than a five-percent owner) with respect to benefits accrued after                  (specify month, day, and year) must commence by
April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or the calendar year in which the
Participant retires.
				
		 	Option 3:	 	x	 	The later of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1⁄2 or retires except that
distributions to a five-percent owner must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1⁄2.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Option 3 above may only be selected if (i) it corresponds to an amendment previously made to the Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulation section
1.411(d)-4, Q&A-10(b), or (ii) it does not eliminate an age 70 1⁄2 distribution option, as described in the preceding Treasury
regulation, because either (A) the Plan is a new plan or (B) Suboption (a) below is checked or the Plan already offers a pre-retirement distribution option at least as generous as Suboption (a) below. 

  

					
		  	Page 40 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 
					
	(If Option 3 is selected, choose one or more of the following suboptions.)
			
	Suboption (a):	 	x	 	Any Participant (other than a five-percent owner of the Employer) attaining age 70 1⁄2 in years after 1995 may elect by April 1 of the
calendar year following the year in which the Participant attained age 70 1⁄2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1⁄2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. An election to defer distributions will
be deemed made by a Participant who does not request a minimum distribution by April 1 of the year following the year in which the Participant attains age
70 1⁄2.
			
	Suboption (b):	 	x	 	Any Participant (other than a five-percent owner) attaining age 70 1⁄2 in years before 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by
April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant retires. There is (select one):
			
		 		 	(i)    ̈  a new annuity starting date upon recommencement.
			
		 		 	(ii)  x  no new annuity starting date upon recommencement.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If neither item (i) nor item (ii) is selected, item (ii) will apply. 
	
	NOTE: If no suboption(s) is selected, Suboptions (a) and (b) will apply. Suboption (b) above may only be selected if it corresponds to an amendment previously made to the Plan pursuant to IRS Notice
97-75 Q&As 7 and 8. 

  

									
	Part I.	 	Retirement Age
			
		 	1.	 	Early Retirement Age
			
		 		 	The Early Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the Plan.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	A Participant satisfies the Plan’s Early Retirement Age conditions by attaining age 55 and completing 5 Years of Vesting Service (Periods of Service, if applicable).
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 
			
		 	2.	 	Normal Retirement Age
			
		 		 	The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select and complete one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Age 65 (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code section 411(a)(8)).
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	The later of age              (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code section 411(a)(8)) or the
             (not to exceed fifth) anniversary of the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and age 59 1⁄2 will apply. 
		
	Part J.	 	Valuation Date
		
		 	The Plan Valuation Date will be (select one):

 
					
			
	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Daily.
			
	Option 2:	 	x	 	The last day of the Plan Year and each other date designated by the Plan Administrator which is selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
			
	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	The last day of each Plan quarter.
			
	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	The last day of each month.
			
	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Other. (Specify one or more dates that are selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, including the last day of the Plan Year.)

 

			
	  

	  
	 	.

  

					
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 
  

	
	SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS
	Complete Parts A and B

  

									
	Part A.	 	Life Insurance
		
		 	Will life insurance investments be permitted under the Plan (select one)?
				
		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Yes.
				
		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
		
	Part B.	 	Participant Direction
			
		 	1.	 	Authorization
			
		 		 	Will a Participant be responsible for directing any or all of the investment of their Plan assets pursuant to Plan Section 7.22(B) (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 		 	 ̈  Yes.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 		 	x  No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of Part B only if Option 1 is selected. 

  

					
		  	Page 41 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

													
		 	2.	 	Accounts Subject to Participant Direction	 	
			
		 		 	A Participant will be responsible for directing the following portions of their Individual Account (select one):
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	The entire Individual Account.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	Those accounts that the Plan Administrator may designate from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	The following accounts (select all that apply):	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Elective Deferral account.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Matching Contribution account.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contribution account.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Rollover contribution account.	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Transfer contribution account.	 	
						
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Other. (Specify one or more of the accounts that may, in part, comprise a Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan. Do not list any restrictions on Participant direction that would be deemed to
restrict any benefits, rights, or features in a discriminatory manner prohibited under Code section 401(a)(4).)
		 		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The Participant direction option selected for Elective Deferrals will apply to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions,
ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, QACA ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, and Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as applicable. The Participant direction option selected for
Matching Contributions will apply to ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions and QACA ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, as applicable. The Participant direction options selected for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will apply to
Employer Prevailing Wage Contributions designated as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable. 
				
		 	3.	 	Frequency of Investment Changes	 	
			
		 		 	A Participant may make changes to the investments within their Individual Account with the following frequency (select one):
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	In accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Plan Administrator or other Fiduciary.
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Daily.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Monthly.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	Quarterly.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	Other. (Specify one or more uniform and nondiscriminatory periods.)	 	
		 		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 		 	  
	 	.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The Plan’s Valuation Dates must be at least as often as the frequency selected above. 
				
		 	4.	 	ERISA 404(c) Compliance	 	
			
		 		 	Does the Adopting Employer intend to operate this Plan in compliance with the requirements pertaining to Participant direction of investment in ERISA section 404(c) as set forth in Plan Section 7.22(B) (select
one)?
						
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Yes.	 	
						
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	No.	 	
				
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 	 	

  

					
		  	Page 42 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
	Complete Parts A and B (as applicable)

  

											
	Part A.	 	Trustee
			
		 	1.	 	Trustee Appointment
				
		 		 	a.	 	Trustee (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Financial Organization as Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	Individual Trustee(s).
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable, a Trustee is not required to be named for this Plan (select one).

  

													
		 	Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	Plan assets are invested solely in annuity contracts or insurance policies provided by an Insurer.
					
		 		 		 	Name of Insurer	 	  

		 		 		 	Address	 	  

		 		 		 	Telephone	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Signature	 	  

				
		 	Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	This Plan is exempt from the trust requirements under ERISA section 403 (e.g., the Plan covers one or more self-employed individuals as defined in Code section 401(c)(1)).
		
		 	NOTE: If Suboption (b) is selected, a Custodian must be named in Part B below. 

  

													
		 		 	b.	 	Type of Trustee
				
		 		 		 	Will the Trustee of this Plan be a Directed or Discretionary Trustee (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Directed Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	  	Discretionary Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	  	Not applicable, Option 3 was selected in Part 1(a) above.
				
		 		 	c.	 	Trustee Signature
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If you are an individual Trustee and no Limited Trustee(s) is named in Part A, item 3 below you will also be deemed to be a Limited Trustee.

  

							
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen R. Theroux

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

		 	 Name
	 	  
	 	

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 
		 	 Signature
	 	  
	 

  

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen W. Ensign

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Executive Chairman

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

			
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Leonard C. Cashman

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Board Director

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		  	Page 43 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

																	
	 SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN

Complete Parts A and B (as applicable)

 

  

											
	Part A.	 	Trustee
			
		 	1.	 	Trustee Appointment
				
		 		 	a.	 	Trustee (Select one.) 
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Financial Organization as Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	Individual Trustee(s).
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable, a Trustee is not required to be named for this Plan (select one).

  

													
		 	Suboption (a):	 	 ̈	 	Plan assets are invested solely in annuity contracts or insurance policies provided by an Insurer.
					
		 		 		 	Name of Insurer	 	  

		 		 		 	Address	 	  

		 		 		 	Telephone	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Signature	 	  

				
		 	Suboption (b):	 	 ̈	 	This Plan is exempt from the trust requirements under ERISA section 403 (e.g., the Plan covers one or more self-employed individuals as defined in Code section 401(c)(1)).
		
		 	NOTE: If Suboption (b) is selected, a Custodian must be named in Part B below. 

  

													
		 		 	b.	 	Type of Trustee
				
		 		 		 	Will the Trustee of this Plan be a Directed or Discretionary Trustee (select one)?
						
		 		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	 	Directed Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	 	Discretionary Trustee.
						
		 		 		 	Option 3:	 	 ̈	 	Not applicable, Option 3 was selected in Part 1(a) above.
				
		 		 	c.	 	Trustee Signature
				
		 		 		 	NOTE: If you are an individual Trustee and no Limited Trustee(s) is named in Part A, item 3 below you will also be deemed to be a Limited Trustee.

  

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen R. Theroux

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	 Name
	 	  
	 	Title	 	 President / Chief Executive Officer

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	 Signature
	 	  

  

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Stephen W. Ensign

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Executive Chairman

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	 

  

			
		 	Name of Trustee	 	 Leonard C. Cashman

		 	Address	 	 9 Main Street, Newport, NH 037713

		 	Telephone	 	 603-865-6038

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	 Board Director

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	 

  

  

					
		  	Page 43 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	Name of Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	2.	 	Trust Agreement
			
		 		 	If a Trustee is designated in Part A, item 1 above, which trust agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	Trust provisions contained in Plan Section Eight.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	Separate executed trust agreement attached hereto.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the attached trust agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the Prototype Document Sponsor listed in Section Nine
below. If Option 2 is selected and a Limited Trustee is named below, the separate trust agreement will not replace Plan Section 8.09. 
			
		 	3.	 	Limited Trustee
			
		 		 	The Limited Trustee appointed solely for the purposes of ensuring the timely collection and deposit of Employer Contributions will be:
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	x	 	The individual Trustee(s) named above.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	The party(ies) named below.

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		  	Page 44 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

									
		 	Name of Limited Trustee	 	  

		 	Address	 	  

		 	Telephone	 	  

					
		 	Name	 	  
	 	Title	 	  

		 		 	(type or print name if different from name of Limited Trustee above)	 		 	
			
		 	Signature	 	  

  

					
		 	NOTE: A Trustee, including a Limited Trustee, must be an individual, individuals, or corporation. A corporate Trustee must be a bank, trust company, broker, dealer, or clearing agency as defined in Labor
Regulation section 2550.403(a)-1(b). 

  

			
	Part B.	 	Custodian (Both a Custodian and Trustee may be appointed for the Plan. This Part B must be completed if the Plan is exempt from the Trustee requirements under ERISA section 403 and neither a Trustee nor an Insurer
is appointed in Part A, item 1 above.)

  

									
		 	1.	 	Custodian Appointment
				
		 		 	Financial Organization	 	 Ascensus Trust Company

				
		 		 	Address	 	 1126 Westrac Drive, Fargo, ND 58103

		 		 	Name (type or print)	 	 Lyman S. Edds
	 	

		 		 	Signature	 	  
	 
		 		 		 		 

  

									
		 	2.	 	Custodial Agreement
			
		 		 	If a Custodian is designated in Part B, item 1 above, which custodial agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
					
		 		 	Option 1:	 	 ̈	  	Custodial provisions contained in Plan Section Eight.
					
		 		 	Option 2:	 	x	  	Separate executed custodial agreement attached hereto.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected and the separate custodial agreement is being used in place of a trust agreement under Code section 401(f), the attached
custodial agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the Prototype Document Sponsor listed in Section Nine below. 

  

					
		  	Page 45 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

	
	SECTION NINE: EMPLOYER SIGNATURE

  

			
	Prototype Document Sponsor	 	
		
	Name of Prototype Document Sponsor	 	 Ascensus, Inc.

			
		
	Address	 	 415 8th Avenue NE, Brainerd, MN 56401

			
		
	Telephone	 	 218-825-5000

 

			
	Plan Administrator
		
	 ̈	 	Check here and provide the applicable information below if someone other than the Adopting Employer will be the Plan Administrator.

  

													
		 	Name of Plan Administrator	 	  

			
		 	Address	 	  

							
		 	City	 	  
	 	State	 	  
	 	Zip	 	  

			
		 	Telephone	 	  

			
		 	Name (type or print) 	 	  

 

											
		 	Signature of Plan Administrator	 	  
	 	Date Signed	 	  

 Check the applicable box if there is an attachment(s) that applies to this Plan other than a separate trust or custodial
agreement. 
  

			
	 ̈	 	Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Document Provisions Attachment.
		
	 ̈	 	Other Plan Information Attachment. (If this box is checked, please describe the attachment(s).) 
		 	  

		 	  

		
	 ̈	 	 Special Effective Date(s) Attachment.

		
	 ̈	 	 New Comparability Allocation Group(s) Attachment.

		
	  ̈
	 	 Related Participating Employer Election Attachment.

  

			
	Authorized Employer Signature
	
	I am an authorized representative of the Adopting Employer named above and I state the following:
		
	1.	 	I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of adopting this Plan;
		
	2.	 	I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan;
		
	3.	 	I understand that the Prototype Document Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan; and
		
	4.	 	I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement, the corresponding Basic Plan Document and, if applicable, any separate trust or custodial agreement used in lieu of the trust or custodial agreement contained in the Basic Plan
Document.

  

							
		 		 	 

	 	
	Signature of Adopting Employer	 	  
	 	 	  

	Type Name	 	  
	 	 	  

		 		 	 	
		 		 	 	

  

	
	NOTE: The Adopting Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue See section 401 only to the extent provided in Revenue Procedure 2011-49. The Employer may not rely on the opinion
letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Revenue Procedure 2011-49. In order to have reliance in such
circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction
with Basic Plan Document #03. 

  

					
		  	Page 46 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

 SECTION TEN: ALLOCATION FACTOR TABLES 

Employers selecting the age-weighted formula in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of allocating Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will use the following
tables in determining the allocation factor.
  

													
	Age Related Allocation Factors*	 	  	 	 	  	 	 
	 Participant’s Current Age
	  	7.5%	 	  	Interest Rate
8.0%	 	  	8.5%	 
	 1
	  	 	0.991	  	  	 	0.714	  	  	 	0.515	  
	 2
	  	 	1.066	  	  	 	0.771	  	  	 	0.559	  
	 3
	  	 	1.146	  	  	 	0.833	  	  	 	0.606	  
	 4
	  	 	1.232	  	  	 	0.899	  	  	 	0.658	  
	 5
	  	 	1.324	  	  	 	0.971	  	  	 	0.714	  
	 6
	  	 	1.423	  	  	 	1.049	  	  	 	0.775	  
	 7
	  	 	1.530	  	  	 	1.133	  	  	 	0.840	  
	 8
	  	 	1.645	  	  	 	1.223	  	  	 	0.912	  
	 9
	  	 	1.768	  	  	 	1.321	  	  	 	0.989	  
	 10
	  	 	1.901	  	  	 	1.427	  	  	 	1.074	  
	 11
	  	 	2.043	  	  	 	1.541	  	  	 	1.165	  
	 12
	  	 	2.197	  	  	 	1.665	  	  	 	1.264	  
	 13
	  	 	2.361	  	  	 	1.798	  	  	 	1.371	  
	 14
	  	 	2.539	  	  	 	1.942	  	  	 	1.488	  
	 15
	  	 	2.729	  	  	 	2.097	  	  	 	1.614	  
	 16
	  	 	2.934	  	  	 	2.265	  	  	 	1.751	  
	 17
	  	 	3.154	  	  	 	2.446	  	  	 	1.900	  
	 18
	  	 	3.390	  	  	 	2.641	  	  	 	2.062	  
	 19
	  	 	3.644	  	  	 	2.853	  	  	 	2.237	  
	 20
	  	 	3.918	  	  	 	3.081	  	  	 	2.427	  
	 21
	  	 	4.212	  	  	 	3.327	  	  	 	2.634	  
	 22
	  	 	4.527	  	  	 	3.594	  	  	 	2.857	  
	 23
	  	 	4.867	  	  	 	3.881	  	  	 	3.100	  
	 24
	  	 	5.232	  	  	 	4.192	  	  	 	3.364	  
	 25
	  	 	5.624	  	  	 	4.527	  	  	 	3.650	  
	 26
	  	 	6.046	  	  	 	4.889	  	  	 	3.960	  
	 27
	  	 	6.500	  	  	 	5.280	  	  	 	4.297	  
	 28
	  	 	6.987	  	  	 	5.703	  	  	 	4.662	  
	 29
	  	 	7.511	  	  	 	6.159	  	  	 	5.058	  
	 30
	  	 	8.075	  	  	 	6.652	  	  	 	5.488	  
	 31
	  	 	8.680	  	  	 	7.184	  	  	 	5.954	  
	 32
	  	 	9.331	  	  	 	7.758	  	  	 	6.461	  
	 33
	  	 	10.031	  	  	 	8.379	  	  	 	7.010	  
	 34
	  	 	10.783	  	  	 	9.049	  	  	 	7.606	  
	 35
	  	 	11.592	  	  	 	9.773	  	  	 	8.252	  
	 36
	  	 	12.462	  	  	 	10.555	  	  	 	8.953	  
	 37
	  	 	13.396	  	  	 	11.400	  	  	 	9.714	  
	 38
	  	 	14.401	  	  	 	12.311	  	  	 	10.540	  
	 39
	  	 	15.481	  	  	 	13.296	  	  	 	11.436	  
	 40
	  	 	16.642	  	  	 	14.360	  	  	 	12.408	  
	 41
	  	 	17.890	  	  	 	15.509	  	  	 	13.463	  
	 42
	  	 	19.232	  	  	 	16.750	  	  	 	14.607	  
	 43
	  	 	20.674	  	  	 	18.090	  	  	 	15.849	  
	 44
	  	 	22.225	  	  	 	19.537	  	  	 	17.196	  
	 45
	  	 	23.892	  	  	 	21.100	  	  	 	18.658	  
	 46
	  	 	25.684	  	  	 	22.788	  	  	 	20.244	  
	 47
	  	 	27.610	  	  	 	24.611	  	  	 	21.964	  
	 48
	  	 	29.681	  	  	 	26.580	  	  	 	23.831	  
	 49
	  	 	31.907	  	  	 	28.706	  	  	 	25.857	  
	 50
	  	 	34.300	  	  	 	31.002	  	  	 	28.055	  
	 51
	  	 	36.872	  	  	 	33.483	  	  	 	30.439	  
	 52
	  	 	39.638	  	  	 	36.161	  	  	 	33.027	  
	 53
	  	 	42.611	  	  	 	39.054	  	  	 	35.834	  
	 54
	  	 	45.806	  	  	 	42.178	  	  	 	38.880	  
	 55
	  	 	49.242	  	  	 	45.553	  	  	 	42.185	  
	 56
	  	 	52.935	  	  	 	49.197	  	  	 	45.770	  
	 57
	  	 	56.905	  	  	 	53.133	  	  	 	49.661	  
	 58
	  	 	61.173	  	  	 	57.383	  	  	 	53.882	  
	 59
	  	 	65.761	  	  	 	61.974	  	  	 	58.462	  
	 60
	  	 	70.693	  	  	 	66.932	  	  	 	63.431	  
	 61
	  	 	75.995	  	  	 	72.286	  	  	 	68.823	  
	 62
	  	 	81.695	  	  	 	78.069	  	  	 	74.673	  
	 63
	  	 	87.822	  	  	 	84.315	  	  	 	81.020	  
	 64
	  	 	94.408	  	  	 	91.060	  	  	 	87.907	  
	 65
	  	 	101.489	  	  	 	98.345	  	  	 	95.379	  

  

	*	Based on the UP 1984 Mortality Table Testing Age 65 

  

					
		  	Page 47 of 47	  	©2014 Ascensus, Inc.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}]]